MR 71-2018 Tender Document Master 23 March 2018

Clause
Particulars – 11kV & LV – MR 71-2018

Ref
0 FEA cover letter 28th March 2018 and Tender document
1 Tenderer’s Experience
1.1 Major Clients and Project Details
1.2 References
4 Incoterms and Pricing
4.1 Commercial Tenets
4.2 Pricing Schedule
4.3 Financial Stability
5 Ancillary Equipment
6 Quality systems – CellPack and PLP Electropar
7 Performance and Testing
7.1 Joint and Termination Performance Requirement
7.1.1 Electrical Performance 11kV
7.1.2 Test Certificates and Reports 11kV & LV
7.2 Type Tests 11kV & LV
9 Information to be supplied
9.1 General Jointing Instructions 11kV & LV
9.1 General Terminating Instructions 11kV
10 Stock Availability
Clause
Particulars – 11kV & LV – MR 71-2018
Ref
11 Environmental Considerations
14 Training
14.1 Bio and Experience of Grant Smith
15 Appendix - Technical Details
15.1 Technical Details – 11kV Terminations (Indoor & Outdoor)
15.2 Technical Details – 11kV Joints
15.3 Technical Details – LV Terminations
15.4 Technical Details – LV Joints

28th March, 2018
Mr. Tuvitu Delairewa

General Manager Corporate Services
FEA 2 Marlow Street
Suva
FIJI
Dear Tuvitu
Reference: Tender MR 71/2018
I am pleased to submit the tender from Electropar Limited for Supply of Cable Accessories, Terminations
and Jointing Materials for Underground Cables with Nominal System Voltage Up to 11kV.
I am confident we have offered an interesting alternative in terms of product supply along with value added
services of engineering, training and development of graduate engineers and security of supply as
Electropar is 1 of 19 manufacturing entities within the Preformed Line Products, (PLP) group of companies.
Best Regards
Brett Hewitt
Managing Director
Electropar Limited
AUCKLAND
Electropar Limited, a Preformed Line Products company

Mail: PO Box 58623 | Botany | Manukau 2163 Address: 35 Lady Ruby Drive | East Tamaki | Manukau 2013
Phone: +64 9 274 2000 | Fax: +64 9 274 2001 | email: mail@electropar.co.nz | web: www.electropar.co.nz
Tender for Preferred Supplier for Supply of
Cable Accessories, Terminations and Jointing Materials for
Underground Cables with Nominal System Voltage Up to
11kV
MR 71/2018
Date: 16/02/18
Tender Name: Preferred Supplier of
Cable Accessories, Terminations and Jointing
Materials for Underground Cables with Nominal
System Voltage Up to 11kV

1
THE COMPANY - FEA
Fiji Electricity Authority (FEA) is a government owned company solely responsible for
supplying power throughout the Fiji Islands. Power is supplied through Hydro, Diesel and
wind mill generators located in different parts of Fiji.
The operations of the company are organized into three geographically defined divisions,
which correspond to the national administrative divisions. These divisions are:
1. Central/Eastern based in the capital, Suva

2. Western based in the city of Lautoka
3. Northern based in the town of Labasa
Suva and Lautoka are on the island of Viti Levu with main warehouse while Labasa is the
commercial centre of the island of Vanua Levu. Lautoka warehouse is designated as the
Central Stores.
Purpose and description of the Tender
The Fiji Electricity Authority (FEA) is inviting Request for Proposal [RFP] for supply of Cable
Accessories, Terminations and Jointing Materials for Underground Cables with
Nominal System Voltage Up to 11kV from suitable Companies.
Tender Term – [3 Year]
1. Product Information
The supplier should be a manufacturer, authorized distributor or reseller of the products.
The vendors shall submit the names/contacts of utilities or projects where they have
previously supplied this material to.
All relevant test reports, product standard certificates and product specification / drawings
are required to be supplied in the bid as part of their proposal.
Other information to be provided by the Bidder as part of the proposal is:

1. Manufacturer’s / Vendor’s warranty on the product.
2. Relevant Test Reports
3. Lead time
4. Standard compliance certificate.
5. The bidder must provide the weight
6. Previous FEA experience with the Bidder and supplier DIFOTIS
2
2. Delivery – Kinoya, Navutu, Labasa
4. INCOTERMS AND PRICING – The bidder must clearly state the price of
their product with INCOTERMS associated with the price.
5. Bidder Details
The Bidder shall provide all the necessary information specified in the tables below:
General
The registered name of the Bidder:
Business address for correspondence:

(Location, Street , Locality City, Pin Code, Country, Telephone, Facsimile, Email Other)
Contact name of the Authorised Person:
Contact’s position:
Contact addresses if different from above
Locality City, Pin Code
Location, Street, Country, Telephone, Facsimile, Email, Web address
Business structure:
Include the organisations years of experience in this field and reputation in the market
place.
Financial standing
(Information designed to give client confidence in the financial competence of the BIDDER.)
Audited financial accounts for past three years shall be included in appendix.
Company Profile(s)
6. Other value added services.
The bidder is open to include any other information that may add value to their
product / Services or after sales services.
7. Stock Availability.
1. Size of stock holding and ability to meet the required quantity.
3
8. Technical Support
1. Bidder may provide any detail or information of what technical support
is available to FEA to make better use of supplier product.
9. Evaluation Criteria
The evaluation will be based on the Technical and financial compliance
10. Nominated Agent - Respondents shall state if it is their intention, if

successful, to appoint an agent for any portion of the services offered.
i) Respondents shall provide at least the following details of the proposed
Agent in the appropriate schedule:
(a) Name and address of the Agent
(b) Location of factory/premises / Warehouse
(c) Number of people employed
(d) Quality Assurance status of proposed Agent; and
(e) Relevant experience
ii) Respondents shall guarantee that all services provided by Agent and
furnished under this Tender shall be free from deficiencies in design,
performance, materials and workmanship.
11. Product Description and quantity.
Base Unit
FEA Stock Approximate
Description of Price
Code 3 Year Usage
Measure
I04705 LV SCOTCHCAST JOINT 16-35mm Each 36
I04704 LV SCOTCHCAST JOINT 35-70mm Each 11
I04693 LV RESIN KIT 4C 95-240mm Each 21
I04695 LV RESIN KIT 4C 150-300mm Each 28
LV TERMINATION KIT I/D O/D 120- Each 9
I04690A 240mm
11kV STRAIGHT INLINE JOINT 3C XLPE Each 78
I04672N 185-300mm
11kV TERMINATION KIT O/D 3C XLPE Each 115
I04672F 95-240mm
11kV TERMINATION KIT I/D 3C XLPE 95- Each 308
I04672D 240mm
4
11kV TERMINATION KIT O/D 3C XLPE Each 23
I04672L 120-300mm
11kV TERMINATION KIT I/D 3C XLPE Each 54
I04672M 120-300mm
11kV RIGHT ANGLE BUSHING SLEEVE Each 87
I04675 XLPE 120-300mm
11kV INLINE BUSHING SLEEVE XLPE Each 97
I04676 120-300mm
I04685 11kV STRAIGHT JOINT 95-240mm Each 148
I04706 11kV TRANSITION JOINT 16-95mm Each 180
I04709 11kV TRANSITION JOINT 95-240mm Each 204
11kV TRANSITION JOINT 3C XLPE 150- Each 78
I04710 300mm
11kV TRIFURACTING KIT 3C XLPE FOR Each 119
I04677A ABB SAFELINK S/G 95-240mm
11kV TRIFURACTING KIT 3C XLPE FOR Each 49
I04677 ABB SAFELINK S/G 185-300mm
12. Specifications – Refer to separate sheet for technical specification of

Cable Accessories, Terminations and Jointing Materials for Underground
Cables with Nominal System Voltage Up to 11kV in Appendix A.
The Bidders have the option to provide samples of their products. Sample of
the item is also available at our Kinoya, Navutu and Labasa Stores.
13. Product Warranty Period – The bidders to provide warranty period
14. Tender Evaluation
After the bids are received, it will go through a normal tender evaluation
process as per FEA’s Tender Policy and Procedures. The successful and
unsuccessful bidders will be advised of the outcome after completion of the
Tender evaluation process.
The successful the bidder will enter into 1 year contract with FEA as mutually
agreed. All terms & condition, and pricing details will be stipulated in contract
documents.
5
17. Tender Submission - Instruction to bidders
It is mandatory for Bidders to upload a copy of their bid in the TENDER LINK Electronic Tender
Box no later than 4:00pm, on Wednesday 14th March, 2018
To register your interest and tender a response, view 'Current Tenders' at:
https://www.tenderlink.com/fea
For further information contact The Secretary Tender Committee, by e-mail

TDelairewa@fea.com.fj
In additional, hard copies of the tender, one original and one copy must be deposited in the
tender box located at the FEA Head Office, 2 Marlow Street, Suva, Fiji no later than 4:00pm, on
Wednesday 14th March, 2018 - Addressed as
Tender – MR 71/2018 – Preferred Supplier for Supply of

Cable Accessories, Terminations and Jointing Materials for Underground Cables with Nominal
System Voltage Up to 11kV
The Secretary Tender Committee
Fiji Electricity Authority

Head Office
Suva
Fiji
 Hard copies of the Tender bid will also be accepted after the closing date and time
provided a soft copy is uploaded in the e-Tender Box and hard copy is dispatched to
courier before the closing date and time. Please note courier submission date should
be forwarded to FEA with your bid.
Tenders received after 4:00pm on the closing date of Wednesday 14th March, 2018
 will not be considered.
 Lowest bid will not necessarily be accepted as successful bid
 It is the responsibility of the bidder to pay courier chargers and all other cost
associated with the delivery of the hard copy of the Tender submission including any
Duties/Taxes. Hard copies of the Tender submission via Post Box will not be
considered.
6
APPENDIX A
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR CABLE

ACCESSORIES, TERMINATIONS AND
JOINTING MATERIALS FOR UNDERGROUND
CABLES WITH NOMINAL SYSTEM VOLTAGE
UP TO 11kV
FIJI ELECTRICITY AUTHORITY

Revision History & Document Control
Rev no. Notes Prepared By Reviewed By Date of Issue

1 Issued for internal review Rajiv Singh 22/01/18
2 Reviewed Basant Kumar 9/02/18
Next Scheduled Revision
Date of Next Revision Notes Revision By Revision Approved By

January 2021
2
TABLE OF CONTENT
Revision History & Document Control ..................................................................................................................2
Next Scheduled Revision .........................................................................................................................................2
1.0 Introduction ...................................................................................................................................................5
2.0 References .....................................................................................................................................................6
2.1 Applicable Standards ................................................................................................................................6
2.2 Applicable Laws .........................................................................................................................................6
3.0 System Conditions ........................................................................................................................................7
3.1 Environmental Conditions ........................................................................................................................7
3.2 System Conditions .....................................................................................................................................7
4.0 Design and Construction .............................................................................................................................8
4.1 Cable Types in the FEAs System .............................................................................................................8
4.2 11kV Joints and Terminations .................................................................................................................8
4.2.1 General ................................................................................................ 8
4.2.2 11kV Straight and Transition Joints ............................................................... 9
4.2.3 11kV Terminations – Outdoor Type ............................................................... 9
4.2.4 11kV Terminations – Indoor Type................................................................ 10
4.3 LV Joints and Terminations .................................................................................................................10
4.3.1 General .............................................................................................. 10
4.3.2 LV Straight Joints .................................................................................. 11
4.3.3 LV Terminations – Indoor and Outdoor Type .................................................. 11
5.0 Ancillary Equipment ..................................................................................................................................11
6.0 Quality Assurance .......................................................................................................................................12
7.0 Performance and Testing .........................................................................................................................12
7.1 Joint and Termination Performance Requirement ............................................................................12
7.1.1 Electrical ............................................................................................ 12
7.1.2 Test Certificates ................................................................................... 12
7.2 Type Test Compliance ............................................................................................................................12
7.3 Batch and Routine Tests ........................................................................................................................12
7.4 Acceptance Tests ....................................................................................................................................13
7.5 Witnessing of Test ...................................................................................................................................13
7.5.1 Electrical ............................................................................................ 13
8.0 Additional requirements ...........................................................................................................................13
8.1 Packaging Requirements ........................................................................................................................13
8.2 Marking Requirements ............................................................................................................................13
3
8.3 Storage ......................................................................................................................................................13
9.0 Information to be supplied.......................................................................................................................14
9.1 General .....................................................................................................................................................14
9.2 Drawings & Information to be supplied by the Successful Tenderer ..............................................14
10.0 Stock Availability....................................................................................................................................15
11.0 Environmental Considerations ............................................................................................................15
12.0 Reliability .................................................................................................................................................15
13.0 Samples and Lead Time to Delivery ..................................................................................................16
14.0 Training ....................................................................................................................................................16
15.0 Appendix ..................................................................................................................................................17
15.1 Technical Details – 11kV Terminations (Indoor & Outdoor) .........................................................17
15.2 Technical Details – 11kV Joints .........................................................................................................19
15.3 Technical Details – LV Terminations ................................................................................................21
15.4 Technical Details – LV Joints .............................................................................................................23
4
1.0 Introduction
Fiji Electricity Authority [FEA] is a sole utility business unit in Fiji responsible for the power production,
transmission, distribution and retailing to its valued customers around the Nation.
This document outlines the technical requirements for cable accessories, terminations and jointing
materials for underground cables with nominal system voltage up to 11kV for use in FEA’s electricity
distribution networks.
The items covered under this specification are tabulated below.
No. Stock Code Item Description

1 I04705 LV SCOTCHCAST JOINT 16-35mm
2 I04704 LV SCOTCHCAST JOINT 35-70mm
3 I04693 LV RESIN KIT 4C 95-240mm
4 I04695 LV RESIN KIT 4C 150-300mm
5 I04690A LV TERMINATION KIT I/D O/D 120-240mm
6 I04672N 11kV STRAIGHT INLINE JOINT 3C XLPE 185-300mm
7 I04672F 11kV TERMINATION KIT O/D 3C XLPE 95-240mm
8 I04672D 11kV TERMINATION KIT I/D 3C XLPE 95-240mm
9 I04672L 11kV TERMINATION KIT O/D 3C XLPE 120-300mm
10 I04672M 11kV TERMINATION KIT I/D 3C XLPE 120-300mm
11 I04675 11kV RIGHT ANGLE BUSHING SLEEVE XLPE 120-300mm
12 I04676 11kV INLINE BUSHING SLEEVE XLPE 120-300mm
13 I04685 11kV STRAIGHT JOINT 95-240mm
14 I04706 11kV TRANSITION JOINT 16-95mm
15 I04709 11kV TRANSITION JOINT 95-240mm
16 I04710 11kV TRANSITION JOINT 3C XLPE 150-300mm
17 I04677A 11kV TRIFURACTING KIT 3C XLPE FOR ABB SAFELINK S/G 95-240mm
18 I04677 11kV TRIFURACTING KIT 3C XLPE FOR ABB SAFELINK S/G 185-300mm
This Specification covers the general requirements of design, manufacture, testing, supply and delivery
of heat shrink terminations for LV and 11kV cables. Included are ancillary equipment for 11kV single
phase or triplex cables that may be used to connect to specific 11kV switchgears and transformers.
5
2.0 References
2.1 Applicable Standards
The item shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest edition of the
Standards specified below and all amendments issued prior to the date of closing of tenders except where
varied by this specification.
AS / NZS 1026 Electric cables – Impregnated paper insulated – For working voltage up to and
including 19/33 (36)kV
AS / NZS 1125 Conductors in insulated electric cables and flexible cords
AS / NZS 1429.1 Electric cables – Polymeric insulated – For working voltages 1.9/3.3 (3.6) kV up to and
including 19/33 (36)kV
AS / NZS 1660 Test methods for electric cables, cords and conductors
All parts
AS / NZS 3808 Insulating and sheathing materials for electric cables
AS / NZS 4026 Electric Cables – For underground residential distribution systems
AS / NZS 4325.1 Compression and mechanical connectors for power cables with copper or aluminum
conductors
– Test methods and requirements
AS / NZS 4805 Accessories for electric cables – Test requirements
AS / NZS 5000.1 Electric cables – Polymeric insulated – For working voltages up to and including 0.6/1
(1.2)kV
AS / NZS ISO 31000 Risk management – Principles and guidelines
AS / NZS ISO 9001 Quality management systems - Requirements
AS 1931 High-voltage test techniques
AS 4068 Flat pallets for materials handling
AS 4169 Electroplated coatings – Tin and tin alloys (ISO 2093:1986, MOD)
AS 60270 High-voltage test techniques – Partial discharge measurements
AS 62271.301 High voltage switchgear and controlgear – Dimensional standardization of terminals
IEC 60229 Electric cables - Tests on extruded oversheaths with a special protective function
Should inconsistencies be identified between standards and/or this specification, the tenderer shall
immediately refer such inconsistencies to the FEA for resolution.
2.2 Applicable Laws

The Bidder warrants (without limiting any other warranties or conditions implied by law) that all Goods
have been produced, sold and delivered to FEA in compliance with all applicable laws (including all
workplace health and safety and electrical safety legislations and codes of conduct).
6
3.0 System Conditions
3.1 Environmental Conditions
The cable accessories, terminations and jointing materials shall be suitable for operating under the
following conditions.
Description Conditions
Installation : Installed directly buried in fine grain bedding material,

or, in PVC conduits at a nominal depth of up to 1000 mm
Ambient Ground Temperature : Not exceeding 35ᵒC
Annual average ambient temperature : 22oC
Maximum ambient temperature : 40oC
Maximum relative humidity : 85%
Environmental conditions : Tropical Climate with populated atmosphere
Isokeraunic (Thunder day) level : 60 thunder days per year
Note: Fiji is situated in a region where cyclones are experienced frequently. All plant and equipment
shall be designed and constructed to withstand these extreme conditions.
3.2 System Conditions
Nominal Voltage 240V/ 415V 11kV

System Highest Voltage 660V 12kV
System Frequency 50Hz 50Hz
Number of Phases 1 or 3 3
System Earthing Effectively Earthed Effectively Earthed
Impulse Withstand Voltage (peak) - 95kV
Power Frequency Withstand Voltage (rms) 15kV 28kV
7
4.0 Design and Construction
Equipment offered that is found on inspection not to conform to this Specification shall be replaced by
the vendor at no cost to Fiji Electricity Authority.
4.1 Cable Types in the FEAs System
The list of cables tabulated below show the current standard cables being installed in the FEAs network
and existing cables in the network that require jointing and terminating in conjunction with network
alterations, extensions and maintenance works.
No. LV Cable Description

1 70mm Four Core Copper XLPE
2 95mm Four Core Copper PVC
5 185mm Single Core Al XLPE
6 240mm Single Core Copper PVC
7 240mm Four Core Copper XLPE
8 240mm Single Core Al XLPE
9 300mm Single Core AL XLPE
No. HV Cable Description
10 95mm Three Core Al XLPE
Table 6.1: LV and HV Cables Used by FEA
4.2 11kV Joints and Terminations

4.2.1 General
All joints and terminations shall be of the heat-shrink type design, manufactured and tested to meet the
requirements of the relevant Standards, including AS/NZS 4805 Parts 1 and 2 or equivalent, and shall be
suitable for application to the FEAs 11kV cables as described in Table 6.1 of this specification.
All joint and termination kits shall be supplied complete in unit lots suitably packaged for storage
containing all necessary materials. Full detailed installation instructions specific to the cables listed in
Table 6.1 shall be supplied with the Tender and with the jointing kits that are subsequently supplied.
The FEA will keep a copy of the instructions for their records and the supplier is to supply a copy of the
instructions with each kit.
Preference will be shown to the Tender offering bi-metal range taking kits suitable for either aluminum
or copper conductors and utilizing screwed connectors with shear head bolts or torque tightened bolts,
in lieu of kits containing compression connectors.
All joints and termination kits shall be supplied with the required cleansing solvents, cloth and abrasives.
Tenderers shall provide with their tender Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for nominated solvents. No unapproved
solvents shall be provided without prior agreement of the Purchaser.
If required, sealants shall be supplied to effect seals on joints and terminations and shall be able to
accommodate the creep or relaxation that may occur during installation of the accessories or during the
normal cyclic loading of the cables. The sealant shall have adhesion properties to maintain hermetic
seals at all times between components and the various cable sheath materials and connectors.
8
All joints and terminations shall be designed so that a phase cross can be made in the joint or termination
without stressing the cable insulation or insulation components.
4.2.2 11kV Straight and Transition Joints
All joints shall have an outer serving which has mechanical strength properties equal to that of the High
density polyethylene (HDPE) over-sheath of the cable.
The cable joint descriptions shall accommodate insect protection mechanisms. The preference is for a
fine woven stainless steel mesh cylindrical sleeve that is applied over the joint and clamped to the cable
insect protection layer each side of the joint by a constant force spring arrangement. An outer tube is
then provided to finish the joint.
Details of full insect protection and the cost shall be separately submitted with full details and supporting
evidence of performance including service history to FEA (Purchase).
Tenderers shall complete Appendix 15.2 to state overall length of the completed joint and the required
cable pit length to make the joint.
4.2.3 11kV Terminations – Outdoor Type
All terminations shall meet the performance requirements specified in Clause 7.1 of this specification.
The polymeric stress control sleeve and sheds shall withstand the electrical stress associated with
continuous operation at 12 kV under the system conditions described in Clauses 3.1 & 3.2.
The termination shall be suitable for terminating cables on to a low mount substation structure and on
to a pole using a bracket mounted with 12kV surge arresters for support of the cable tails. The tail lengths
of the terminating kits for three phase cables shall be a minimum of 800mm long to allow a phase cross
to be installed on the cable.
Shorter lengths may be considered provided an assessment by the FEA field personnel indicate that the
kits can be installed without undue difficulty and without stressing the cable insulation.
The kits shall be supplied with phase identification components which can be applied to the phase cores
and which are compatible with the terminating materials.
Terminal connectors, preferably with shear head bolts, are to be supplied with the kits and shall be of
the following type: -
 XLPE insulated cables shall have bi-metal lugs or tinned aluminum shear bolt connectors for the
phase conductors and tinned copper or brass lugs for the screen wires.
 Lug palms shall be supplied with fully sealed palms.
 Lugs shall meet the test requirements of AS/NZS 4325.1
 Lugs shall have a clearance hole suitable for a 12mm bolt for cable up to 300mm² and a clearance
hole suitable for a 16mm bolt for larger cables
9
4.2.4 11kV Terminations – Indoor Type
All terminations shall meet the requirements of AS/NZS 4325.1 and the performance requirements
specified in Clause 7.1 of this specification.
The terminating kits shall be suitable for terminating in cable boxes of the switchgear listed in Table 6.2
below.
Switchgear Manufacturer Type Cable Sizes
ABB SafeLink 25mm to 300mm
ABB SDAF 25mm to 300mm
ABB SD2 25mm to 300mm
ABB SD 25mm to 300mm
Crawford & Company (Manchester) Long & Crawford 25mm to 300mm
Table 6.2: 11kV Switchgears Used by FEA
4.2.4.1 11kV Termination to Open Bushing
The tail lengths of the terminating kits for three phase cables shall be of sufficient length to allow a
phase cross to be installed on the cable.
All 11 kV single core cable kits shall have a maximum length of 330mm.
Where the phase to phase and phase to earth clearance of the switchgear cable boxes are not sufficient
for air clearance, tenderers shall supply a system of insulating the terminal and lug connection which
suits both the cables listed in Table 6.1 and the switchgear listed in Table 6.2. The insulating system for
the terminals shall be capable of withstanding an impulse level of 95kV BIL with the largest cable size
from Table 6.1 terminated in the cable box. The insulating system offered should be of heat shrink type.
Where insulating boots are required these shall be supplied as separate items and listed in the offer
under ancillary equipment.
The kits shall be supplied with phase identification components which can be applied to the phase cores
and which are compatible with the terminating materials.
Terminal lugs, preferably with shear head bolts, are to be supplied with all kits and shall be of the
following type: -
 XLPE Insulated cables shall have bi-metal or tinned aluminum lugs for the phase conductors and
tinned copper or brass lugs for the screen wires.
Lugs shall meet the test requirements of AS/NZS 4325.1.
4.3 LV Joints and Terminations

4.3.1 General
All joints and terminations shall meet the performance requirements of Clause 7.1 of this specification
and shall be suitable for application to the FEAs LV cables as described in Table 6.1 of this specification.
Sealants shall be used to effectively seal joints and terminations and the properties of the sealants shall
be able to accommodate the creep or relaxation that may occur during installation of the accessories or
10
during the normal cyclic loading of the cables. The sealants shall have adhesion properties to maintain
hermetic seals at all times between components and the various cable sheath materials and connectors.
All joints and terminations shall be designed so that a phase cross can be made in the joint or termination
without stressing the cable insulation or insulation components.
Connectors shall be supplied with the kits. Connectors utilizing a mechanical connection with shear head
bolts with a range taking ability are preferred to compression connectors. Where compression connectors
are supplied the connectors shall be capable of being installed using a standard Hydraulic Crimper.
Connectors shall meet the test requirements of AS/NZS 4325.1.
All joint and terminations kits shall be supplied complete in unit lots suitably packaged for storage
containing all necessary materials including cleansing solvents, cloths and abrasives. Tenderers shall
provide with their tender Safety Data Sheets (SDS) for nominated solvents. No unapproved solvents shall
be provided without prior agreement of the Purchaser. Full detailed installation instructions specific to
the cables listed in Table 6.1 shall be supplied with the jointing kits. The FEA will keep a copy of the
instructions for their records and the supplier is to supply a copy of the instructions with each kit.
4.3.2 LV Straight Joints
All joints shall have an outer serving which has a mechanical strength equal to that of the oversheath
of the cable. The outer serving shall provide a minimum insulation resistance of 1000MΩ.
4.3.3 LV Terminations – Indoor and Outdoor Type
All terminations shall meet the performance requirements specified in Clause 7.1.
The tail lengths of the terminating kits shall be of sufficient length to allow a phase cross to be installed
on the cable. The minimum length for tails shall be 400 mm.
 Terminal connectors are to be supplied with the kits and shall be of the following type:-
 Cable terminations with copper conductors shall have tinned copper lugs whilst aluminum conductor
shall have aluminum lugs.
 For cables up to 300 mm² lug palms shall not exceed 35 mm in width and shall have a clearance
hole suitable for a 12 mm bolt.
Lugs shall meet the test requirements of AS/NZS 4325.1.
Connectors utilizing a mechanical connection with shear head bolts with a range taking ability are
preferred to compression connectors. Where offered, compression terminal connectors shall be capable
of being installed using a standard Hydraulic Crimper.
5.0 Ancillary Equipment

All items necessary to this specification and not included in the items previously specified shall be termed
“Ancillary Equipment”.
The Tenderer shall list such items. A quantity and price shall be shown for each individual item to allow
a review of requirements at the time of ordering.
11
6.0 Quality Assurance
The manufacture shall submit evidence that the design and manufacture of the jointing and termination
kits with accessories are in accordance with AS/NZS ISO 9001 and shall include the Capability Statement
associated with the Quality System Certification.
7.0 Performance and Testing

7.1 Joint and Termination Performance Requirement
7.1.1 Electrical
The Tenderer shall supply joints and terminations that meet the test requirements of the relevant
Standards, including AS/NZS 4085 Part 1 and 2, AS/NZS 1600 – All Parts, AS/NZS 4325.1 and IEC61442,
and shall complete Appendix 15.1 to Appendix 15.4 inclusive.
The joints and terminations shall withstand the electrical stress associated with continuous operation at
the highest system voltage under the system conditions described in Clause 3.2 of this specification.
7.1.2 Test Certificates

The Tenderer shall provide test Certificates in duplicate for all test undertaken by the manufacturer
under this specification.
Such test certificates shall be signed by a properly authorized person and forwarded to the FEA.
The FEA may appoint a representative to be present for inspection and witnessing of tests at any time
during the manufacture of the accessories.
7.2 Type Test Compliance

Copies of original Type Test certificates / reports shall be included in full in accordance with IEC 60502-
4 (including all drawings, revisions and test results as stipulated in the applicable standards as specified
in this Specification) with the tender regardless of whether or not the equipment has been supplied
previously to the FEA. Where company details have changed with regard to the original Type Testing,
and the original Type Testing is submitted, these company details changes shall be detailed in the tender
submission, for every company change up to the time of submission of tender. Type Test
certificates/reports shall be complete and copies of front pages only shall not be acceptable.
Where items of a similar design to that previously tested are offered, consideration may be given to
accepting previous Type Test reports. Tenderers are requested to substantiate their claims of equivalent
Type Test performance with written engineering evaluation, where full Type Test documentation is not
submitted for each of the items offered. Such evaluation must provide all relevant details such that the
FEA can establish the validity of existing Type Tests.
The FEA requires that all Type Test (for items offered) are certified by a laboratory accredited by an
Accreditation Entity. An Accreditation Entity is a signatory to the International Laboratory Accreditation
Cooperation (ILAC) Mutual Recognition Arrangement (MRA), for example; the National Association of
Testing Authorities, Australia (NATA). Full accreditation details of the Type Testing facilities and the
accreditation certifying entity and any mutual recognition arrangements with other accreditation entities
shall be provided by the tenderer.
The FEA may request repeat of Type Tests to prove compliance to this technical specification where the
materials used in the equipment offered and / or the manufacturing process and / or the place of
manufacture have changed since the equipment was originally type tested.
7.3 Batch and Routine Tests

If tenderers propose to offer items tested to Standards other than those specified in this Specification,
full details of these Standards are to be provided at the time of tendering.
12
7.4 Acceptance Tests
The FEA may carry out acceptance tests on an item to prove it conforms to the requirements of this
Specification.
7.5 Witnessing of Test

The FEA reserves the right to witness all testing. The Supplier shall give the FEA reasonable notice of
when testing will be carried out and two (2) FEA engineers to be invited to witness the testing.
7.5.1 Electrical
The Tenderer shall supply joints and terminations that meet the test requirements of the relevant
Standards, including AS / NZS 4085 Part 1 and 2 or equivalent, AS / NZS 1660 – All Parts, AS / NZS 4325.1
and IEC61442, and shall complete Attachments.
The joints and terminations shall withstand the electrical stress associated with continuous operation at
the highest system voltage under the system conditions described in Clause 3.2 of this specification.
8.0 Additional requirements

8.1 Packaging Requirements
The packaging of items by the bidder must ensure that they are capable of being delivered undamaged
giving due consideration to the quantity, distance of transportation and the preferred method of handing
at each location during loading and unloading.
8.2 Marking Requirements

Each packaged lot and each kit within the packaged lot to be marked with the following information:
1. Marking required on each kit
a. Names of supplier/ manufacture
b. Product code
c. Item description
d. Purchasers stock code
e. Quantity: 1 kit
f. Date of manufacture
g. Use before date if applicable
2. Marking required on each packaged lot
a. Names of supplier/ manufacture
b. Product code
c. Item description
d. Purchasers stock code
e. Pack size: No. of kits
f. Date of manufacture
g. Pack Mass (kg)
8.3 Storage
The equipment shall be capable of being stored without deterioration within the temperature range of
10oC to 40oC for no less than 24 months.
13
9.0 Information to be supplied
9.1 General
The specific technical requirements for the items offered shall be as stated in Appendix 15.1 to Appendix
15.4 inclusive of this specification. The Tenderer shall provide all details requested by Appendix 15.1 to
Appendix 15.4 and shall guarantee such data.
In addition to the completed schedules, Tenders shall submit with their tender one copy of a general
jointing instruction together with drawings of not less than ¼ scale fully describing the joints offered.
The general jointing instructions shall state the shelf life of the joint kit.
Tenderers shall supply one copy of a general terminating instruction including drawings of not less than
¼ scale fully describing the cable terminations with the tender documents. The information shall be of
sufficient detail to identify what existing components can be re-used or whether modifications to or new
components are required.
Tenderers shall provide an estimate of labor hours to complete each joint and termination after cutting
of cable(s), in a workshop situation, using experienced jointers.
Offers of vendors who fail to furnish above particulars shall be rejected

9.2 Drawings & Information to be supplied by the Successful Tenderer
All information to be supplied under this specification shall be in the English language and all drawings
shall be dimensioned in metric units in accordance with AS ISO 1000. Where a drawing is dimensioned in
imperial units, the equivalent metric units shall be shown in brackets adjacent to it.
When requested by the Purchaser, the Supplier shall:
 Provide within two (2) weeks of the date of the formal execution of the Standing Order, a
comprehensively detailed program of works indicating timing for all activities required to achieve
contract performance.
 Within six (6) weeks from the date of the formal execution of the Standing Order, the Supplier will
provide three copies of drawings and information necessary to enable the Purchaser to examine the
general design and arrangement.
The Purchaser will comment on drawings supplied under this contract in relation to how the equipment
interfaces with the Purchaser’s design, construction, operation, maintenance and other requirements.
Comments about drawings by the Purchaser will not in any way absolve the Supplier of responsibility for
the safety and reliability aspects of the plant or equipment supplied. The Supplier will amend the
drawings as directed and resubmit them to the Purchaser within one (1) week.
In the event of the Supplier proceeding with work before such comment has been given in writing, any
necessary alterations and modifications will be carried out at the Tenderer’s own expense.
Drawings will include a fully dimensioned general arrangement drawing.
If the drawings submitted for approval require modification by either the Supplier or the Purchaser, the
Supplier shall carry out the modifications and submit the modified drawings for comment. This procedure
shall continue until the Purchaser notifies the Supplier that the drawings are acceptable.
14
When requested by the Purchaser, the Supplier shall supply no later than four weeks prior to the date of
dispatch of the equipment from the supplier the following:
 Final copies of all drawings listed in this section of the specification.

 Final Inspection and Test Plan covering at minimum the manufacturing and packaging procedures.
 Certified copies of test reports called for in this specification verifying compliance with this
specification.
10.0 Stock Availability

The bidder is required to show the size of his/her stock holding and the ability to meet the required
estimate quantity per annum. The movement of the Straight Inline joint Kits will depend on the FEA’s
project works and for operation and maintenance purposes. An estimate movement of Straight Inline
joint Kits is outlined in the table below:
FEA Stock Item Description 3 Year Stock

Code Movement
I04705 LV SCOTCHCAST JOINT 16-35mm 36
I04704 LV SCOTCHCAST JOINT 35-70mm 11
I04693 LV RESIN KIT 4C 95-240mm 21
I04695 LV RESIN KIT 4C 150-300mm 28
I04690A LV TERMINATION KIT I/D O/D 120-240mm 9
I04672N 11kV STRAIGHT INLINE JOINT 3C XLPE 185-300mm 78
I04672F 11kV TERMINATION KIT O/D 3C XLPE 95-240mm 115
I04672D 11kV TERMINATION KIT I/D 3C XLPE 95-240mm 308
I04672L 11kV TERMINATION KIT O/D 3C XLPE 120-300mm 23
I04672M 11kV TERMINATION KIT I/D 3C XLPE 120-300mm 54
I04675 11kV RIGHT ANGLE BUSHING SLEEVE XLPE 120-300mm 87
I04676 11kV INLINE BUSHING SLEEVE XLPE 120-300mm 97
I04685 11kV STRAIGHT JOINT 95-240mm 148
I04706 11kV TRANSITION JOINT 16-95mm 180
I04709 11kV TRANSITION JOINT 95-240mm 204
I04710 11kV TRANSITION JOINT 3C XLPE 150-300mm 78
I04677A 11kV TRIFURACTING KIT 3C XLPE FOR ABB SAFELINK S/G 95-240mm 119
I04677 11kV TRIFURACTING KIT 3C XLPE FOR ABB SAFELINK S/G 185-300mm 49
11.0 Environmental Considerations

Suppliers are required to comment on the environmental soundness of the design and the materials used
in the manufacture of the items tendered. In particular, comments should address such issues as recycling
and disposal at the end of service life.
12.0 Reliability
Suppliers are required to comment on the reliability of the equipment and the performance of the
materials tendered for a service life of 35 years under the specified system and environmental conditions.
Tenderers shall provide evidence in support of the reliability and performance claimed including
information of Failure Mode and Effect Analysis with the tender.
15
13.0 Samples and Lead Time to Delivery
Tenderers must submit, when requested, one (1) production samples of each item tendered to assist in
the evaluation of the tender. Samples shall be delivered to the address nominated within ten (10) working
days of the request.
The requirements for samples may be waived for the following conditions:
 The tendered item is currently under contract or has previously been supplied to the FEA under
contract and there have been no changes to the design or material.
 The tendered items have been supplied to the FEA for approval prior to this tender and there have
been no changes to the design or material.
Each sample shall be delivered freight free, suitably packaged and labelled with the following
information:
a) Name of tenderer and this contract No.
b) Contract Item Numbers
c) Any supporting data on features or characteristics
The lead time should be confirmed by the supplier from the time of FEA raising the order.
14.0 Training
Training material in the form of jointing and terminating kits, drawings, instructions and / or audio
visuals may be required for the items accepted under this offer. This material shall include but is not
limited to the following topics:
• Handling
• Storage
• Application (particularly in areas of heavy coastal pollution)
• Installation (including insect protection where applicable)
• Maintenance
• Environmental performance
• Electrical performance
• Mechanical performance
• Disposal
Tenderers shall provide at their cost, qualified training instructors to undertake training of the
Purchaser’s cable jointers and other personnel at the commencement of the contract. The training shall
be competency based with the successful tenderer being responsible for ensuring that trainees have
obtained the required skill for installation of the jointing and terminating materials and that an
accreditation certificate is issued to indicate successful completion of the training program.
16
15.0 Appendix
All tenderers are required to complete and submit a copy of this form with their bid submissions.
A separate schedule is to be provided for each item offered.
Response
Item No.
Manufacturer’s Name and Address
Country of Manufacturers
Type Test Certificate No.
Specified Value /
Particulars Unit Response / Guaranteed Value
Requirement
Type Offered Heat / Premoulded
Rated Voltage kV
15 minute dry A.C. Voltage 15 min at 2.5 U0 No breakdown or

Withstand (15kV) flashover
5 minute dry A.C. Voltage 5 min. at 4.5 U0 No breakdown or

(Outdoor Only) A.C. No breakdown or

1 min at 4 U0 (24kV)
Voltage withstand wet flashover
15 minute dry D.C. Voltage 15 min at 4 U0 No breakdown or

Partial Discharge –
1.73 U0 (10kV) 10 pC max.
maximum
No breakdown or
Impulse Level 95kV
flashover
Mechanical /
Type of Lug
Compression
Lug Manufacturer
Lug Manufacturer’s part

number
17
(Compression Lug Only)
Across Flat Distance of the mm
Die
Lug Conductor diameter

mm
range
Tail Lengths mm
Creepage Distance mm
Color of housing / Sheds
Diameter over cable

mm
insulation range
Detailed Instructions to suit

type and voltage included
Yes / No
in kits
(Indoor Only) Terminal

insulation available to suit
all switchgear listed in
Table 6.2 and cable sizes Yes / No
listed in Table 6.1, plus
compatible with cable
termination components
Terminal insulation
removable and reusable for Yes / No
testing of switchgear
Pack Size
Pack Mass kg
Shelf Life Years
Labour estimate to
hours
complete termination
Name of Tenderer: _____________________________________
Signature of Tenderer: ______________________________________
Date: ________________________
18
Response
Item No.
Specified Value /
Requirement
Rated Voltage kV


15 minute dry D.C. Voltage 15 min at 4 U0 No breakdown or

Partial Discharge –
1.73 U0 (10kV) 10 pC max.
maximum
No breakdown or
Impulse Level 95kV
flashover
Mechanical /
Type of Connector
Compression
Connector Manufacturer
Connector Manufacturer’s
part number
(Compression
Connector Only) Across mm
Flat Distance of the Die
19
Connector Conductor
mm
diameter range
Diameter over cable

mm
insulation range
Overall Length mm
Required Pit Length mm
Detailed Instructions
to suit type and
Yes / No
voltage included in
kits
Pack Size
Pack Mass kg
Shelf Life Years
Labour estimate to
complete hours
termination
Name of Tenderer: _____________________________________
Date: ________________________
20
Response
Item No.
Specified Value /
Requirement
Rated Voltage kV
5 minute dry A.C. Voltage No breakdown or

5 min. at 3.5kV
Withstand flashover
Insulation Resistance MΩ 1000 MΩ
Mechanical /
Type of Connector
Compression
part number
(Compression Connector
Only) Across Flat Distance
mm
of the Die
Connector Conductor
mm
diameter range
21
Diameter over cable
mm
insulation range

type and voltage included
Yes / No
in kits
Pack Size
Pack Mass kg
Shelf Life Years
Labour estimate to
hours
Name of Tenderer: _____________________________________
Date: ________________________
22
Response
Item No.
Specified Value /
Requirement
Rated Voltage kV
5 minute A.C. Voltage No breakdown or

5 min. at 3.5kV
Withstand flashover
Insulation Resistance MΩ 1000 MΩ
Mechanical /
Type of Connector
Compression
part number
Only) Across Flat Distance mm
of the Die
Connector Conductor
mm
diameter range
23
Diameter over cable
mm
insulation range
Overall Length mm
Required Pit Length mm
Detailed Instructions to
suit type and voltage Yes / No
included in kits
Pack Size
Pack Mass kg
Shelf Life Years
Labour estimate to
hours
Name of Tenderer: _____________________________________
Date: ________________________
24
1. TENDERER’S EXPERIENCE
Supporting Documentation:
About Electropar New Zealand

Quality and Environmental Management Systems
Health and Safety
22nd January 2018
Contents
• Electropar Limited – Background • Engineering Services
• Preformed Line Products (PLP) – Overview
• Scope of Supply (electricity sector) – Customer Challenges
• Management Systems – Design and Testing Services
– Quality Management (ISO 9001:2015) – Overhead and Underground Construction Manuals
– Environmental Management (ISO:14001:2015) – Design Improvements (examples – Pacific Islands)
– Health and Safety (AS/NZ 4801) – Product Development, Design and Evaluation
– Customer Training
– Accreditations
• Commercial Tenets
– Contract and Term
• Statement of Commitment
Electropar Limited
Established in 1950, Electropar is a leading provider of electrical engineering solutions for the Australasian electrical
transmission and distribution, defence and industrial sectors.
Electropar’s design, development and manufacturing strength; together with its market-leading distribution portfolio,
enables the Company to offer a comprehensive product range through its divisions. In Power Distribution and
Transmission (“PDT”), Electropar is recognised as being a leading supplier of custom designed cable
componentry and hardware for the electrical transmission, distribution and wind generation sectors.
Control and Defence – Electropar provides sophisticated electrical control solutions to the specialist marine (navy),
petrochemical, industrial and agricultural sectors.
Components and Communications – Electropar distributes a wide range of electrical-related consumables and
supporting componentry to the electrical OEM and repair sectors. In addition, Electropar is heavily involved in the
communications market segment, specifically the provision of hardware and closures for overhead and underground
ADSS and OPGW fibre systems.
Electropar's powerful research and engineering division provides strong design and prototype capability to the
region. This includes well equipped internationally accredited test laboratories for heat cycle accelerated aging of
conductor and fittings systems.
Preformed Line Products , PLP (parent company) has been a supplier to Electric Power and Telecommunications
utilities in the international market since the mid-1950s. Today, PLP® maintains wholly-owned subsidiaries in
Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, France, Great Britain, Indonesia, Malaysia, Mexico, New Zealand, Poland, Russia,
South Africa, Spain and Thailand. These foreign operations work in unison to provide PLP with outstanding global
market coverage and customer service in more than 100 countries around the world.
In addition to manufacturing our traditional products, many of our international operations provide products uniquely
suited to meet the needs of their customers. Our commitment to technical innovation, along with outstanding
product performance and exceptional customer service are the hallmarks of our world-wide operations.
Electropar Limited cont/....
Electropar’s ERP system (Epicor), www.epicor.com has a complete suite of integrated applications covering all
areas of the business, providing powerful functionality around procurement and inventory management to
allow for efficient and effective stock management.
Epicor demand planning suite operates from stock profile fields maintained at the item level containing information
such as maximum, minimum and safety stock, with forecasts based on history and experience, and inventory being
maintained through these fields along with supplier lead times and Minimum Order Quantities, (MOQ’s). Material
Requisition Planning, (MRP) runs overnight and generates suggested purchasing/manufacturing orders, with
suggested quantities based on these stock profiles.
These suggested P.O.s are then reviewed and turned into actual purchase orders then directed to the supplier.
Epicor runs in ‘real time’ with every transaction registered immediately with complete visibility. Epicor distribution
suite allows inventory to be held in different warehouses in locations (bins) with complete visibility to the
item/quantity/location, again with transactions in real time.
Locations can be segregated therefore allowing for “reserved for cyclone”, with this inventory not interfering with
the demand planning MRP operation above. Stock is located in a logical manner with fast moving items suitably
located for ease of picking to minimize labour, and regular cyclical stock takes are performed to ensure records are
correct, and that any overs and under’s identified early to avoid stock-outs.
In summary, Electropar have the systems, procedures, staff and experience to assume responsibility for the
control of TPL’s inventory and logistics functions. Electropar has the purchasing power to ensure products are
purchased at competitive prices and the existing business relationship to ensure the purchased product is delivered
in a timely manner to meet demand.
PREFORMED™ LINE PRODUCTS – global operations
HEAD QUARTERS AMERICAS EMEA APAC
PLP-Canada PLP-Great Britain Electropar-PLP

PLP-USA
• Cambridge, Ontario • Andover, UK • Auckland, NZ
Cleveland, OHIO
• Established: 1985 • Established: 1959 • Established 1950
• Acquired 2010
HELIX PLP-France
• Montreal, Quebec Beijing-PLP
• Paris, France
• Established: 1984 • Beijing, China
• Established: 2013
• Acquired 2014 • Established: 1996
Belos-PLP
PLP-Mexico • Bielsko-Biala, Poland PLP-Malaysia
• Queretaro • Established: 1947 • Kuala Lumpur
• Established: 1968 • Acquired 2007 • Established: 1997
• Acquired 2009
PLP-Brazil PLP-Spain
• Seville PLP-Thailand
• Sao Paulo
• Established: 1960 • Bangkok
PLP-Argentina PLP-South Africa • Acquired 2009
• Buenos Aires • Pietermaritzburg PLP-Indonesia
• Established: 2012 • Established: 1965 • Jakarta
PLP – USA • Established: 1995
• Albemarle, North Carolina PLP-Russia • Acquired 2009
• Rogers, Arkansas • Moscow, Russia
• DPW Solar • Established: 2013 PLP-Australia
Albuquerque, New Mexico • Sydney
PREFORMED™ LINE PRODUCTS NASDAQ listing (PLPC)
• Founded in Cleveland, Ohio (1947)
• 19 primary facilities worldwide (4 in the US and 15 International
• 2800 employees worldwide
• acquired 2007
• acquired 2007
• acquired 2008
• acquired 2009
acquired 2010
• acquired 2012
• acquired 2012
• acquired 2014
Annual Sales USD 500M+
Some of our local customers....
potential Scope of Supply
Hardware Fittings:
PREFORMED™ Fittings:
• Cellpack Cable Accessories
• Deadends • ABC and CCT Insulation Systems
• Insulator Ties • S&C Cutouts and Positrol Fuses.
• Armour Rods • S&C Air Break Switches 11kV & 22kV
• Line Guards • AEM Air Break Switches 33kV & 66kV
• Splices • CPI Wedge Taps
• Repair Rods • Pole and line hardware
• Suspension & Support • Earth Rods and accessories
• Suspension Clamps • Pole Anchors and Stays
• Vibration Dampers • Insulators
• Cable Joints • Temporary Earthing Sets
• Overhead Full Tension Cable Joints • Surge Arrestors
• Cable Terminals • Siemens 15kV, 22kV, 36kV
• Overhead Conductor Terminals • Composite Cross Arms
• Connectors • Linesmen Tools
• Conductor Uni-Deadends • Consumables
potential Scope of Supply
S&C network automation solutions Communications
• Aerial ADSS line hardware & fittings
• TripSaver • Coyote Fibre Closures
• Intellirupter
• IntelliTeam Rack Technologies
• Load Buster • Data Cabinets – comms & substations
• VISTA switchgear • Siesmic rated
• Omnirupter switchgear
• Self Healing Diagnostics Control & Hazardous Area Equipment
• Grid Connected Battery Storage • STAHL , LMK, E2S, CMP, Roxtec
• Engineering Consulting
DSPA
• Fire Suppression Systems
PENTAIR
• Heat Trace and Leak Detection
PPE safety equipment

• Salisbury & Honeywell
Components
• Dow Corning Electrical Silicones
• KBS Passive Fire Stopping
QEMS and Health & Safety Overview
The Quality & Environmental Management System, (QEMS) is applied to all activities carried out at our premises at the
East Tamaki site in Auckland as well as Regional Sales Office in Wellington. Formal procedures have been agreed and
appropriately documented for each activity, resulting in consistency and reliability of order processing. This gives us the
confidence of controlling orders to meet our customer’s requirements for both technical content and delivery.
Electropar PLP is fully certified to Tertiary level under the ACC WSMP Framework. This is the Highest Health & Safety
level that can be achieved under the NZ Government ACC WSMP (Workplace Safety Management Practises)
Framework.
Electropar PLP conduct internal audits at planned intervals to demonstrate conformance and effectiveness of the Quality
& Environmental Management System according to the Procedure for Internal Audit. External audits are conducted by
a certification body on an annual basis in order to maintain certification.
What has ISO achieved for Electropar and its customers?
Internationally Recognised Certification
Electropar PLP is fully certified to ISO 9001:2015 Quality Management Standard, ISO 14001:2015 Environmental
Management Standard and with Health & Safety certification recognised to ACCWSMP to Tertiary level in order
to ensure the products and services supplied to Tonga Power Limited are tested, safe, reliable and of merchantable
quality.. Products installed and maintained by Tonga Power Limited personnel must be appropriately tested, certified
and fit for purpose both electrically and mechanically.
How does this certification contribute to utilities minimising their risk from procuring inferior products, and
how has certification assisted the supplier to reduce costs and facilitate fair pacific island trade?
Electropar PLP has seen the benefits of having the certification and having correctly implemented Quality &
Environmental Management System is that it has hugely reduced our operating cost by;
• increasing Electropar’s reputation through being fully certified to an internationally recognised standard such as the
International Organization for Standardization (ISO);
• It has validated the integrity of Electropar PLP’s profile as being the only approved manufacturer and leading
provider of electrical engineering solutions for the Australasian electrical transmission and distribution, defence and
industrial sectors;
• It has given us reliability within our operations to meet customer requirements through continuous improvement of
our Quality & Environmental Management System and processes thus streamlining operations and reducing
operating costs;
• We are able to satisfy more customers through our CI (Continuous improvement) Processes;
• Being more resilient and building a sustainable business through having good auditable processes. Electropar is
audited annually International Certifications Limited, IANZ and Ernst & Young;
• Provides strong corporate governance and accountability;
• Enables operational efficiency where PLP’s global supply chain to get the best deal possible for our customers and
therefore impacting positively to both their and our bottom line;
• Demonstrating a real commitment to service quality has transformed our corporate culture as our employees
welcome the need for constant improvement not only within our QEMS and our Health & Safety System;
• Fair trade means that Increasingly Pacific consumers are demanding transparency and sustainability in the
sourcing of products. The best way to do this is through trusted, independent, third party certification such as ISO
which is internationally recognised
What has QEMS achieved for Electropar and its customers?
Internationally Recognised Certification cont/...
Electropar’s Quality and Environmental Policy Manual covers all aspects of the business to the ISO International
standards of;
• ISO 9001: 2015 Quality Management Standard

• ISO 14001:2015 Environmental Management Standard
• AS/NZ 4801 Health and Safety Standard (to be integrated in 2018)
ALL aspects of EPLP Quality & Environmental Management system are fully audited on a regular basis to ensure
compliance to the above standards. The Quality & Environmental Policy Manual documents the management
system of Electropar PLP and demonstrates the capability to continuously provide products and services that
address customer requirements.
The methods and procedures contained within this manual and associated documentation form the basis for
auditing and review of the Quality & Environmental Policy Manual. The responsibility for ensuring the Company
systems remain true to both the ISO 9001:2015 Quality Management Standard and ISO 14001:2015 Environmental
Standard rests with the (QER) Quality & Environmental Representative.
As confirmation of this, and to maintain certification to both internationally recognized standards, regular third party
audits are undertaken with (ICL) International Certifications Ltd.
Engineering Services
Engineering Services - Overview
Electropar PLP (New Zealand) is 1 of 19 global design, engineering and manufacturing plants owned by Preformed
Line Products, (PLP). PLP have been market leaders in the fields of electrical and mechanical engineering for more
than 70 years.
Electropar PLP hold a leadership position in electrical, mechanical and structural engineering, design, analysis
and asset condition assessments. Electropar PLP works closely with Asset Owners and Asset Managers to better
understand critical asset performance to ensure capital and maintenance investment decisions are supported with a
robust understanding of asset health and the assets ability to perform over its predicted life.
With a deep pedigree in overhead line hardware, fittings design, engineering and manufacturing expertise, Electropar
PLP is in a unique position to offer its customers a comprehensive suite of testing procedures, both electrically
and mechanically. This also includes conductor, overhead line fittings and hardware, and supporting primary assets
such as pole structures, transformers and switchgear condition assessments including remaining life and time to
failure.
Transmission and Distribution Assets
- typical customer challenges and issues
High Wind
• Rapid wear of insulator fittings
• Sea salt blown long distances inland = corrosion Sub-Optimal Records and Asset Knowledge
• Conductor aeolian vibration damage • Missing / poor drawings
• Asset records incomplete / out of date
Rapid Corrosion from Sea Salt
• Galvanised steel fittings
• Tower steel Sub-Optimal Maintenance Records
• ACSR Conductor • piece-meal past maintenance
• poor or inaccurate records
High Rainfall and Warm Climate
• Increased corrosion rates
Loss of Skills and Asset Knowledge
• Contracting out
Line Diversity
• Increasing condition diversity with age • Aging workforce
• Duty of Care
Geothermal Zones
• Areas of extreme localised corrosion
Engineering Services - Design & Testing
Design Services
• Overhead line fittings design and build
• Substation bus system design and manufacture from 66kV to 500kV:
- hardware, fittings, connectors, earthing, conductor

- hardware design incorporating the rigour of Bellcore Zone 4 siesmic tes ting
and high wind events
NIGUP 400kV string sets
NSW 500/330kV x 4 subs Drury Underhung Bus System

HVDC Pole 3
Design and Testing Services:
- mechanical FEA and electrostatic simulations
• Developed to complement helical deadends for ACCC conductors

• Prototype cast from 3D printed pattern
Redesign casting method currently die cast, redesign • Helical Spacer Damper
improve strength and reduce manufactured cost by 30% • ACCC EHV Bolted Jumper (Caterpillar Clamp)
Testing Services: comprehensive testing of conductor and fittings 1N to 500kN, plus
industrial hardness, galvanising, fatigue and heat cycle
Mechanical Tests: Tensile and Compression
Mechanical Tensile Testing for hardware,
• 0-300kN Vertical test facility fittings and conductor up to 500kN
• 10N Minimum tensile or compression
• 0-500kN Horizontal test facility to 20m test length
• Twist, wrap and torsion tests: methods: AS 1222, 1531, 3607
• 30kN Cantilever flex test
• Clamp slip test
• Tension tests on products without strain rate control
Dimensional Tests
• Profile projector
• Vernier callipers
• Micrometers
• Digital and analogue height
indicators
• MEL lasers
• Go and No-Go guages
Cyclic Thermal Tests Ultrasonic Testing Standards

• Heat cycle of conductors with data logger • Ultrasonic flaw and RIF detection
capability to 240° C • AS Australian Standards
• ANSI American Standards
Material Structure Analysis Mechanical Endurance Testing
• BSI British Standards
• Gripo grinder polisher • Induction shaker force rating 980N
• Microscope • Frequency range 1.5-3000Hz • IEC International Standards
• NATAAccredited
Testing Services
Hardness Tests
Galvernising Thickness Test
• Brinell at 7.35, 4.9, 9.8 and 29.4 kN
• Magnetic method
• Rockwell testing using B, C scales
• Vickers Thermal Shock
• Shore
• Extreme temperature change test on
• Barcol
porcelain insulators
Prosperity Tests
Thermal Endurance
• Integrity testing of porcelain insulators • Prolonged elevated temperature test
Application Oriented Endurance Test on spiral vibration dampers
• Fatigue testing of transmission line in-span conductor spacers
Vibration Analysis
• 2 x 30.5m Test spans equipped to measure vibration damper performance
• Vibration analysis measuring:
- Damper mechanical impedance
- Damper fatigue
- Damper efficiency
Hardness Test
Vertical Test
Vibration Analysis
Electrical and Heat Cycle Testing
Heat Cycle Tests

• IANZ Accreditation for IEC61238 (power cables up to 30kV) and IEC61284 (overhead lines).
• IANZ is an ILAC Mutual Recognition Authorized Signatory. EPLP can co-accredit IANZ Reports with other ILAC
Accreditations such as : NATA(Au)/ CGCRE(Br)/ CNAS(Ch)/ NABL(Id)/ KAN(In)/ SM(Ma)/ PAO(Ph)/ SANAS(SA)/
NSC(Th) / UKAS((UK).
• Lab equipment and methods can be adapted to accommodate other equivalent standards eg. BS3288:1, AS1154.1
Short Circuit Tests - Heat Unit 1 – 23kVA Max Output: 1533A@13.5V

• IANZ Accreditation for IEC61238 (power cables up to 30kV) or 2000A@9.78V (Continuous) 1932A@13.5V or
• Short circuit 11kV supply via two 400kVA transformers on-site 2300A@9.78V (Short-term)
• Max Output: 25kA@40.6V (~6s duration) - Heat Unit 2 – 7kVA Max Output: 1000A@5.85V
• Temperature monitoring (Continuous) 1200A@5.85V (Short-term)
- Heat Unit 3 – 75kVA Max Output: 2500A@27V

Magnetic Power Loss Tests (Continuous) 3000A@27V (Short-term)
• IANZ Accreditation for IEC61284 (overhead lines)
• Heat units 2 and 4 provide pure sine wave current supply - Heat Unit 4 – 25kVA Max Output: 2500A@10V
• Externally calibrated instrumentation and measurement systems (Continuous) 3000A@10V (Short-term)
Environmental Electrical Tests

• Programmable environmental chamber -40°C to 100°C
• Tensions up to 100kN
• Up to 6kV
Joint Analysis
• Analysis of ex-service joints to determine failure mechanism(s)
• Availability of live-line instruments and analytical tools including Ohmstik, Voltstik, and Reluctance tester
Testing Services
Predictive Modelling on conductor and ACSS compression fittings for asset life and system performance
Cyclic Thermal Tests

• Heat cycle of conductors with data logger capability to 250° C
PPE Scheduled Testing and Equipment Calibration
PPE (Personal Protective Equipment) is vital equipment for each individual as it minimizes exposure to hazards
that cause serious workplace injuries and illness.
• General - type of PPE, intended use, minimum arc rating, sizes, limitations and other
• Documentation – traceability of purchased and distributed stock, certification, fault reporting and disposal
processes
• Training - hazard assessments, use and maintenance of PPE, maintain training schedule and records
• Service Tagging and Inspection – regular inspection processes, calibration process and frequency, where
applicable.
Electropar PLP has robust processes and systems in place to manage PPE equipment effectively. This includes
staff training and Induction. In addition, test and tag as well as inspection is a requirement that is also audited
through the ISO 9001 Quality & Environmental Management System.
Equipment Calibration
Equipment calibration is a key requirement to ensure that measuring equipment will produce accurate, reliable and
consistent results which can be used to evaluate the performance of supplier products. Suppliers should
recommend calibration procedures, training, service routine and maintenance of measuring equipment, particularly if
they are not a direct manufacturer.
• Evaluate calibration equipment – evaluate the condition, list of equipment, in-country service provider, and in-
house calibration regime.
• Procedures and documentation – routine site inspections, instrument calibrations, routine maintenance,
calibration and service records, uncertainty in measurements, records of calibration equipment (serial # etc.).
• Maintenance and storage requirements – frequency of inspection and servicing, maintenance manuals
• Training – assessment of training needs, training schedule, evaluation of training, training records
Electropar PLP has robust processes and systems in place as a requirement of our ISO 9001 Quality &
Environmental Management System that ensures that all measuring devices used are fit for purpose, reliable and
are maintained on a regular basis for the evaluation of performance requirements of equipment supplied.
These are also audited through the Quality & Environmental Management system on an annual basis
Portable Earth Testing
Portable Earth Testing is a key requirement for many electric utilities as it further embraces safe and best practice
operating standards.
• Type of Portable Earth Lead – length, dimension, electrical properties and other technical specifications
• Maintenance Requirements – type, frequency, in-country service provider, supplier, other
• Compliance Documentation – relevant certification, traceability, auditing and reporting
• Service Tagging and Inspection – process and frequency, if any
Electropar PLP designs and manufactures portable earth leads that are type tested as per the industry standard
IEC61230. Each portable earth lead undergoes a thorough visual and electrical inspection which is developed in
accordance with standard IEC61230 and is supplied with the following;
• Service tag (displaying the serial number which will be attached to the Portable earth lead)
• Inspection and Test Report (Enclosed in the sleeve)
• Test Compliance Certificate (Enclosed in the sleeve)
A register is kept that tracks of all the portable earth leads which includes the serial number, date calibrated, due
date of calibration and any other relevant information.
Construction Manuals
Overhead Construction Manual – international standards and specifications:
• HV structures 22kV / 33kV • Earthing

• General arrangements • Fasteners
• Assemblies • Line & Pole Hardware
• Substations • Helicals
• Pole and Pad Mounted Transformers o preformed™ deadends
• LV ABC o armor rods
• LV Service o ties
• LV PVC/Bare o SVD’s
• Stays o line guards
• Insulators • Cross arms
• Connectors
Recently developed for a Pacific Island Utility

Construction Manual
Underground Construction Manual – international standards and specifications:
Cable Accessories, Termination and Jointing Materials – LV, 11kV, 22kV & 33kV
• Environmental and Service Considerations • LV Terminations

• LV Joints & Terminations • LV In-line Joints
• 11kV, 22kV & 33kV Terminations • 22kV Screened Elbows
• 11kV, 22kV & 33kV Separable Connectors • 22kV Indoor Termination – Heat Shrink
• Ancillary Equipment incl. special tools • 11kV & 22kV Termination – Cold Applied
• Performance and Testing • 33kV
• Quality Assurance o screened elbows
• Technical Details: o heat shrink terminations
o 11kV, 22kV & 33kV terminations (in & outdoor) o in-line joints
o 11kV, 22kV & 33kV joints
o LV terminations
o LV joints

Example of Current vs. “New” Design
Reduced line congestion – Consumer Service Points

Correct installation methods will reduce a high number of transformer failures

Compact , Safe and Cost Effective Designs

Product Development, Design and Evaluation
Suppliers should be acutely aware of the environment they are supplying goods into to ensure they will be ‘fit-for-
purpose’. The local environment, wildlife, climate, reliability and performance of power supply, compatibility with
existing hardware, ease of installation and maintenance, and life cycle cost must all be considered in the evaluation,
design and development stages.
• Evaluation report – list of products evaluated and comments where appropriate

• Proposed changes – list of products proposed, justification with references to international or local standards,
academic papers, testing, and other utilities experiences.
• List of standards – list of standards followed and why?
Electropar PLP is a design, manufacture, test and supply organisation that has implemented a system to initiate,
sustain and realise new product / new process / new technology development. An operating procedure has been
developed to detail the design and development processes. Depending on the complexity of the product / process /
design task and the resultant outcome should failure occur, the design process is formally controlled through as
many of the following stages as appropriate.
Reviewing current standard hardware and systems and investigating potential areas where life cycle cost, ease of
installation and maintenance could be improved is the first step to increase the reliability and performance of the
distribution system. Any proposed change will be designed/developed and then justified and shown to be acceptable
by relevant tests which will ensure safe and proper functioning of the product or the service.
Design Services include but not limited to:

• Overhead line fittings design and build
• Underground design and build
• Substation bus system design and manufacture from 66kV to 500kV:
• Hardware, fittings, connectors, earthing, conductor
• Hardware design incorporating the rigour of Bellcore Zone 4 seismic testing and high wind events
• Developed to complement helical deadends for ACCC conductors
• Prototype cast from 3D printed pattern
• Redesign casting method currently die cast, redesign improve strength and reduce manufactured cost by 30%
• Helical Spacer Dampers
Engineering Services – Customer Training
Customer Training:
Field Staff, Engineers and Electrical & Mechanical graduates
Overview:
Electropar PLP have various and well established training programmes:
Transmission (Transpower) graduate training programmes (see detail below):
Training is conducted over 10 days:

• Day 1 - 5 Technical Focus - Transmission Line Engineering, Systems & Products
• Day 6-10 Technical Focus - Substations Engineering, Systems & Products
Distribution Lines Company training programmes:
Training is conducted over 5 days:
• Overhead Construction Standards

• Omniruptor ABS / LBS Switchgear
• Reclosers
• HV Fuselinks – Positrol
• Overhead Materials List
• Underground Construction
• Cable Jointing
• Pole Testing
• Health &Safety
• Manufacturing
• LV ABC
Training: sample agenda for Transpower
Training: sample agenda for Transpower cont/....
Training: sample agenda
Engineering Services - Accreditations
Accreditations
NATA ACCREDITATION NO. 922
NATA accreditation provides a means of determining,

formally recognizing and promoting the competence of
facilities to perform specific types of testing, inspection,
calibration, and other related activities.
Accreditation is distinct from certification, which focuses on an organisation’s overall

compliance with systems and products standards rather than
technical competence. Facilities accredited by NATA become members of the
Association.
NATA’s accreditation is based on a peer-review process made possible by some 3000 volunteer
experts who assist with the assessment of facilities and sit on NATA’s various technical
committees. To maintain accreditation, facilities must be re-assessed regularly.
The criteria for determining a facility’s competence are based on the relevant international standard (eg
ISO/IEC 17025, ISO 15189, ISO/IEC 17020) and include: the qualifications, training and experience of staff;
correct equipment that is properly calibrated and maintained; adequate quality assurance procedures and
appropriate sampling practices.
HEAT CYCLE TEST
Test Facilities comply with the requirements of ISO/ IEC 17025:2005 including the following sections:
• 13.01 Metals and metal products

• 13.44 Mechanical tests on assemblies HEAT UNIT-25KVA
• 13.94 Coatings
17
1.1 Major Clients
Medium voltage reference list 2011
Country Customer Type
Albania
KESH ( Utility) Hybrid Straight joint Single core polymeric cable 24kV
Hybrid Termination indoor single core polymeric cable 24kV
Contrax Termination outdoor single core polymeric cable 24kV
Argentina
Edesur (Utility)
Hybrid Straight joint Single core polymeric cable 17kV
Hybrid Transition joint Three core paper insulated to single core polymeric cable 17kV
Hybrid Termination outdoor single core polymeric cable 36kV
Edenor (Utility)
Austria
Bewag
Belgium
ALE (Utility )

Belize
Liberty Solutions Ltd. (Industry)
Hybrid Termination indoor three core polymeric cable 12kV
Bulgaria
EON Bulgaria (Utility )
CEZ Bulgaria (Utility ) Hybrid Straight joint Single core polymeric cable 24kV
Contrax Termination indoor single core polymeric cable 24kV
Contrax Straight joint Single core polymeric cable 24kV
Czech Republic
CEZ Hybrid Straight joint Single core polymeric cable 12kV
PRE Prag Hybrid Straight joint Single core polymeric cable 17kV
EON Hybrid Straight joint Single core polymeric cable 24kV
EDF Slovakia Hybrid Straight joint Single core polymeric cable 36kV
RWE Bratislava Hybrid Straight joint Three core polymeric cable 12kV
Hybrid Straight joint Three core polymeric cable 17kV
Hybrid Termination indoor Three core polymeric cable 12kV

Hybrid Termination outdoor Three core polymeric cable 12kV
Denmark
NVE / SEAS (Utility )
Hybrid Straight joint three core polymeric cable 12kV
Hybrid Transition joint Three core paper insulated to three core polymeric cable 17kV
Hybrid Transition joint Three core paper insulated to three core polymeric cable12kV
France
Various Africa countries (Utility )

Greece
Siemens AE (Industry)
Italy
Enel (utility)
Plug in technology - connector 250A right angle 24kV
Plug in technology - connector 630A 24kV
Hungary
EON Hungary (utility)
RWE Hungary (Utility) Hybrid Straight joint Single core polymeric cable 12kV
Germany
Helin GmbH (Installers)
Keller & Kalmbach GmbH (Utility)

E.ON Bayern AG (Utility)

Cegelec Anlagen- und (Installers)

Vattenfall Europe (Utility)

Mark-E AG (Utility)
Elektro Koopmann GmbH (Installers)


Stadtwerke Würzburg AG (Utility)

enviaM (Utility)
TEAG (Utility)
E.ON edis AG (Utility)

SWE (Utility)
HELUKABEL GmbH (Industry)

E.ON Bayern AG (Utility)

Electro Sistem Deutschland GmbH (Industry)

RWE Service GmbH (Utility)

Rhein Energie AG (Utility)

Barna Ioan Kelemen-Heim (Contractor)


Hybrid Termination outdoor three core polymeric cable 12kV
E.ON Hanse AG (Utility)

EnBW (Utility)
Hybrid Transition joint Single core paper insulated to single core polymeric cable 24kV
RWE Systems AG / RWE Power AG (Utility)

Siemens (Industry)
Stadtwerke München (Utility)

Contrax Transition joint Three core paper insulated to single core polymeric cable 12kV
Kosovo
KEK Pristina Hybrid Straight joint Single core polymeric cable 12kV
Hybrid joint Three core paper insulated cable 17kV
Latvia
Latvenergo

Luxemburg
Cegedel Contrax Termination indoor single core polymeric cable 24kV
Marocco
Redal Contrax Termination indoor single core polymeric cable 24kV
One Contrax Termination outdoor single core polymeric cable 24kV
Netherlands
Aliander (Nuon) Hybrid Straight joint Single core polymeric cable 12kV
Eneco Hybrid Straight joint Single core polymeric cable 17kV
Essent Hybrid Straight joint Single core polymeric cable 24kV

Pakistan
Siemens Pakistan (Industry) Contrax Termination indoor single core polymeric cable 17kV
Fatima Fertilizer (Industry) Contrax Termination outdoor single core polymeric cable 17kV
Engro Chemicals (Industry) Hybrid Straight joint Three core polymeric cable 12kV
Hybrid Terminationintdoor Three core polymeric cable 12kV
Poland
ENEA Poznań Hybrid Straight joint Single core polymeric cable 12kV
RWE Warszawa Hybrid Straight joint Single core polymeric cable 24kV
Energia Pro Wrocław Hybrid Straight joint Single core polymeric cable 36kV
Enion Kraków, Rzeszów Hybrid Straight joint Three core polymeric cable 24kV
PGE Warszawa Hybrid Transition joint Three core paper insulated to single core polymeric cable 24kV
Hybrid Straight joint Three core paper insulated cable 24kV
Hybrid Termination indoor three core paper insulated cable 24kV
Hybrid Termination outdoor three core paper insulated cable 24kV
Plug in technology - connector 250A straight 24kV
Plug in technology - joint 24kV
Portugal
EDP Hybrid Straight joint Single core polymeric cable 12kV

Contrax Termination outdoor three core polymeric cable 24kV
Romania
EON Romania
Enel Romania Hybrid Straight joint Single core polymeric cable 12kV
City utilties Hybrid Straight joint Single core polymeric cable 24kV
Saudi Arabia
Sceco Hybrid Straight joint Three core polymeric cable 17kV

Switzerland
Sefag AG (Industry)
supplying Export projects

ABB Schweiz (Industry)
Singapore
Power grid Hybrid Straight joint Single core polymeric cable12kV
Spain
Endesa Hybrid Straight joint Single core polymeric cable 24kV
Union Fenosa Hybrid Straight joint Single core polymeric cable 36kV
Iberdrola Hybrid Transition joint Three core paper insulated to single core polymeric cable 12kV

Plug in technology - connector 250A straight 24kV
Plug in technology - connector 630A
Plug in technology - joint 24kV
Turkey
Bedas Hybrid Straight joint single core polymeric cable 36kV
Ayedas Hybrid Straight joint Three core polymeric cable 12kV
Bashkent Hybrid Straight joint Three core polymeric cable 36kV
Kayseri Hybrid Termination indoor single core polymeric cable 36kV
Ukraine
TF-K LLC (Industry)

Hybrid Termination outdoor three core paper insulated cable 17kV
Uruguay
Administracion Nacional de (Utility)
Hybrid Straight joint Three core paper insulated cable (3Pb) 36kV

1.2 References
Confidential
Please note that Cellpack has strongly highlighted that publishing names is tricky as it is not legal due to privacy law and Vector should keep the information given below, internal
1
and confidential. Those customer could sue and get significant compensation. Provided contact's have been approched and asked for their consents.
Due to the fact that those information's are confidential and legally not to share, we do have no more from older customers, like in Germany France, Spain and Poland where we
2
sell since 50 years.
The majority of Cellpack's annual turnovers averages Euro 70,000,000.00 are predominately from utilities. Provided details are only a extract of Cellpack's latest sales history, we
3
managed to compile in time given.
S. No. Country Purchaser Purchaser description Purchase Since Quantities Contact Details
A Dutch network company, Alliander is responsible for the
distribution of energy such as electricity, biogas and heat. They
12kV and 24kV Heatshrink
don’t produce or trade energy themselves. This is done by
joints, Terminations, plugs
energy suppliers, buyers and traders. Most of the energy they
and straight through joints.
1 The Netherlands Alliander distribute regionally is produced by power stations and 2009
Approximately 2,500 joints,
windfarms and carried through the international and domestic
900 sets terminations and 750
energy grids run by TenneT and Gasunie. A growing number of
sets plugs per year
consumers and businesses are also feeding the energy they
have generated themselves back into the Alliander grid.
A Dutch electricity and gas network manager in the largest

part of the Randstad, including The Hague, Utrecht, Rotterdam
and the Rijnmond port and Botlek area. They cover busy,
urban areas with complex infrastructure, where dependence on
energy is large and energy must always be available. Stedin 24kV plugs and CKM.
also manages the energy infrastructure in the regions Approximately 2,000 straight
2 The Netherlands Stedin 2013
Kennemerland, Amstelland and Noordoost Friesland. Their through joints and 1,200 sets
core activity is transportation of electricity and gas to CTS per year
consumers and businesses, construction, maintenance and
future-proofing of electricity and gas networks. Placing and
maintaining (smart) electricity and gas meters and connecting
homes and businesses to our electricity and gas networks.
A Dutch natural gas and electricity managing a distribution

network of pipes (low or medium pressure) and cables (low or
medium voltage) to homes or businesses. Eandis offers LV heatshrink sleeves and
network solutions for electricity, natural gas, heat and public phase marking. Approximately
3 The Netherlands Eandis lighting. The company also has an important social role in the 2012 10,000 Sleeves and 4,000
realization of climate objectives, the fight against energy phase marking tubes/thin
poverty and the independent management of energy walled per year.
data. Eandis is active in 229 cities and municipalities in
Flanders and employs approximately 4,000 people.
A Dutch company that is an ambitious developer and producer
of innovative solutions. They specialise Installation, Building,
Cast resin. Approximately
4 The Netherlands Attema Infra and Special Products. They constantly looked at reviewing 2007
160,000 bags per year
new installation techniques and construction, and associated
products.
A Belgian inter-municipal group that has the ambition to
become a leading player in the Walloon and Belgian technology 17.5kV joints heatshrink.
5 Belgium Tecteo landscape. They cover electricity distribution grid operation, 2005 approximately 1,600 joints per
offer digital television, broadband Internet, telephone and year.
mobile services across all networks in Wallonia and Brussels.
MV plugs 24kV.
6 Spain Endesa The largest Spanish electric utility company. 2008 Approximately 2800 kits per
year
LV cast resin 400V and MV
Société nationale d'électricité (SNEL) is the (11/22kV) heatshrink and
Société nationale
7 Democratic Republic of Congo national electricity company of the Democratic Republic of the 2005 plugs. Approximately 5000 LV
d'électricité
Congo. cast resin joints and 1500
plugs 11/22kV per year
LV 400V heatshrink.
Approximately 13,500 straight
8 Cuba Unión Eléctrica Unión Eléctrica, is the Cuban state-owned utility. 2016
through joints and 6000
moulded parts per year.
10 kV, 22 kV and 35
Based in the Czech Republic, CEZ Group is a conglomerate of
kV terminations and sets
96 companies. Their core business is the generation,
9 Czech Republic CEZ Group 2000 plugs. approximately 1300
distribution, trade in, and sales of electricity and heat, trade in
Joints, 500 sets termination
and sales of natural gas, and coal extraction.
and 400 sets plugs per year.
22 kV Joints and termination.

ONEE (Office National de Based in Morocco, ONEE is the main player in the power
Approximately 1700 straight
10 Morocco l’Electricté et de l’Eau sector in the country and is fully owned by the Government of 2000
through joints and 2000
Potable Morocco.
terminations per year.
Based in Cologne, Germany, Rheinenergie AG is a
11kV transition joints
regional energy supply company for electricity, gas, water and
(PILC/XLPE). Approximately
11 Germany GEW Rheinenergy heat supply based in Cologne . The company supplies around 1996
250 11kV transition joints
2.5 million people, industry, trade and commerce
(PILC/XLPE) per year
with energy and drinking water
Lithuania imports all power from adjoining countries. Lietuvos
Energija is a state-controlled energy holding company in
10kV plugs. Approximately
12 Lithuania Lietuvos Energija Lithuania. It controls companies involved in power and heat 2005
1000 sets per year
generation and distribution, natural gas trade and distribution,
and supporting services.
LV Heat Shrinks. 24kV Indoor
cable termination, Elbow
Connectors, T Connectors,
13 Vietnam Vietnam Electricity Electricity of Vietnam is the largest power company in Vietnam 2011 Straight Through Resin Joints.
36kV T Connectors.
Approximately 2000 units per
year.
24kV Indoor cable
termination, Elbow
Connectors, T Connectors,
Perusahaan Listrik Negara PLN is an Indonesian government-owned corporation which
14 Indonesia Straight Through Joints,
(PLN) has a monopoly on electricity distribution in Indonesia
Straight Through Resin Joints.
Approximately 3000 units per
2011 year.
Since 2009. Hii Hii LV Heat Shrinks. 12kV
Kwong, Asset Outdoor cable termination.
The Sarawak Energy Berhad is the company responsible for Policy and 36kV Transition Joints. 24kV
the generation, transmission and distribution of electricity for the Specification Straight Through Resin Joints.
15 Malaysia Sarawak Energy (SESCO)
state of Sarawak in Malaysia. It is wholly owned by the State Division Manager Approximately 5000 units per
Government of Sarawak. 00 65 82 482 020 year.
HKHii@sarawakenergy.com.
my
LV and MV Distributor to Utilities and Contractors LV Heatshrink Accessories. Terry Harris. Business
MV Joints, Terminations and Manager Cable
Screened Elbows (11 and Accessories 0061 408
16 Australia IPD Group 2011
22kV). Approx 300-500 sets 367 673
per year
Omega Power Equipment Shearbolt Connectors. LV

17 Australia Trading Distributor - Cellpack LV since 1980 1980
Pty. Ltd., Victoria accessories
11kV 3 core Joint, Jason Cornelius;
TasNetworks commenced operations on 1 July 2014. It has
Terminations and Screened Training Audit Officer,
been formed by a merger between Aurora Energy’s distribution
elbows. Utilised for training 0061 4 2735 6676
network (the poles and wires) and Transend Networks (the big
Tasnetworks Jointers. jason.cornelius@tasnetw
18 Australia TasNetworks towers and lines). TasNetworks is a Tasmanian state-owned 2017
orks.com.au
corporation that supplies power from the generation source to
homes and businesses through a network of transmission
towers, substations and powerlines.
22kV Joints and Terminations,
Nguyen Tien Dat, Technical Division. Hanoi Power Company
approximately 1000 sets
is one of the 5 Electricity Distribution Corporations under the
terminations and 500sets
19 Vietnam Hanoi Power Corporation Electricity of Vietnam and has the task of managing, operating 2011
joints
and selling electricity and investing in the development of power
00 84 975298430
grids of 220kV or lower in Hanoi.
datnthnpc@gmail.com
22kV Joints and Terminations,
approximately 1000 sets Pham Dai Nghia,
2011 terminations and 500sets Director 00 84
Hanoi Power Company is one of the 5 Electricity Distribution joints 963002020
Corporations under the Electricity of Vietnam and has the task nghiaevnhn@gmail.com
20 Vietnam Hanoi Power Corporation
of managing, operating and selling electricity and investing in 22kV Joints and Terminations,
the development of power grids of 220kV or lower in Hanoi. approximately 1000 sets Dương Anh, Tung,
2011 terminations and 500sets Technical Department
joints 00 84 904349346
tungda.vn@gmail.com
22kV Joints and Terminations, Tran The Tai, Head of
approximately 1000 sets Planning and Materials
2011 terminations and 500sets Division 00 84
Ho Chi Minh Power Corporation is one of the 5 Electricity
joints 963484863
Distribution Corporations under the Electricity of Vietnam and
Ho Chi Minh Power taitt@hcmpc.com.vn
21 Vietnam has the task of managing, operating and selling electricity and
Comporation 22kV Joints and Terminations,
investing in the development of power grids of 220kV or lower Pham Chan Tuyen,
approximately 1000 sets
in Ho Chi Minh. Technical Division 00 84
2011 terminations and 500sets
912922367
joints
chantuyen@gmail.com
Ho Chi Minh Power Corporation is one of the 5 Electricity 22kV Joints and Terminations,
Luong Quoc Vinh,
Distribution Corporations under the Electricity of Vietnam and approximately 1000 sets
Ho Chi Minh Power Project Director 00 84
22 Vietnam has the task of managing, operating and selling electricity and 2011 terminations and 500sets
Management Board 963762105
investing in the development of power grids of 220kV or lower joints
vinhlq@hcmpc.com.vn
in Ho Chi Minh.
Comms/Signal Joints; 6.6 &
22kV Joints and Terminations;
LV Terminations, Joints,
Heatshrink products. Approx. Irene Ong (Northpower
Singapore Power is the corporatised entity of the former 57,000 Pilot joints, 27,5450 East Tamaki, formerly
electricity and gas departments of the Public Utilities Board. sets MV Terminations, 4,230 Engineer in Singapore
2007 ( delivery sets MV Joints, 7,940 MV
23 Singapore Singapore Utility The company provides electricity and gas transmission, Utility 029 978 2953 / 09
back since 1985) Boots, 27,000 LV heatshrink
distribution services, and market support services to more than 978 2936
a million customers in Singapore. ptoducts, 12,600 LV Joints, Irene.Ong@northpower.c
106,100 sets LV Terminations om
11kV Terminations - used on

Ausgrid is an electricity infrastructure company, owned by the
Ausgrid Network. Scott's are a Kevin Mooney, Director
Government of New South Wales, Australia, which owns,
Scott Electrical, Ausgrid Level 1 ASP for NSW Utilities 00 61 425 33 53 43
24 Australia maintains and operates the electrical distribution networks to 2017
Service Provider kevin@scottelectrical.co
1.6 million customers[1] in Sydney, Central Coast, Hunter
m.au
Region and Newcastle areas of New South Wales.
4. Incoterms and Pricing
4.1 Commercial Tenets
Commercial Tenets for FEA - MR 71/2018
 PRICING
o Pricing is in NZD
o Pricing is based on cost, insurance and freight basis (CIF) into port of delivery of Lautoka.
o Pricing is based on quarterly orders/shipments corresponding with the demand quantities supplied
for the full list included within this tender.
o Pricing is fixed for the first two (2) years of supply and EPLP will endeavour to maintain stable
pricing for FEA for the duration of the contract. In the event of any price variation EPLP would
discuss this with FEA.
o Exchange rate movements of plus or minus 5% on the USD will be discussed with FEA re a cost
saving or increase.
 DELIVERY TIMES / STOCK AVAILABILITY
o Lead time to set up initial stock holdings is 50 days
o Lead-time after initial set up time based on tender quantities is 5 days ex works
o The estimated delivery time after initial contract start up period of 50 days is a 4 weeks ship
freight after receipt of a technically and commercially clear order. Due to available freight options
at the time, Electropar may amend the delivery time when it confirms the order.
o FEA can airfreight at their own extra cost for Urgent orders.
 SERVICE
o 24 hour service - product, manufacturing, engineering services
Preformed Line Products Electropar New Zealand

Mail: PO Box 58623 | Botany | Manukau 2163 Address: 35 Lady Ruby Drive | East Tamaki | Manukau 2013
Phone: +64 9 274 2000 | Fax: +64 9 274 2001 | email: mail@electropar.co.nz | web: www.electropar.co.nz
4.2 Pricing Schedule
FEA
MR 71-2018
FEA # FEA Description 3 Year Useage PLP Stock # PLP CP Desc CIF Price $
I04705 LV SCOTCHCAST JOINT 16-35mm 36 CP124171 M13 S / 4X 16-4X35 48.66
I04704 LV SCOTCHCAST JOINT 35-70mm 11 CP124173 M14 S / 4X 35-4X70 71.46
I04693 LV RESIN KIT 4C 95-240mm 21 CP124176 M16 / 4X 95-4X185 371.29
I04695 LV RESIN KIT 4C 150-300mm 28 CP169406 M17 / 4X150-4X300 655
I04690A LV TERMINATION KIT I/D O/D 120-240mm 9 CP145449 SFEX4-95/240 100
I04672N 11kV STRAIGHT INLINE JOINT 3C XLPE 185-300mm 78 CP297260 CHMSV31-12kV150-300 458.01
I04672F 11kV TERMINATION KIT O/D 3C XLPE 95-240mm 115 CP146222 CHE-3F(A)12kV95-240 300
I04672D 11kV TERMINATION KIT I/D 3C XLPE 95-240mm 308 CP146217 CHE-3I(A)12kV95-240 146.63
I04672L 11kV TERMINATION KIT O/D 3C XLPE 120-300mm 23 CP146224 CHE-3F(A)12kV150-400 400
I04672M 11kV TERMINATION KIT I/D 3C XLPE 120-300mm 54 CP146218 CHE-3I(A)12kV150-400 350
I04675 11kV RIGHT ANGLE BUSHING SLEEVE XLPE 120-300mm 87 CP0-5009 CRB-2 12kV 120/300 151.37
I04676 11kV INLINE BUSHING SLEEVE XLPE 120-300mm 97 CP0-5011 CSB-1 12kV 95/300 156.77
I04685 11kV STRAIGHT JOINT 95-240mm 148 CP297442 CHMSV31-12KV95-240 512.36
I04706 11kV TRANSITION JOINT 16-95mm 180 CP197603 CHMPR31-17kV 25-95 640.34
I04709 11kV TRANSITION JOINT 95-240mm 204 CP197604 CHMPR31-17kV 95-300 669.81
I04710 11kV TRANSITION JOINT 3C XLPE 150-300mm 78 CP197604 CHMPR31-17kV 95-300 669.81
I04677A 11kV TRIFURACTING KIT 3C XLPE FOR ABB SAFELINK S/G 95-240mm 119 CP0-5150 TRIKIT-24KV95/400 215.292
I04677 11kV TRIFURACTING KIT 3C XLPE FOR ABB SAFELINK S/G 185-300mm 49 CP0-5150 TRIKIT-24KV95/400 215.292
4.3 Financial Stability
5. Ancillary Equipment
Medium Voltage
Insulation Boots...
Uo/U(Um) 6/10 (12) – 12/20 (24) kV
Working Instruction
Right angle and straight insulation boots
0–0505
(WK – 5E005)
Cellpack AG
Cellpack Far East Pte. Ltd Behr Bircher Cellpack BBC Cellpack GmbH
Malaysia Sdn. Bhd Electrical Products
128 Joo Seng Road # 06-01 No. 8, Jalan TU 50 Anglikerstrasse 99 Carll-Zeiss-StraBe 20
Singapore 368356 Taman Tasik Utama 5612 Villmergen 79761 Waldshut-Tiengen
Ayer Keroh Schweiz Deutschland
Tel. : +65 6747 7024 75450 Melaka Tel. : +49 7741 6007-0
Malaysia Tel. : +41 56 618 12 34
Fax : +65 6841 4554 Fax : +49 7741 64989
Tel. : +60 6 251 95 30 Fax : +41 56 618 12 45
e-mail: info@cellpack.com.sg Fax : +60 6 251 95 31 e-mail: e-mail:
e-mail: info@cellpack.com.my verkauf.epschweiz@cellpack.com electrical.products@cellpack.com
Sealant tape round
Medium Voltage
Working instructions
CONTRAX single-core straight through joint

for all single-core polymeric cables
up to 25 kV
CAM 1 - BODY
0–0265
UNIVERSAL INSULATION BOOT

TYPE CUB
U0 / U (Um) 6 / 10 (12) kV– 8,7 / 15 (17,5) kV
Working Instruction
Cold applied Universal Insulation Boot
right-angle and straight application up to 17,5 kV
Bushing diameter 46mm - 70mm²
Cable cross section 35mm – 400mm²
Cellpack AG Cellpack GmbH

Behr Bircher Cellpack BBC Electrical Products Carll-Zeiss-StraBe 20
Malaysia Sdn. Bhd Anglikerstrasse 99 79761 Waldshut-Tiengen
Cellpack Far East Pte. Ltd No. 8, Jalan TU 50 5612 Villmergen
Taman Tasik Utama Deutschland
128 Joo Seng Road # 06-01 Ayer Keroh Schweiz Tel. : +49 7741 6007-0
Singapore 368356 75450 Melaka Tel. : +41 56 618 12 34 Fax : +49 7741 64989
Tel. : +65 6747 7024 Malaysia Fax : +41 56 618 12 45 e-m ail:
Tel. : +60 6 251 95 30
Fax : +65 6841 4554 Fax : +60 6 251 95 31 e-mail: electrical.products@cellpack.com
e-mail: info@cellpack.com.my verkauf.epschweiz@cellpack.com
e-mail: info@cellpack.com.sg
General remarks
 Check the range and size of the cable and the cable accessories.
 Check the content of the kit as per packing list.
 Thoroughly read the working instructions.
 All dimensions in mm
Installation must only be executed by qualified personnel.

The manufacturer accepts no liability for failures resulting from incorrect installation.
Figure 3
a). Right Angle Installation
b). Straight / In – line Installation
 Clean the bushing.

 Apply a thin layer of Lubricant GM1 on to the bushing
 Connect the Cable lug on to the bushing.
 Push the upper side of Universal boot over the cable lug connection on to the bushing as far
as possible using Applicator provided.
 Universal Boot installation is completed.
LIST OF CONTENT
ARTICLE Nr. : 0 – 5 0 13
PRODUCTS : COLD APPLIED UNIVERSAL INSULATION BOOT
TYPE CUB 24kV 35 – 400, SUITABLE FOR,
3 x 1C - 35mm2 ~ 400mm2 XLPE CABLE
[BUSHING DIA. 46 – 70 mm]
U0 / U (Um) 6 / 10 (12) kV – 8,7 / 15 (17,5)kV
ITEM DESCRIPTION SIZE UOM QTY

════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
1 LABEL PCE 1
2 UNIVERSAL BOOT CUB 2 PCE 3
3 LUBRICANT GM 1 PCE 2
4 PLASTIC GLOVE PAIR 1
5 APPLICATOR PCE 1
6 WORKING INSTRUCTION PCE 1
7 PLASTIC BAG PCE 1
════════════════════════════════════════════════════════
0‐0645 r3 – 4/20/10 4/4

THIS DRAWING IS PROVISIONAL AND HAS NOT BEEN APPROVED FOR PRODUCTION
A B C D E F
1
1
THIS APPLICATION PROVIDES THE FACILITY TO TERMINATE THREE CORE

XLPE CABLE INTO SMALL CABLE BOXES WHERE THE DIMENSIONS REQUIRED
CABLE BOX FOR A STANDARD THREE CORE TERMINATION ARE DIFFICULT TO MAINTAIN.
THIS IS A SIMPLE SOLUTION GIVING THE ADVANTAGE OF PERFORMING
A CROSS-OVER OUTSIDE THE CABLE BOX AND THE INSTALLATION OF A
SINGLE CORE TERMINATION IN PLACE OF A THREE CORE TERMINATION.
COPPER SCREEN WIRE
2
2
95 - 300mm² XLPE
3 CORE CABLE
HEAVY WALL SLEEVE
3
3
4
TRIFURCATION GUIDE FOR INSTALLATION FOR CABLES 95-300mm² 4
CHANGE
REV REV DATE DRWN CHKD APVD DESCRIPTION
NUMBER
UNITS
1. TRAIN THE CABLE TO THE CABLE BOX AND CUT THE EXCESS CABLE CORRESPONDING TO THE TOP OF THE BUSHING.
MILLIMETERS
DO NOT SCALE
2. FOR A DISTANCE OF 3 METRES TO 1 METRE FROM THE GLAND PLATE, REMOVE THE JACKET OF THE CABLE, SECURE THE
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
METAL SCREENS TEMPORARILY WITH TAPE AND REMOVE ALL CABLE FILLERS.
CONFIDENTIAL
THIS DRAWING IS THE EXCLUSIVE PROPERTY OF PREFORMED
3. FIT THE BREAK-OUT BOOT OVER THE CORES AND DOWN OVER THE CRUTCH OF THE CABLE. SHRINK DOWN THE BOOT TOLERANCES LINE PRODUCTS COMPANY AND IS TO BE USED ONLY WITH
UNLESS NOTED
THE PRIOR EXPRESSED PERMISSION OF PLP
TAKING CARE NOT TO ALLOW THE NAKED FLAME TO IMPINGE ON THE EXPOSED CORES.
PRODUCTION DRAWING TITLE
x 1 3 CORE NON-ARMOURED
4. TAPE EACH CORE WHERE THEY WILL PASS THROUGH THE GLAND PLATE AND TOWARDS THE BUSHINGS FOR A DISTANCE
x.x 0.4
5 OF 100mm. SLIDE THE SR2 TUBING OVER EACH CORE AND DOWN OVER THE TURRETS OF THE BREAK-OUT BOOT. SHRINK CABLE BOX
5
DOWN, THE TUBING SHOULD BE SMOOTH AND WRINKLE FREE. SLIDE THE HEAVY WALL TUBING COVERING THE BREAK-OUT CONNECTION
QUALITY PLAN DRAWN BY PART NUMBER DRAWING NUMBER
BOOT AND ONTO THE CABLE JACKET, SHRINK DOWN. QTY. LABEL
YS
CRITICAL - 30395
C DIMENSION
0 DATE DRAWN
5. TRAIN EACH CORE TO THE CABLE GLAND AND CONTINUE WITH THE TERMINATION AS TO INSTRUCTION. SCALE SHEET No ORIGIN REV
VISUAL
0 V INSPECTION
21.02.18 NTS 1 OF 1 01
A B C D 30395 < FILENAME < INTERNAL USE ONLY
A B C D E F
1
1
CABLE BOX
EARTH BRAID
2
2
BRANCH-OFF CLIP
70mm² XLPE SINGLE CORE

CABLE (EARTH)
HEAVY WALL SLEEVE
CABLE TIE 95 - 300mm² XLPE
3 CORE CABLE
BREAK-OUT BOOT
3
3
ARMOUR SUPPORT RING STAINLESS STEEL BANDIT
4
4
CHANGE
NUMBER
UNITS
MILLIMETERS
DO NOT SCALE
CONFIDENTIAL
TOLERANCES LINE PRODUCTS COMPANY AND IS TO BE USED ONLY WITH
UNLESS NOTED
x 1 3 CORE ARMOURED
x.x 0.4
5 CABLE BOX
5
CONNECTION
QTY. LABEL
YS
CRITICAL - 30396
C DIMENSION
0 DATE DRAWN
SCALE SHEET No ORIGIN REV
VISUAL
0 V INSPECTION
21.02.18 NTS 1 OF 1 00
Short summary of Test Report
No.: 03/09
Subject: Contact examination of constant
force spring
The tests were implemented by the Hochschule Zittau/ Görlitz, University of Applied Sciences
Responsible person: Prof. Dr.-Ing. Klaus-Dieter Haim
Dipl. Ing. Kai Bentkowski
Orderer: Cellpack GmbH

Client: Cellpack Far East Pte. Ltd
Contents: 2 pages
Summary:
Subject of the examination was to verify the efficient behaviour of a constant force spring-
contact-assembly under short-circuit-current-load. The constant force spring have to assure an
efficient mechanical and electrical contact between the copper braid and the lead sheath of the
cable. Therefore the assembly was tested under short circuit-current-load of I(R.M.S)=15 kA
(charge-time 1s).
The constant force spring-contact on the lead sheath has passed the short circuit current test,
the efficient electrical and mechanical behaviour was proved successfully (note: the constant
force spring without additional fixation for that test). It has been verified that a short circuit
current of I (R.M.S)= 18,1kA has no negative effects on the correct behaviour of that assembly.
The contact-areas between the lead-sheath and the copper-braid were inspected additionally, no
visible tracks caused by an inefficient electrical contact were detected!
Illustration:
Figure 1: Test setup, the right side is the test object, the left side (with additional parallel
fixation) is not part of the test
Cellpack Test Laboratory Type Test Report Page 2
Figure 2: The analyze area with the constant force spring and the copper braid
Figure 3: The test object with the feed in of the current
Figure 4: The contact area after removing the constant force spring without any visible current
tracks
Matthias Gantert
Test engineer
Germany, Waldshut-Tiengen 15.01.2010

| Heat-shrink Technology
MEDIUM VOLTAGE HEAT-SHRINK
INSULATION BOOTS
TYPE CRB & CSB
 Outstanding mechanical, chemical and electrical properties

 Coated with thermoplastic adhesive.
 Resistance to UV, chemical agents, etc.
 Unlimited storage life
 Pressure and waterproof
 Halogen free
Systems For Professionals
C0013| 0612
| Heat-shrink Technology
APPLICATION
Right-angle boots (Type CRB) and straight boots (Type CSB) are weather and track-resistant moulded parts designed
to insulate and cover connectors between cable lug both for straight or right-angled connections in transformer boxes
and switchgears. These boots are shrunk over cable lug connections to reduce the air clearance between phases and
phase to earth. They also give good protections against flashover due to high humidity.
KIT CONTENT
• 3 boots
• 3 sealant tapes
KIT SELECTION
SELECTION
Sales and Marketing Office

CELLPACK FAR EAST PTE LTD AUTHORISED DISTRIBUTOR
128 Joo Seng Road # 06 - 01
Singapore 368356
Tel + 65 6747 7024
Fax + 65 6841 4554
Email: info@cellpack.com.sg
www.cellpack.com.sg
Medium Voltage Heat-shrink Insulation Boots Systems For Professionals

Penciling
Screw Tools
connectors
con
SCREW CONNECTOR
CSV-LHS
 HIGHLY RELIABLE
 QUALITY FINISHING
 ROBUST CONSTRUCTION
 EASY TO USE
 UP TO 400mm2 CABLE CONDUCTORS
C0026| 0712
Screw connectors
Screw connector for MV cable

Application
This screw connector is used for connecting conductors class 1 and 2 in compliance
with DIN-EN/IEC 60228.
Test standards
IEC 61238-1
Order Details
Type Cable conductor nominal cross section mm2 ART NO.
CSV-LHS 16-95 16-95 252769
CSV-LHS 50-150 50-150 252770
CSV-LHS 95-240 95-240 252771
CSV-LHS 240-400 240-400 252772
Sales and Marketing Office

AUTHORISED DISTRIBUTOR
CELLPACK FAR EAST PTE LTD
128 Joo Seng Road # 06 - 01
Singapore 368356
Tel + 65 6747 7024
Fax + 65 6841 4554
Email: info@cellpack.com.sg
www.cellpack.com.sg
Screw Connector Systems For Professionals

Medium Voltage | Insulation Boots
UNIVERSAL INSULATION
TYPE CUB - 2
Uo / U (Um) 6 / 10 (12) kV – 8,7 / 15 (17,5) kV
• Universal solution for different cross-sections 35 - 400mm2 , up to 17.5kV

• Universal application, re-usable for right angle and straight bushing adaptor.
• Excellent tracking and erosion resistant.
• Unlimited storage
• No special tools required
CELLPACK FAR EAST PTE. LTD 128 Joo Seng Road #06-01 Singapore 368356 Tel. : (65) 6747 7024 Fax. : (65) 6841 4554 email : info@cellpack.com.sg
C0004| 1209
Medium Voltage | Insulation Boots
Features
Cold applied medium voltage
Universal Insulation Boots for
right angle and straight bushing
application on switchgears and
transformers connection.
Characteristics
The Cold applied CUB – 2 is designed to insulate termination and bushing connection,
applicable for right angle and straight application, to improve phase to phase and phase
to ground insulation level due to limited space and also to prevent the terminations from
flashover. Made of high degree Silicone, Universal Boots type CUB – 2 are very flexible
and have permanently elastic property (no ageing). Permanent elasticity results in
permanent interface pressure and it follows all variations in the cable dimensions during
load cycling.
Application
• Voltage level : U0 / U(Um) 6 / 10(12)kV – 8.7 / 15 (17.5) kV
• Cable size : 35 – 400 mm2
• Bushing diameter : 46 – 70 mm (400/630A type)
• BIL : 95 kV
Scope of delivery
• 3 pcs Universal Boots
• 2 pcs Lubricant
• 1 pce Applicator
• 1 pair Plastic gloves
• 1 pce Working instruction

Universal Insulation Boot
6 Quality Systems -
Cellpack & PLP Electropar
REACH Information
January 2016
Dear customer
You have requested information relating to REACH conformity of Cellpack products.
The Chemicals Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 concerning the registration, evaluation and
st
authorisation of chemicals (REACH) entered into force on 1 June 2007. It defines requirements on
substances as such, substances in mixtures and also certain substances in articles.
For products requiring a safety data sheet SDS they are provided via download on our web based
product catalogue under
https://ep-webcatalog.cellpack.com/
Please consider that products as tapes, gel joints, cable ties and heat shrink products – comply with
1
the REACH definition of articles and thus safety data sheets according to REACH Art. 31 are not
mandatory.
The REACH requirements on articles are triggered by the presence of substances of very high
2
concern (SVHC). The criteria for SVHC are defined in REACH Art. 57 and include CMR substances ,
3
PBT/vPvB substances and substances of similar concern. The list of identified SVHC is published as
4
the “candidate list” according to Art. 59(1) on the ECHA website and is regularly updated. If an SVHC
is present in an article in concentrations above 0.1 wt-% producers, importers and other suppliers of
the article have to provide respective information necessary to ensure safe use of the article to the
recipients and, as a minimum, the name of the substance (REACH Art. 33).
As a producer and supplier of articles Cellpack GmbH is aware of the requirements on substances in
articles according to REACH. We are monitoring the development of the candidate list and keep
information about the presence/absence of SVHC from our suppliers up to date. Based on the current
candidate list only products according to table 1 (attached) contain SVHCs in levels above 0.1 wt-%.
Furthermore we will forward any relevant information on SVHC contained in articles as soon as we
become aware of it.
For further questions please contact reach@cellpack.com
Kind Regards
Cellpack GmbH
1
REACH Article 3(3)): article: means an object which during production is given a special shape, surface or
design which determines its function to a greater degree than does its chemical composition;
2
CMR: carcinogenic, mutagenic or reproduction toxic substances cat. 1A and 1B (acc. To CLP-Regulation)
3
PBT: persistent, bioaccumulative and toxic substance, vPvB: very persistent and very bioaccumulative
substances
4
http://echa.europa.eu/chem_data/authorisation_process/candidate_list_table_en.asp
Table 1
Products and articles containing SVHC > 0.1 wt-%
as mentioned in the ECHA candidate list
th
status: update of December 17 , 2015.
Pos. Product SVHC- Substance CAS-Nr EC-Nr Content

(wt-%)
– – – – – –
Handling of these products within the intended use does not require specific safety measures.
Behr Bircher Cellpack BBC
Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.
Improvement Doc. No BBCMY-GN-P06
Date: 18 August 2017 Rev: 06 Page 4 of 7
7.3 Handling of Customer Complaint

Flow Chart Detail Descriptions Records
Customer a) Both written and verbal customer complaint

complaint
received shall be handled by QAQC
Executive/his assistant
b) QAQC Executive/his assistant together with

Quality Production Manager shall determine the Corrective Action
related? disposition method/correction. If deem Report (CAR)
No necessary, Corrective Action Report (CAR) (GN-8.5-F01)
Yes
shall be raised to ensure the non-conformity is
properly removed
Return of
material
c) CAR is to be issued by QAQC Executive/his
assistant to department/person responsible
Corrective action
d) QAQC Executive/his assistant together with
Production Manager shall call a meeting (if
necessary) in deciding appropriate corrective
Verification close
action
e) Production Manager together with QAQC

Information to Executive/his assistant shall close the CAR
customer
f) Status of customer complaint shall be
communicated to customer by QAQC
Executive/his assistant
7.4 CAR Numbering Method
CAR/YY/YEAR/xx
CAR = Corrective Action Report
YY = CC = Customer Complaint
= EPR = External Provider Reject
= IA = Internal Audit Non-Conformance
= PM = Process Measurements
= PS = Process provide early warning signal
= NC = Non-Conformance Report
YEAR = 2013 etc.
xx = Running Number (01, 02, 03…etc.)
NOTE: Printed documents are uncontrolled, except when stamped with “Controlled” on every page of the document in red.
All information contained herein is company private and confidential property.
QE POLICY MANUAL
Code: EPLP QEPM-01
Version: 0.1
Created by: Timo Alefaio [QHSE]
Approved by: Brett Hewitt [MD]
Date of version: August 2017
Signature:
Established in 1950, Electropar PLP is a leading provider of electrical engineering solutions for the
Australasian electrical transmission and distribution, defence and industrial sectors.
Distribution list
Copy Returned
Distributed to Date Signature
No. Date Signature
1 Brett Hewitt August
2017
2 QHSE - Dept August
2017
Change history
Date Version Created by Description of change
April 2017 0.1 Timo New Document – QEPM ISO 9001:2015 | ISO
14001:2015
Electropar PLP QE Policy Manual ver. 0.1 from Aug 2017 Page 2 of 20
Table of contents
1. ABOUT THE ORGANIZATION ..................................................................................................................... 6
1.1. ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE - ELECTROPAR PLP............................................................................................... 7
2. PURPOSE, SCOPE AND USERS ................................................................................................................... 8
2.1. “-APPLICABILITY ....................................................................................................................................... 8
3. TERMS AND DEFINITIONS ......................................................................................................................... 9
4. CONTEXT OF THE ORGANIZATION............................................................................................................. 9
4.1. UNDERSTANDING THE ORGANIZATION AND ITS CONTEXT ....................................................................................... 9

4.2. UNDERSTANDING THE NEEDS AND EXPECTATIONS OF INTERESTED PARTIES ................................................................ 9
4.3. DETERMINING THE SCOPE OF EPLP QE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM ............................................................................ 9
4.4. QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND ITS PROCESSES .......................................................................................... 9
5. LEADERSHIP ............................................................................................................................................ 11
5.1. LEADERSHIP AND COMMITMENT .................................................................................................................... 11

5.1.1. General ........................................................................................................................................... 11
5.1.2. Customer focus ............................................................................................................................... 11
5.2. (QE) QUALITY & ENVIRONMENTAL POLICIES.................................................................................................... 11
5.3. ORGANIZATIONAL ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................................................................ 13
6. PLANNING .............................................................................................................................................. 13
6.1. ACTIONS TO ADDRESS RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES .............................................................................................. 13

6.2. QUALITY OBJECTIVES AND PLANNING TO ACHIEVE THEM ...................................................................................... 13
6.3. PLANNING CHANGES .................................................................................................................................... 14
7. RESOURCES ............................................................................................................................................. 14
7.1. RESOURCES................................................................................................................................................ 14
7.2. COMPETENCE ............................................................................................................................................. 14
7.3. AWARENESS............................................................................................................................................... 15
7.4. COMMUNICATION ....................................................................................................................................... 15
7.5. DOCUMENTED INFORMATION ........................................................................................................................ 15
8. OPERATION ............................................................................................................................................ 16
8.1. ORGANIZATIONAL PLANNING AND CONTROL ..................................................................................................... 16

8.2. REQUIREMENTS FOR PRODUCTS AND SERVICES .................................................................................................. 16
8.3. DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT OF PRODUCTS AND SERVICES ................................................................................... 16
8.4. CONTROL OF EXTERNALLY PROVIDED PROCESSES, PRODUCTS AND SERVICES ............................................................ 16
8.5. PRODUCTION AND SERVICE PROVISION ............................................................................................................ 16
8.6. RELEASE OF PRODUCTS AND SERVICES ............................................................................................................. 17
8.7. CONTROL OF NONCONFORMING OUTPUTS ....................................................................................................... 17
9. PERFORMANCE EVALUATION ................................................................................................................. 17
9.1. MONITORING, MEASUREMENT, ANALYSIS AND EVALUATION ................................................................................ 17

9.1.1. General ........................................................................................................................................... 17
9.1.2. Customer satisfaction ..................................................................................................................... 17
9.1.3. Analysis and evaluation .................................................................................................................. 18
9.2. INTERNAL AUDIT ......................................................................................................................................... 18
9.3. MANAGEMENT REVIEW ................................................................................................................................ 18
10. IMPROVEMENT....................................................................................................................................... 19
10.1. GENERAL ................................................................................................................................................. 19

10.2. NONCONFORMITY AND CORRECTIVE ACTION................................................................................................... 19
10.3. CONTINUAL IMPROVEMENT......................................................................................................................... 19
Electropar PLP QE Manual is a 3 Tier Quality & Environmental Management System:
Tier 1 Our main Policy Manual covers all aspects of our EPLP business
Policy Manual
All the procedures that all employees must follow and comply
Tier 2
with.
Procedures
Tier 3 All the forms that go together with the procedures that all staff
Forms
must complete as a requirement of the system and process
Our QE Policy Manual covers all aspects of our EPLP business to the ISO International
standard:
Our QE Policy Manual covers all aspects of our EPLP business to the ISO International
standard:
ISO 9001: 2015 Quality Management Standard

ISO 14001:2015 Environmental Management Standard
AS/NZ 4801 Health and Safety Standard (To be integrated in 2018)
ALL aspects of EPLP QE Management system will be fully audited on a regular basis to ensure
compliance to the above standards
1. About the organization
Company Profile
Electropar Ltd (referred to as EPLP since its acquisition by Preformed Line Products in 2010) was
established in 1950 to provide a specialist service of supply and manufacture to the electrical industry.
From the outset, an emphasis on customer service has been foremost in the Company philosophy and
culture.
Since that time, the Company has steadily grown until today; it occupies modern premises at its Head
Office in Auckland, operates a regional sales office in Wellington, and has South Island based sales
staff.
The range of products and manufacturing capability are probably as diverse as any in the country
enabling efficient servicing of selected niche markets. Opportunities for export are also actively
pursued.
In 1992, although the Company was operating successfully, it was felt that implementing a formal
Quality System would consolidate current practices and set up a sound foundation for the future. To
this end, the Company adopted the requirements of the ISO 9000 International Quality Standards and
was formally certificated to the ISO 9002 Standard in 1993.
Following the move to new, modern premises at East Tamaki in 1995, the Quality System was reviewed
and the "Design" function formally included; thus paving the way for certification to the
ISO 9001 Standard. Since then, the system has been continually maintained and improved to ensure it
meets the ever-changing needs of the Company.
In December 2008, the business achieved certification to the Environmental Management System
Standard ISO14001 and further reaccredited its Quality System certification to ISO9001:2008
requirements.
In May 2010 the Electropar Directors made the decision to sell all of the shares in Electropar Ltd to
Preformed Line Products Company (PLP) by entering into an agreement for sale and purchase.
PLP is a worldwide designer, manufacturer and supplier of high quality cable anchoring and control
hardware and systems, fibre optic and copper splice closures, and high-speed cross-connect devices.
PLP is based in Cleveland, Ohio and is a global industry player with manufacturing plants throughout
the world. PLP is a publicly listed company on the NASDAQ exchange.
Brett Hewitt [MD]
Approach to Quality & the Environment

While the initial motivation for implementing a formal Quality & Environmental Management System
was to satisfy the requirements for tendering a specific contract, the benefits to internal Company
performance were soon realised.
This has remained the prime mover since that time and continual improvement in all areas of operation
is a prime management philosophy. This is achieved through a comprehensive auditing schedule as
well as corrective and preventive action procedures. Measurement and analysis of many operating
parameters exist to monitor and feedback current trends.
1.1. Organizational Structure - Electropar PLP
Figure 1: EPLP Organizational chart
Above Copy can also be verified in: (Latest org chart to be approved by BH)
F:\Quality Management System - ISO 9001\2017 Quality Documents - ISO 9001_2015\3.
Organisation Chart\EPLP Organisation Chart September 2017.pdf
2. Purpose, scope and users
The Quality & Environmental Policy Manual documents the management system of Electropar
PLP and demonstrates the capability of Electropar PLP to continuously provide products and
services that address customer requirements.
Scope
The methods and procedures contained within this manual and associated documentation form
the basis for auditing and review of the Quality & Environmental Policy Manual. The responsibility
for ensuring the Company systems remain true to both the ISO 9001:2015 Quality Management
Standard and ISO 14001:2015 Environmental Standard rests with the (QER) Quality &
Environmental Representative. As confirmation of this, and to maintain certification to both
Internationally recognized standards, regular third party audits are undertaken with (ICL)
International Certifications Ltd.
Users
The Quality & Environmental Management System is applied to all activities carried out at our
premises at the East Tamaki site as well as Regional Sales Office in Wellington. Formal procedures
have been agreed and appropriately documented for each activity, resulting in consistency and
reliability of order processing.
This gives us the confidence of controlling orders to meet our customer’s requirements for both
technical content and delivery, or know well in advance that this is not possible. In the latter
situation, the Customer is advised and an acceptable solution agreed.
The Quality & Environmental Policy Manual consists of:
 Quality & Environmental Policy Manual

 Operation Procedures (OP indexed)
 Forms Register
2.1. “Applicability”
Electropar PLP excludes the following clauses of ISO 9001:2015

 The Quality & Environmental Policy Manual covers the requirements of the Standard
with the exception of "Servicing" (8.1).
 While facilities are provided for repair of supplied product, the items do not require
'servicing' in the generally accepted manner. There is an agreed, documented process
for provision of 'repair' service, which meets our planned criteria for Customer Service.
 Exclusions do not affect the organization’s ability to address customer requirements
and appropriate legal and regulatory requirements.
3. Terms and definitions
For the purpose of this QE Policy Manual, EPLP references the terms and definitions listed in the
ISO 9001:2015 Quality Management Standard
ISO 14001:2015 Environmental Management Standard
AS/NZ 4801 Health and Safety Standard (To be integrated 2018)
The latest revision of this document applies.
4. Context of the organization

4.1. Understanding the organization and its context
(EPLP) Electropar PLP considers the context of the organization according to the Procedure
for Determining the Context and Interested Parties.
Operating Procedures\OP4100 Context of the Organisation_Interested parties.pdf
Understanding the needs and expectations of interested parties
(EPLP) Electropar PLP has determined the interested parties and their needs and
expectations according to the Procedure for Determining the Context and Interested
Parties and listed them in the List of Interested Parties.
Operating Procedures\OP4100 Context of the Organisation_Interested parties.pdf
4.2. Determining the scope of EPLP QE Management System

(EPLP) Electropar PLP has determined the boundaries and applicability of the Quality &
Environmental Management System in the Scope of our Quality Management System as
being.
4.3. Quality Management System and its processes

(EPLP) Electropar PLP has established and implemented the (QEMS) Quality &
Environmental Management System, which is maintained and continually improved
according to the requirements of the ISO 9001:2015 Quality Management standard & ISO
14001:2015 Environmental Management Standard including processes needed and their
interactions.
(EPLP) Electropar PLP determined the processes needed for the (QEMS) Quality &
Environmental Management System and their application throughout the organization.
(EPLP) Electropar PLP determined required inputs and desired outputs of the processes,
criteria and methods needed for effective operation and control of these processes, as well
as resources needed and responsibilities and authorities for processes in the Quality &
Environmental Plan. Sequences and interactions between the processes are described in
Figure 2: Process Map.
During management review, the SLT team of (EPLP) Electropar PLP evaluates processes and
makes changes needed in order to ensure that the processes achieve intended results and
improve processes and the (QEMS) Quality & Environmental Management System
QEMS
MANAGING PROCESSES
Leadership Measurement,
Resource
/Management analysis and
Management
Responsibility improvement
BASIC AND SUPPORTING PROCESSES

Customer requirements
Customer satisfaction
Design and Production
Sales Purchasing Warehousing
Development & Testing
OUTSOURCED PROCESSES
Approved
Marketing outsourced Transport
suppliers
Figure 2: Process Map
5. Leadership
5.1. Leadership and commitment
5.1.1. General
The SLT Team of Electropar PLP is taking accountability for the effectiveness of the (QEMS)
Quality & Environmental Management System and providing resources to ensure that the
Quality & Environmental Policy and Quality & Environmental Objectives are compatible
with the strategic direction and the context of the organization.
The SLT ensures that (QEMS) Quality & Environmental Management System requirements
are integrated into Electropar PLP’s business processes, and that the (QEMS) Quality &
Environmental Management System is achieving the intended results.
The SLT team communicates the importance of an effective (QEMS) Quality &
Environmental Management System, promotes continual improvement, a process
approach, and risk-based thinking, and supports relevant management roles to
demonstrate leadership to their areas of responsibility.
5.1.2. Customer focus
The SLT of Electropar PLP demonstrates leadership and commitment with respect to
customer focus through ensuring:
 That customer and statutory and regulatory requirements are defined, understood,
and consistently met
 The risks and opportunities that can affect conformity of products and services and the
ability to enhance customer satisfaction are determined and addressed
 The focus on enhancing customer satisfaction is maintained
5.2. (QE) Quality & Environmental Policies

Electropar PLP has defined the Quality, Health Safety and Environmental Policy otherwise
known as the QHSE Policy as a separate document and made it available to employees and
the public.
Copy also is made available as follows:
This can be verified in:
Quality Policy\Quality and Environmental Policy Oct 2017.pdf
This Policy represents the framework for planning and improving the (QEMS) Quality &
Environmental Management System, and setting general and specific Quality &
Environmental Objectives.
5.3. Organizational roles and responsibilities
Responsibilities and authorities for relevant roles are assigned by senior management and
communicated within (EPLP) Electropar PLP. Senior Leadership team assigns roles and
responsibilities for ensuring that this (QEPM) Quality & Environmental Policy Manual
conforms to:
ISO 9001:2015 Quality Management Standard
ISO 14001:2015 Environmental Standard
AS/NZ 4801 Health and Safety Standard (To be integrated in 2018)
and reporting on the performance of the QE Policy Manual, including the QE performance,
to the Senior management of the PLP Global Group.
6. Planning
6.1. Actions to address risks and opportunities
While planning the QE Policy Manual, (EPLP) Electropar PLP considers the context of the
organization, needs and expectations of interested parties, and the scope of the (QEMS)
Quality & Environmental Management System.
(EPLP) Electropar PLP determines risks and opportunities related to the ability to give
assurance that the QMS can achieve intended results, enhance desirable results, prevent
or reduce undesired effects, is compatible with the context of the organization, and can
achieve continual improvement.
Risks and opportunities related to the QEMS are addressed according to the Procedure for
Addressing Risks and Opportunities.
Operating Procedures\OP6100 Hazard ID and Risk Assessment.pdf
6.2. Quality objectives and planning to achieve them
QE Representative continuously defines measurable and timed Quality & Environmental
Objectives for the relevant functions and levels within the organization. The Objectives are
monitored by (QER) Quality & Environmental Representative in the context of monitoring
and measurement and management review.
Quality & Environmental Objectives are consistent with the (QHSE) Quality, Health & Safety
and Environmental Policy and prescribed to all levels and functions in Electropar PLP, taking
into account applicable requirements, relevance to conformity of products and services,
and enhancement of customer satisfaction.
The plans for achieving the objective are made for each defined Quality & Environmental
objective.
Activities in the plans to achieve Quality and Environmental Objectives, responsibilities,
deadlines, and resources for the realization of the objectives are defined and documented
in the Quality & Environmental Objectives.
F:\Quality Management System - ISO 9001\2017 Quality Documents - ISO 9001_2015\
2. Quality Policy\Quality Objectives\2. Quality Objectives 2018.pdf
Realization of the plans is regularly reviewed by (QER) Quality & Environmental
Representative in order to monitor realization and to include new or modified situations,
or at least during regular management review.
6.3. Planning changes
When (EPLP) Electropar PLP determines a need for changes to the Quality Management
System, Quality Representative takes responsibility to carry them out in a planned manner.
(QER) Quality & Environmental Representative plans changes to the (QEMS) Quality &
Environmental Management System considering the purpose of the changes and potential
consequences, integrity of the (QEMS) Quality & Environmental Management System, and
allocation or relocation of responsibilities and authorities.
7. Resources
7.1. Resources
(EPLP) Electropar PLP determines and provides resources needed for establishment,
implementation, maintenance, and continual improvement of the (QEMS) Quality &
Environmental Management System.
Operating Procedures\OP7150 Monitoring Measuring Resources.pdf
Operating Procedures\OP7152 Monitoring Measuring Resources - Measurement
Traceability.pdf
7.2. Competence
(EPLP) Electropar PLP disposes the necessary staff with the needed knowledge and skills,
organizational infrastructure, and financial resources for establishing, implementation,
maintenance, and improvement of the (QEMS) Quality & Environmental Management
System.
In cases where it is deemed necessary and justified, (EPLP) Electropar PLP will hire
competent external personnel and organizations from relevant fields for realization of
activities for which the organization does not have adequate resources.
SLT Managers are responsible for identifying the needs and conducting professional
training of employees who carry out activities that may have a significant impact on the
quality of product, service and customer satisfaction.
Each SLT Manager /process owner is responsible for the suitable competency of his/her
workers, on the basis of education, training, and/or work experience, in accordance with
the requirements of their work.
The method of ensuring the necessary competencies for roles, responsibilities, and
authorities for implementation and control activities within the (QEMS) Quality &
Environmental Management System was established in accordance with the Competence,
Training and Awareness Procedure. The SLT Team keeps records of completed training and
training effectiveness.
Operating Procedures\OP7200 Competence and Awareness Rev A.pdf
Operating Procedures\OP7210 Performance Management.pdf
7.3. Awareness
(EPLP) Electropar PLP ensures that persons doing work under its control are aware of the
(QHSE) Quality, Health & Safety and Environmental Policy, relevant Quality &
Environmental objectives, their contribution to the effectiveness of the (QEMS) Quality &
Environmental Management System, and implications of nonconformance with the (QEMS)
Quality & Environmental Management System requirements.
7.4. Communication
(QER) Quality & Environmental Representative is responsible for determining internal and
external communications relevant to the (QEMS) Quality & Environmental Management
System, including subject, timing, method of communication, as well as who and with
whom will communicate.
Operating Procedures\OP7400 Communication.pdf
7.5. Documented information
Documented information of the (QEMS) Quality & Environmental Management System is
carried out through the following documents:
 Quality & Environmental Policy, Quality & Environmental Objectives
 Quality & Environmental Policy Manual
 Procedure for Document and Record Control
 Documents, including records, required by ISO 9001 & ISO 14001, are given in the List
of Internal Documents
 Documents, including records, which (EPLP) Electropar PLP has determined to be
necessary, are given in the List of Internal Documents
Operating Procedures\OP7500 Documented Information.pdf
8. Operation
8.1. Organizational planning and control
(QER) Quality & Environmental Representative is responsible for planning and developing
processes needed for product realization according to the Procedure for Production and
Service Provision.
Operating Procedures\OP8520 Identification_Traceability.pdf
8.2. Requirements for products and services
Communication with customers, the process of determining and reviewing the
requirements related to product and services, and changes to requirements for product
and services are defined in the Sales Procedure.
Operating Procedures\OP8200 Sales - Requirements for products and services.pdf
8.3. Design and development of products and services
The Managing Director appoints person/s responsible for planning, realization, and
management of product design and development and project management according to
the Procedure for Design and Development.
Operating Procedures\OP8300 Design and Development.pdf
8.4. Control of externally provided processes, products and services
By documenting an adequate method for evaluation and selection of suppliers, (EPLP)
Electropar PLP ensures that delivered product is compliant with specified purchasing
requests according to the Procedure for Purchasing and Evaluation of Suppliers.
Operating Procedures\OP8400 Purchasing.pdf
Operating Procedures\OP8420 Contractor Management.pdf
8.5. Production and service provision
(EPLP) Electropar PLP defines activities of planning and executing the product realization
process under controlled conditions, in order to ensure full capability of the process and to
prevent nonconformity occurrence. At the same time, all necessary resources for execution
of these processes are provided according to the Procedure for Production and Service
Provision and Warehousing Procedure.
Operating Procedures\OP8400 Purchasing.pdf
8.6. Release of products and services
(EPLP) Electropar PLP has implemented planned arrangements, at appropriate stages, to
verify that the product and service requirements are met, according to the Procedure for
Production and Service Provision.
8.7. Control of nonconforming outputs
The organization ensures that outputs that do not conform to their requirements are
identified and controlled to prevent their unintended use or delivery, according to the
Procedure for Management of Nonconformities and Corrective Actions.
Operating Procedures\OP1020 NCR and Corrective action.pdf
9. Performance evaluation
9.1. Monitoring, measurement, analysis and evaluation
9.1.1. General
The SLT Team and process owners at (EPLP) Electropar PLP define what will be
monitored and measured, as well as the methods and timing for monitoring and
measuring. Results of the monitoring and measuring will be evaluated at
appropriate levels and functions in (EPLP) Electropar PLP and the SLT Team will
evaluate the performance of the (QEMS) Quality & Environmental Management
System during the management review.
9.1.2. Customer satisfaction
(EPLP) Electropar PLP monitors customers’ perceptions of the degree to which their
needs and expectations have been fulfilled according to the Procedure for
Measuring Customer Satisfaction.
F:\Quality Management System - ISO 9001\2017 Quality Documents - ISO
9001_2015\4. Operating Procedures\OP9100 Customer Satisfaction.pdf
9.1.3. Analysis and evaluation
(EPLP) Electropar PLP analyzes and evaluates appropriate data and information
arising from monitoring and measurement.
The results of the analysis are used to evaluate:
 Conformity of products and services;
 The degree of customer satisfaction;
 The performance and effectiveness of the (QEMS) Quality & Environmental
Management System;
 If planning has been implemented effectively;
 The effectiveness of actions taken to address risks and opportunities;
 The performance of external providers;
 The need for improvements to the (QEMS) Quality & Environmental
Management System.
Operating Procedures\OP9300 Management Review.pdf
9.2. Internal audit

(EPLP) Electropar PLP conducts internal audits at planned intervals to demonstrate
conformance and effectiveness of the Quality Management System according to the
Procedure for Internal Audit.
Operating Procedures\OP9200 Internal audit.pdf
9.3. Management review

The SLT team of Electropar PLP conducts regular reviews of the (QEMS) Quality &
Environmental Management System, at least once a year, according to the Procedure for
Management Review.
Management Review\2. Meeting Minutes\0. QMSEMS - Minutes 14 September 2017.pdf
Operating Procedures\OP9300 Management Review.pdf
10. Improvement
10.1. General
(EPLP) Electropar PLP determines and selects opportunities for improvement and
implements any necessary actions to meet customer requirements and enhance customer
satisfaction.
These include:
 Improving products and services to meet requirements, as well as to address future
needs and expectations;
 Correcting, preventing, or reducing undesired effects;
 Improving the performance and effectiveness of the (QEMS) Quality & Environmental
Management System.
10.2. Nonconformity and corrective action

(EPLP) Electropar PLP handles nonconformities in order to control and correct them and
deal with the consequences, according to the Procedure for Management of
Nonconformities and Corrective Action.
(EPLP) Electropar PLP has established a corrective action system to investigate and
document the root cause and actions to correct supplier-, internal-, and customer-reported
nonconformities. Corrective actions are assigned to a responsible individual and tracked by
number and completion date according to the Procedure for Management of
Nonconformities and Corrective Action.
10.3. Continual improvement

(EPLP) Electropar PLP continually improves the suitability, adequacy, and effectiveness of
the (QEMS) Quality & Environmental Management System.
The organization considers the results of analysis and evaluation, and the outputs from
management review, to determine if there are needs or opportunities to be addressed as
part of continual improvement.
Operating Procedures\OP1030 Continual Improvement.pdf
Electropar Ltd
05 Dec 2017
Scope of Registration:
Design, Develop, Procure and manufacture electrical products & materials for
Power Distribution & Transmission including busbars & connectors
23 Nov 2020 Hazardous areas equipment
Defence & Marine
Oil and gas
Industrial & commercial
Data cabinets
Communications & fibre optic systems
Registered Site(s):
35 Lady Ruby Drive, East Tamaki, Auckland, New Zealand
C41164
Electropar Ltd
05 Dec 2017
Scope of Registration:
Design, Develop, Procure and manufacture electrical products & materials for
Power Distribution & Transmission including busbars & connectors
23 Nov 2020 Hazardous areas equipment
Defence & Marine
Oil and gas
Industrial & commercial
Data cabinets
Communications & fibre optic systems
Registered Site(s):
35 Lady Ruby Drive, East Tamaki, Auckland, New Zealand
C41165
Laboratory Accreditation Programmes
Schedule to
CERTIFICATE OF ACCREDITATION
Laboratory Electropar Limited
Address PO Box 58623, Botany, Auckland, 2163

35 Lady Ruby Drive , East Tamaki, Auckland, 2013
Telephone 09 274-2000
Fax 09 274-2001
URL www.electropar.co.nz
Authorised Representative Mr Brett Hewitt
Managing Director
Client No. 2902
Programme Electrical Testing Laboratory

Accreditation Number 775
Initial Accreditation Date 29 October 2001
Conformance Standard NZS ISO/IEC 17025:2005

General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration
laboratories
Testing Services
Summary 3.35 Cables and Feeders
Signatories
Mr Ravinder Singh 3.35 (excl. magnetic loss tests)
Mr Craig Spicer 3.35 (l, IEC standards only, excl. magnetic
loss tests)
Mr David Wright 3.35
Authorised:
Issue 18 Date: 25/10/17 Page 1 of 2
General Manager
International Accreditation New Zealand - Private Bag 28908 - Remuera - Auckland

Telephone 09-525 6655 - Facsimile 09-525 2266
www.ianz.govt.nz
Laboratory Accreditation Programmes
Schedule to
CERTIFICATE OF ACCREDITATION
Electropar Limited
Electrical Testing Laboratory Accreditation No 775
SCOPE OF ACCREDITATION
3.35 Cables and Feeders
(l) Electrical tests on fittings
Heat cycle tests and short circuit tests in support of type testing of cable joining equipment of Class A and B
in accordance with IEC 61238-1, IEC 61284, BS 3288-1, AS 1154.1, AS1154.3 and IS 2121 (part 4).
Magnetic loss tests to IEC 61284, clause 12.2
Current cycle tests on electrical connectors of Classes AA, A, B, C in accordance with ANSI C119.4 but
excluding CCST tests.
Short circuit (fault current) tests in accordance with IEC 61284 where agreed with the customer
Heat cycle tests in accordance with IS 2486 (part 1) and IS 2121 (part 2)
Temperature rise test in accordance with ANSI/NEMA CC 1-2009 Electric Power connection for substations.
Test Method 3.1 Temperature rise tests (maximum tests current 4000 A)
(m) Mechanical tests on fittings
Tensile tests on conductor fittings and connections up to 400 kN force in accordance with the following
standards:
ANSI C119.4 Connectors for use between Al-to-Al and Al-to-Cu conductors designed for normal operation
≤ 93 °C and Cu-to-Cu conductors designed for normal operation ≤ 100 °C (Clause 7.3)
AS 1154.1 Insulator and conductor fittings for overhead power lines – Part 1: Performance, material,
general requirements and dimensions
AS 1154.3 Performance and general requirements for helical fittings
IEC 61238-1 Compression and mechanical connectors for power cables for rated voltages ≤ 30 kV
(Um = 36 kV) – Part 1: Test methods and requirements (Section 7)
IEC 61284 Overhead lines – Requirements and tests for fittings (Section 11 mechanical tests excluding
clamp bolt tightening tests in 11.8)
Authorised:
Issue 18 Date: 25/10/17 Page 2 of 2
General Manager
International Accreditation New Zealand - Private Bag 28908 - Remuera - Auckland

Telephone 09-525 6655 - Facsimile 09-525 2266
www.ianz.govt.nz
7. Performance and Testing
7.1 Joint and Termination
Performance Requirement
7.1.1 Electrical Performance 11kV
Medium Voltage Cable terminations for 1-core cables
CHE-F
1-core outdoor cable termination
for all 1-core polymeric cables
Hybrid cable terminations CHE-F are suitable for all 1-core polymeric-insulated
cables (PVC, PE, XLPE, EPR) with different types of semi-conductive layers (graphite-
coated, removable or strippable) and screen design (copper wire or tape). Suitable
for compression or screw cable lugs.
Characteristics Application/Suitability
• Flexible silicone stress control elements • Outdoor
ensure reliable stress control under all Voltage level
operating conditions • U0/U (Um) 6/10 (12) kV - 19/33 (36) kV
• Combination of slip-on and heat Note
shrinkable components • 12 kV cable terminations must be used
• Wide cross-section range for 7.2 kV cables. (Check minimum
• Quick, safe and easy assembly diameter over conductor insulation.)
• Ready for immediate operation Test standards
• CENELEC HD 629.1 Dimensions
(DIN VDE 0278, part 629-1)
Storage conditions/Shelf life
• Unlimited shelf life
Scope of delivery
1 set for 3 phases, heat shrinkable tube (tracking resistant), silicone stress control
elements, silicone sheds, sealing tape, assembly material, assembly instructions
Optional accessory: Cable lugs (see Connecting technology)

EGA earthing kit for cables with tape screen (see Connecting
technology)
Ø S = Diameter of cable shed
12 kV 17.5 kV 24 kV 36 kV
Type L min. Ø over Number Ø S Nominal cross section Art.-No.
mm core insulation of sheds mm mm2
after removal per
of the outer phase
conductive layer
mm
U0/U (Um) 6/10 (12) kV - 6.35/11 (12) kV
10-25 300 9.9 1 80 10 - 25 194049
25-95 300 12.6 1 80 25 - 95 194050
95-240 300 17.3 1 85 95 - 240 194051
CHE-F 12kV 150-400 300 19.9 1 85 150 - 400 194052
240-500 300 23.1 1 85 240 - 500 194053
400-800 300 27.3 1 115 400 - 800 194054
800-1000 300 36.8 1 123 800 - 1000 194055
U 0/U (Um) 8.7/15 (17.5) kV
10-16 500 9.9 2 80 10 - 16 194056
16-50 500 12.6 2 80 16 - 50 194057
70-240 500 17.3 2 85 70 - 240 194058
CHE-F 17kV 120-300 500 19.9 2 85 120 - 300 194059
185-400 500 23.1 2 85 185 - 400 194061
300-630 500 27.3 2 115 300 - 630 194062
630-1000 500 36.8 2 123 630 - 1000 194063
→ Continued on the next page
electricalproducts.cellpack.com
→ Continuation
CHE-F 1-core outdoor cable termination
12 kV 17.5 kV 24 kV 36 kV
after removal per
of the outer phase
conductive layer
mm
U0/U (Um) 12/20 (24) kV - 12.7/22 (24) kV
10-35 500 12.6 3 85 10 - 35 193372
25-150 500 17.3 3 85 25 - 150 193374
70-240 500 19.9 3 85 70 - 240 194064
CHE-F 24kV
120-300 500 23.1 3 85 120 - 300 194065
240-500 500 27.3 3 115 240 - 500 194066
630-1000 500 36.8 3 123 630 - 1000 194067
U 0/U (Um) 18/30 (36) kV - 19/33 (36) kV
35-70 700 19.9 4 85 35 - 70 194068
50-150 700 23.1 4 85 50 - 150 194069
CHE-F 36kV
150-400 700 27.3 4 115 150 - 400 194070
500-800 700 36.8 4 123 500 - 800 194071
CHE-I
1-core indoor cable termination
Hybrid cable terminations CHE-I are suitable for all 1-core polymeric-insulated
coated, removable or strippable) and screen design (copper wire or tape). Suitable
for compression or screw cable lugs.
• Flexible silicone stress control elements • Indoor
(DIN VDE 0278, part 629-1)
Scope of delivery
elements, silicone sheds, sealing tape, assembly material, assembly instructions

EGA earthing kit for cables with tape screen (see Connecting
technology)
12 kV 17.5 kV 24 kV 36 kV
after removal per
of the outer phase
conductive layer
mm
U0/U (Um) 6/10 (12) kV - 6.35/11 (12) kV
10-25 300 9.9 10 - 25 193414
25-95 300 12.6 25 - 95 193416
95-240 300 17.3 95 - 240 194017
CHE-I 12kV 150-400 300 19.9 150 - 400 194018
240-500 300 23.1 240 - 500 194019
400-800 300 27.3 400 - 800 194030
800-1000 300 36.8 800 - 1000 194031
U 0/U (Um) 8.7/15 (17.5) kV
10-16 300 9.9 1 80 10 - 16 194032
16-50 300 12.6 1 80 16 - 50 194033
70-240 300 17.3 1 85 70 - 240 194034
CHE-I 17kV 120-300 300 19.9 1 85 120 - 300 194035
185-400 300 23.1 1 85 185 - 400 194036
300-630 300 27.3 1 115 300 - 630 194037
630-1000 300 36.8 1 123 630 - 1000 194038
→ Continuation
CHE-I 1-core indoor cable termination
12 kV 17.5 kV 24 kV 36 kV
after removal per
of the outer phase
conductive layer
mm
U0/U (Um) 12/20 (24) kV - 12.7/22 (24) kV
10-35 300 12.6 1 85 10 - 35 194039
25-150 300 17.3 1 85 25 - 150 194040
70-240 300 19.9 1 85 70 - 240 194041
CHE-I 24kV
120-300 300 23.1 1 85 120 - 300 194042
240-500 300 27.3 1 115 240 - 500 194043
630-1000 300 36.8 1 123 630 - 1000 194044
U 0/U (Um) 18/30 (36) kV - 19/33 (36) kV
35-70 500 19.9 2 85 35 - 70 194045
50-150 500 23.1 2 85 50 - 150 194046
CHE-I 36kV
150-400 500 27.3 2 115 150 - 400 194047
500-800 500 36.8 2 123 500 - 800 194048
Medium Voltage Cable terminations
CHEP-3I
Indoor cable termination
for belted cables up to 17.5 kV (MIND)
Hybrid cable terminations CHEP-3I are suitable for belted cables up to 17.5 kV (for
MIND cables only). Suitable for compression and screw cable lugs.
• Wide cross-section range • Indoor
• Quick, safe and easy assembly Voltage level
• Ready for immediate operation • U0/U (Um) 6/10 (12) kV - 8.7/15 (17.5) kV
Test standards
• CENELEC HD 629.2
(DIN VDE 0278, part 629-2)
Cable sets for mass-impregnated paper cables

Dimensions
Scope of delivery
Spreader cap (tracking resistant), heat shrinkable tube (tracking resistant), earthing set,
Medium Voltage
sealing tape, assembly material, assembly instructions

Note: For cables with draining compound, please contact us.
12 kV 17.5 kV
Type L min. Ø over Nominal cross section Art.-No.
mm core mm2
insulation
mm
U0/U (Um) 6/10 (12) kV - 8.7/15 (17.5) kV
16-50 500 9.9 16 - 50 197515
CHEP-3I 17kV 25-240 500 13.2 70 - 240 25 - 240 197516
95-300 500 16.5 120 - 400 95 - 300 197517
CHESK-F
1-core outdoor cable termination
with screw cable lugs, for all 1-core polymeric cables
Hybrid cable terminations CHESK-F are suitable for all 1-core polymeric-insulated
coated, removable or strippable) and screen design (copper wire or tape). With
screw cable lugs for main conductor and copper wire screen.
• Flexible silicone stress control elements • Outdoor
(DIN VDE 0278, part 629-1)
Scope of delivery
elements, silicone sheds, sealing tape, screw cable lugs, assembly material, assembly
instructions
Optional accessory: EGA earthing kit for cables with tape screen (see Connecting
technology)
12 kV 17.5 kV 24 kV 36 kV
after removal per
of the outer phase
conductive layer
mm
U0/U (Um) 6/10 (12) kV - 6.35/11 (12) kV
25-95 300 12.6 1 80 25 - 95 309534
70-150 300 17.3 1 85 70 - 150 309535
CHESK-F 12kV
95-240 300 17.3 1 85 95 - 240 309536
240-400 300 19.9 1 85 240 - 400 309537
U 0/U (Um) 8.7/15 (17.5) kV
35-95 500 17.3 2 85 35 - 95 309539
50-150 500 17.3 2 85 50 - 150 309540
CHESK-F 17kV
95-240 500 19.9 2 85 95 - 240 309541
240-400 500 23.1 2 85 240 - 400 309542
U0/U (Um) 12/20 (24) kV - 12.7/22 (24) kV
25-95 500 17.3 3 85 25 - 95 309545
50-150 500 17.3 3 85 50 - 150 309546
CHESK-F 24kV
95-240 500 19.9 3 85 95 - 240 309548
240-400 500 27.3 3 115 240 - 400 309550
U0/U (Um) 18/30 (36) kV - 19/33 (36) kV
16-95 700 19.9 4 85 16 - 95 309551
50-150 700 23.1 4 85 50 - 150 309552
CHESK-F 36kV
95-240 700 23.1 4 85 95 - 240 309553
240-400 700 27.3 4 115 240 - 400 309554
CHESK-I
1-core indoor cable termination
with screw cable lugs, for all 1-core polymeric cables
Hybrid cable terminations CHESK-I are suitable for all 1-core polymeric-insulated
coated, removable or strippable) and screen design (copper wire or tape). With
screw cable lugs for main conductor and copper wire screen.
• Flexible silicone stress control elements • Indoor
(DIN VDE 0278, part 629-1)
Scope of delivery
elements, silicone sheds, sealing tape, screw cable lugs, assembly material, assembly
instructions
Optional accessory: EGA earthing kit for cables with tape screen (see Connecting
technology)
12 kV 17.5 kV 24 kV 36 kV
after removal per
of the outer phase
conductive layer
mm
U0/U (Um) 6/10 (12) kV - 6.35/11 (12) kV
25-95 300 12.6 25 - 95 290443
70-150 300 17.3 70 - 150 309514
CHESK-I 12kV
95-240 300 17.3 95 - 240 290444
240-400 300 19.9 240 - 400 309516
U0/U (Um) 8.7/15 (17.5) kV
35-95 300 17.3 1 85 35 - 95 309517
50-150 300 17.3 1 85 50 - 150 309519
CHESK-I 17kV
95-240 300 19.9 1 85 95 - 240 309520
240-400 300 23.1 1 85 240 - 400 309521
U0/U (Um) 12/20 (24) kV - 12.7/22 (24) kV
25-95 300 17.3 1 85 25 - 95 309522
50-150 300 17.3 1 85 50 - 150 309523
CHESK-I 24kV
95-240 300 19.9 1 85 95 - 240 309525
240-400 300 27.3 1 115 240 - 400 309526
U0/U (Um) 18/30 (36) kV - 19/33 (36) kV
16-95 500 19.9 2 85 16 - 95 309527
50-150 500 23.1 2 85 50 - 150 309528
CHESK-I 36kV
95-240 500 23.1 2 85 95 - 240 309529
240-400 500 27.3 2 115 240 - 400 309530
Medium Voltage Straight-through joints for 1-core cables
CHM
1-core straight-through joint
Hybrid straight-through joints CHM are suitable for all 1-core polymeric-insulated
cables (PVC, PE, XLPE, EPR). They allow the connection of cables with different cross
sections and conductor materials even with different cable designs concerning
the semi-conductive layer (graphite-coated, removable or strippable) and screen
design (copper wire or tape screen). Suitable for compression connectors.
• Reliable stress control due to flexible • Indoor
silicone stress control elements • Outdoor
• For both copper and aluminium • Underground
conductors • Water
• For all cables with copper wire or tape • Installation ducts
screen • Ductwork
• Wide conductor and cross-section range Voltage level
• Quick, safe and easy assembly • U0/U (Um) 6/10 (12) kV - 19/33 (36) kV Dimensions
• Ready for immediate operation Note
• 12 kV joints must be used for 7.2 kV
cables. (Check minimum diameter over
conductor insulation.)
Test standards
(DIN VDE 0278, part 629-1)
Scope of delivery
Thick wall heat shrinkable insulation tubes, thick wall heat shrinkable outer tube
with hot melt adhesive, silicone stress control elements, copper braid tube, pressure
springs, field control filling tape (blue), assembly material, assembly instructions
Optional accessory: Compression connectors (see Connecting technology)
12 kV 17.5 kV 24 kV 36 kV
Type L min. Ø over max. max. Nominal cross section Art.-No.
mm core insulation Connec- Connec- mm2
after removal tor tor
of the outer Ø length
conductive layer mm mm
mm
U0/U (Um) 6/10 (12) kV - 6.35/11 (12) kV
10-25 650 9.9 16 90 10 - 25 194072
35-95 650 12.6 25 135 35 - 95 194073
95-240 650 17.3 32 145 95 - 240 194074
CHM 12kV 150-300 700 19.9 40 200 150 - 300 194075
300-400 700 23.1 40 200 300 - 400 194076
500-800 850 27.3 60 360 500 - 800 194077
800-1000 850 36.8 60 360 800 - 1000 194078
U 0/U (Um) 8.7/15 (17.5) kV
35-95 650 12.6 25 135 35 - 95 194079
70-240 650 17.3 32 145 70 - 240 194080
CHM 17kV 240-400 700 23.1 40 200 240 - 400 194082
400-630 850 27.3 60 360 400 - 630 194083
630-1000 850 36.8 60 360 630 - 1000 194085
→ Continuation
CHM 1-core straight-through joint
12 kV 17.5 kV 24 kV 36 kV
Type L min. Ø over max. max. Nominal cross section Art.-No.
mm core insulation Connec- Connec- mm2
after removal tor tor
of the outer Ø length
conductive layer mm mm
mm
U0/U (Um) 12/20 (24) kV - 12.7/22 (24) kV
10-35 650 12.6 20 100 10 - 35 193339
50-150 650 17.3 25 135 50 - 150 193370
70-240 700 19.9 32 145 70 - 240 194086
CHM 24kV
150-300 700 23.1 40 200 150 - 300 194087
400-630 850 27.3 60 360 400 - 630 194088
630-1000 850 36.8 60 360 630 - 1000 194089
U0/U (Um) 18/30 (36) kV - 19/33 (36) kV
35-70 650 19.9 20 110 35 - 70 194090
50-150 700 23.1 25 135 50 - 150 194091
CHM 36kV 150-300 700 27.3 38 200 150 - 300 194092
300-500 700 27.3 45 200 300 - 500 194093
500-800 850 36.8 60 360 500 - 800 194094
Medium Voltage Transition joints
CHMPR3-1
Transition joint
from belted cables / H-Type cables to 1-core polymeric cables
Hybrid transition joints CHMPR3-1 for transition to three 1-core polymeric-insu-

lated cables, are suitable for belted cables and H-Type cables up to 17.5 kV. The
scope of application can be reduced by an appropriate padding set for the mass-
impregnated paper cable. Suitable for compression connectors.
• Wide cross-section range • Underground
• Quick, safe and easy assembly • Water
• Ready for immediate operation • Installation ducts
• Ductwork
Cable sets for mass-impregnated paper cables
Voltage level
• U0/U (Um) 6/10 (12) kV - 8.7/15 (17.5) kV
Test standards Dimensions
Medium Voltage
(DIN VDE 0278, part 629-2)

Scope of delivery
Spreader cap, thick wall heat shrinkable outer tube with hot melt adhesive, oil barrier
tubing, heat shrinkable tubes, silicone stress control elements, earthing wire, copper
braid tape, pressure spring, assembly material, sealing tape, field control filling tape
(blue), fire protection wrapping, assembly instructions
Optional accessory: Compression connectors (see Connecting technology)

Note: Other transition joints available on request.
12 kV 17.5 kV
Type L min. Ø over core Nominal max. max. Nominal max. max. Art.-No.
mm insulation after re- cross Connector- Connector cross Connector- Connector
moval of the outer section Ø length section Ø length
conductive layer mm2 mm mm mm2 mm mm
mm
U0/U (Um) 6/10 (12) kV - 8.7/15 (17.5) kV
35-50 1100 12.6 50 - 95 25 145 35 - 50 20 110 197603
CHMPR3-1 17kV 70-240 1100 17.3 95 - 300 34 145 70 - 240 34 145 197604 1)
240-400 1100 23.1 300 - 400 42 170 240 - 400 42 170 197606
1)
Padding kit PS(G+H) 17/1 (Art.-No.197690) to be used for 25 - 50 mm² (17.5 kV) and (25) 35 - 70 mm² (12 kV).
CHMSV
with screw connector, for all 1-core polymeric cables
Hybrid straight-through joints CHMSV are suitable for all 1-core polymeric-insulated
cables (PVC, PE, XLPE, EPR). They allow the connection of cables with different cross
sections and conductor materials even with different cable designs concerning
the semi-conductive layer (graphite-coated, removable or strippable) and screen
design (copper wire or tape screen). With screw connector.
• For all cables with copper wire or tape • Installation ducts
screen • Ductwork
• Quick, safe and easy assembly • U0/U (Um) 6/10 (12) kV - 19/33 (36) kV Dimensions
• Ready for immediate operation Note
• Suitable for a wide range of applica- • 12 kV joints must be used for 7.2 kV
tions due to integrated screw connector cables. (Check minimum diameter over
conductor insulation.)
Test standards
(DIN VDE 0278, part 629-1)
Scope of delivery
Thick wall heat shrinkable insulation tubes, thick wall heat shrinkable outer tube
with hot melt adhesive, silicone stress control elements, copper braid tube, pressure
springs, innovative screw connector with conductive cover, field control filling tape
(blue), assembly material, assembly instructions
Note: Other straight-through joints available on request.
12 kV 17.5 kV 24 kV 36 kV
Type L min. Ø over core insulation Nominal cross section Art.-No.
mm after removal of the mm2
outer conductive layer
mm
U0/U (Um) 6/10 (12) kV - 6.35/11 (12) kV
25-95 600 12.6 25 - 95 258130
70-150 600 14.7 70 - 150 258131
CHMSV 12kV
95-240 600 17.3 95 - 240 258132
240-400 650 23.1 240 - 400 258133
U0/U (Um) 8.7/15 (17.5) kV
25-95 600 14.7 25 - 95 258135
70-150 600 18.0 70 - 150 258136
CHMSV 17kV
95-240 600 19.9 95 - 240 258137
240-400 700 24.0 240 - 400 258138
U0/U (Um) 12/20 (24) kV - 12.7/22 (24) kV
16-95 600 14.7 16 - 95 258140
50-150 600 17.3 50 - 150 258141
CHMSV 24kV
95-240 600 19.9 95 - 240 258142
240-400 700 27.3 240 - 400 258143
U0/U (Um) 18/30 (36) kV - 19/33 (36) kV
50-150 600 20.9 50 - 150 258144
CHMSV 36kV 95-240 600 24.2 95 - 240 258145
240-400 700 32.0 240 - 400 258146
CHMSV3
with screw connectors, for all 3-core polymeric cables
Hybrid straight-through joints CHMSV3 are suitable for all 3-core polymeric-insulated
cables (PVC, PE, XLPE, EPR). They allow the connection of cables with copper wire
screen with different cross sections and conductor materials even with different
cable designs concerning the semi-conductive layer (graphite-coated, removable
or strippable). With screw connectors.
• For all cables with copper wire screen • Installation ducts
• Wide conductor and cross-section range • Ductwork
• Quick, safe and easy assembly Voltage level
• Ready for immediate operation • U0/U (Um) 6/10 (12) kV - 19/33 (36) kV Dimensions
• Suitable for a wide range of applica- Test standards
tions due to integrated screw connector • CENELEC HD 629.1
(DIN VDE 0278, part 629-1)
Scope of delivery
Thick wall heat shrinkable insulation tubes, thick wall heat shrinkable outer tube with
hot melt adhesive, silicone stress control element, copper braid tape, field control
filling tape (blue), innovative screw connectors with conductive cover, screw connector
for copper-wire screen, assembly material, assembly instructions
Note: Straight-through joints with larger cross-section available on request.
12 kV 17.5 kV 24 kV 36 kV
Type L min. Ø over core insulation Nominal cross section Art.-No.
mm after removal of the mm2
outer conductive layer
mm
U0/U (Um) 6/10 (12) kV - 6.35/11 (12) kV
25-95 1050 12.6 25 - 95 297348
70-150 1050 14.7 70 - 150 297350
CHMSV3 12kV
95-240 1100 17.3 95 - 240 297260
240-400 1250 23.1 240 - 400 297358
U0/U (Um) 8.7/15 (17.5) kV
25-95 1050 14.7 25 - 95 297349
70-150 1050 18.0 70 - 150 297351
CHMSV3 17kV
95-240 1100 19.9 95 - 240 297310
240-400 1250 24.0 240 - 400 297360
U0/U (Um) 12/20 (24) kV - 12.7/22 (24) kV
16-95 1050 14.7 16 - 95 297433
50-150 1050 17.3 50 - 150 297352
CHMSV3 24kV
95-240 1100 19.9 95 - 240 297104
240-400 1250 27.3 240 - 400 297361
U0/U (Um) 18/30 (36) kV - 19/33 (36) kV
50-150 1050 20.9 50 - 150 297353
CHMSV3 36kV 95-240 1100 24.2 95 - 240 297311
240-400 1250 32.0 240 - 400 297362
LOW VOLTAGE Moulded parts
SEH
Heat shrinkable spreader cap
for 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-core cables and conductors, with adhesive
Sealing spreader caps for plastic-, rubber- and paper-insulated cables.
• Stabilized against UV rays • Indoor
• Free from paint-wetting inhibiting • Outdoor
substances Material
• Halogen-free • Cross-linked polyolefin
• 100 % waterproof • Free of lead and cadmium
• Pressure-tight Test standards
• Superior electrical properties • Corresponds to IEC 60684-2
• Superior mechanical properties Storage conditions/Shelf life
Colours
Scope of delivery
Heat shrinkable spreader cap
Black
Dimensions
Type L1 L1* L2 Inner-Ø D1 Inner-Ø D2 W* Nominal Art.-No.

mm mm mm mm mm Recovered cross
before after before after wall thickness section
shrinking shrinking shrinking shrinking mm mm²
2-fingers spreader cap
30-10 65 90 15 30 10 12 4 1.5 2.5 - 25 125374
SEH2 50-24 85 120 25 50 24 21 7 3 25 - 120 169475
60-20 90 130 40 60 20 36 18 3 95 - 150 125373
25-9 50 70 15 25 9 9 3 2.5 1.5 - 16 169471
35-15 85 100 20 35 15 13 4 2.5 6 - 35 125365
55-23 130 170 30 55 23 25 9 3 35 - 150 169473
SEH3
75-28 170 200 40 75 28 35 13 3.5 120 - 300 186615
110-35 180 210 45 110 35 50 17 4 185 - 400 169711
125-59 185 260 50 125 59 60 24 3.5 240 - 500 125371
28-9 55 70 15 28 9 8 2 2 1.5 - 10 148844
35-15 80 100 20 35 15 13 4 2.5 6 - 35 143556
47-23 130 170 30 47 23 20 8 3.5 35 - 95 166973
SEH4
60-25 160 180 30 60 25 25 8 3.5 35 - 150 169477
78-36 170 220 40 78 36 30 12 3.5 95 - 240 166972
95-36 170 220 45 96 36 35 14 4 120 - 300 143563
65-15 82 100 31 65 15 22 3 4 4 - 70 222242
SEH5 80-33 150 175 53 80 33 26 8 3 35 - 150 223131
100-42 170 190 60 100 42 34 10 3 95 - 240 223132
* recovered dimension after shrinking
→ Continuation
SEH Heat shrinkable spreader cap
Technical data Value Test standard

Physical properties
Elongation at break 300 % IEC 60684-2
Tensile strength at break 10 MPa IEC 60684-2
Longitudinal shrinkage ≤ 10 % IEC 60684-2
Thermal properties
Operating temperature range -30 °C up to 135 °C IEC 60684-2
Shrinkage temperature > 125 °C
Burning behaviour not self-extinguishing IEC 60684-2 method C
Flexibility at low temperatures -40 °C IEC 60684-2
Thermal ageing (168 h at 150 °C)
Elongation at break 200 %
Electrical properties
Dielectric strength 10 kV/mm IEC 60684-2
Specific volume resistivity 1014 Ω x cm IEC 60684-2
Dielectric constant 5.0 IEC 60684-2
Chemical properties
Corrosion None IEC 60684-2
Resistance to fungus and decay Rate 1 IEC 60684-2
Low Voltage Cable terminations
SFEX
Heat shrinkable cable termination
for unarmoured polymeric cables and conductors
Universally suitable for connecting the polymeric-insulated cables to electrical

equipment, for cables insulated with PE, XLPE, PVC and cable sheaths insulated with
PVC or PE. Suitable for compression cable lugs on aluminium and copper cables.
• Compact dimensions • Outdoor
• Resistant to chemical agents • U0/U (Um) 0.6/1 (1.2) kV
• Stabilized against UV rays Note
• Free from paint-wetting inhibiting • SFEX4 for power cables and conductors
substances with green-yellow wire marking
• Halogen-free Test standards
• 100 % waterproof • DIN EN 50393 (corresponds to VDE 0278)
• High electrical insulating values Storage conditions/Shelf life
• High mechanical strength • Unlimited shelf life Dimensions
L1 L2 L3
Scope of delivery
Core insulating tubes, spreader cap, sealing tubes, cleaning tissue, emery cloth, L1
assembly instructions
Optional accessory: Compression cable lugs (see Connecting technology)

Note: Waterproof cable lugs must be used for outdoor cable terminations.
Polymeric cable
unarmoured
4x
Type L1 Nominal cross section per conductor Art.-No.
mm mm²
4-16 300 4 - 16 145436
25-50 400 25 - 50 145439
SFEX4
70-150 500 70 - 150 145444
150-300 500 150 - 300 145449
SKH, SKHD
Heat shrinkable end cap
with adhesive, optionally with additional sealing material
Protection against humidity and pressure for cables, conductors and pipes with
a diameter of 5 - 105 mm.
• Stabilized against UV rays • Protection against moisture and pressure
• Free from paint-wetting inhibiting for cables, conductors and pipes
substances Material
• Halogen-free • Cross-linked polyolefin
• 100 % waterproof • Free of lead and cadmium
• Pressure-tight Test standards
• Superior electrical properties • Corresponds to IEC 60684-2
• High mechanical strength Storage conditions/Shelf life
• Resistant to chemical agents • Unlimited shelf life
Colours
Scope of delivery
Heat shrinkable end cap Black
Dimensions
W
D1
L1
Type L1 L1* Inner-Ø D1 W* Recovered Art.-No.

mm mm mm wall thickness
before shrinking after shrinking mm
with adhesive
10-4 45 33 10 4 2 125345
15-5 45 45 15 5 2 125351
22-9 75 70 22 9 2.5 125334
35-15 100 95 35 15 3 125335
SKH
55-25 150 140 55 25 3.5 125336
75-30 165 155 75 30 3.5 125337
95-40 175 155 95 40 4 125338
110-45 145 130 110 45 4 125339
with adhesive and sealing
35-15 100 97 35 15 3 143536
55-25 150 135 55 25 3.5 143537
SKHD
75-30 165 155 75 30 4 143539
95-40 170 130 95 40 4 143540
* recovered dimension after shrinking
→ Continuation
SKH, SKHD Heat shrinkable end cap
Technical data Value Test standard

Physical properties
Elongation at break 400 % IEC 60684-2
Longitudinal shrinkage ≤ 15 % IEC 60684-2
Thermal properties
Operating temperature range -30 °C up to 135 °C IEC 60684-2
Shrinkage temperature > 125 °C
Burning behaviour not self-extinguishing IEC 60684-2 method C
Flexibility at low temperatures -40 °C IEC 60684-2
Thermal ageing (168 h at 150 °C)
Elongation at break 300 %
Electrical properties
Dielectric strength 17 kV/mm IEC 60684-2
Specific volume resistivity 1015 Ω x cm IEC 60684-2
Dielectric constant 5.0 IEC 60684-2
Chemical properties
Corrosion None IEC 60684-2
Resistance to fungus and decay Rate 1 IEC 60684-2
AS/NZS 4805.1:2007
TABLE 5
TEST SEQUENCES AND REQUIREMENTS FOR STRAIGHT OR BRANCH JOINTS
Test Sequences
CENELEC HD629.1 S2 2006 Cellpack
Tests a) Requirements Test (See Figure 2)
Methods Test
Requirements
Method
2.1 2.2 1.3
1. Voltage withstand 5 min at 4.5 U0 a.c. or IEC 61442 EN 61442 5 min at 4.5 U0 a.c. & X X X Complies
15 min at 4 U0 d.c. 15 min at 6 U0 d.c.
2. Partial discharge b) 10 pC max. at 1.73 U0 IEC 61442 EN 61442 10 pC max. at 1.73 U0 X Complies
c)
3. Impulse at ߠ t 10 impulses of each IEC 61442 EN 61442 10 impulses of each X Complies
polarity polarity
d)
4. Heating cycles in 30 cycles at ߠ t c) and IEC 61442 EN 61442 63 cycles at 2.5 U0 X Complies
air 2.5 U0
d) c)
5. Heating cycles 30 cycles at ߠ t and IEC 61442 EN 61442 63 cycles at 2.5 U0 X Complies
under water 2.5 U0
b)
6. Partial discharge 10 pC max. at 1.73 U0 IEC 61442 EN 61442 10 pC max. at 1.73 U0 X Complies
at ߠ t c), e) and at
ambient temperature
f)
7. Thermal short‐ Two short‐circuits at IEC 61442 EN 61442 2 short‐circuits at ISC X X Complies
circuit (screen) ISC of the cable screen
No visible
deterioration
8. Thermal short‐ Two short‐circuits to IEC 61442 EN 61442 2 short‐circuits to X X f) Complies

circuit (conductor) raise conductor to ߠsc raise conductor to ߠ sc
of the cable No visible of the cable
deterioration
9. Dynamic short‐ One short‐circuit at Id IEC 61442 EN 61442 1 short‐circuit at Id X Complies

g)
circuit No visible
deterioration
10. Impulse 10 impulses of each IEC 61442 EN 61442 10 impulses of each X X X Complies
polarity polarity
11. a.c. withstand 15 min at 2.5 U0 IEC 61442 EN 61442 15 min at 2.5 U0 X X X Complies
h)
12. Examination For information only ‐‐ ‐‐ For information only X X X Complies
a)
Unless otherwise specified, tests shall be carried out at ambient temperature.
b)
Not required for accessories installed on cables having unscreened insulation.
c)
ߠt is the maximum cable conductor temperature in normal operation +5 K to +10 K.
d)
8 h total with >2 h steady and >3 h cooling.
e)
Measurement is made at the end of the heating period.
f)
Thermal short‐circuit may be combined with the dynamic short‐circuit.
g)
Only required for single‐core cable accessories designed for peak currents ip > 80 kA and three‐core cable
accessories designed for ip > 63 kA. Value of id shall be declared by the manufacturer.
h)
It is advised that the accessory is examined for signs of –
(i) cracking in the filling media and/or tape or tube component; and/or
(ii) a moisture path across a primary seal; and/or
(iii) corrosion and/or tracking and/or erosion which could, in time, lead to failure of the accessory; and/or
(iv) leakage of any insulating material.
Februar 2015
BDM/CHR
Vertriebsinformation VL_Info_1501_Prüfung_CHMSV3-1
Externe Typprüfung CHMSV 3-1 24kV 95-240
Die CELLPACK Mittelspannungs-Verbindungsmuffe CHMSV 3-1 24kV 95-240 hat die

Typprüfung nach CENELEC HD 629.1 S2 02/2006 + A1:2008 im externen Prüfinstitut „IEH –
Bereich Hochspannungsprüftechnik“ erfolgreich bestanden.
The CELLPACK straight-through joint CHMSV 3-1 24kV 95-240 has passed successfully the type
test according CENELEC HD 629.1 S2 02/2006 + A1:2008 in the external test institute “IEH –
Department of High-Voltage Dielectric Testing”.
Geprüft wurde die Tabelle 5, Prüfreihe B1 mit der Spannungsreihe 12,7/22(24)kV auf 240mm²
Aluminium Leiter. Der Schirmdraht des 3-Leiterkabels wurde auf Kundenwunsch aus der Muffe
herausgeführt.
Besonderer Bestandteil der elektrischen Typprüfung waren 63 Lastwechsel im Wasser mit
einem erhöhten Druck von 10m Wassersäule (Standardanforderung 1m).
Die Ergebnisse dieser kundenspezifischen Typprüfung sind detailliert in dem Bericht Nr. 2014 –
108 der IEH zusammengefasst.
Type test was according table 5, test sequence B1 for 12,7/22(24)kV on 240mm² aluminium
conductor. The screen of the 3-core cable was taken out of the joint on customer request. The
type test includes 63 load cycles under water with 10m water height (standard requirement
1m).
The results of this customized type test are summarized in the IEH report 2014 – 108.
Der externe englischsprachige Typprüfbericht nach CENELEC HD 629.1 S2 02/2006 + A1:2008

ist im SAP bei dem kundenspezifischen Produkt CHMSV 3-1 24kV 95-240/EGA (Art.Nr. 302961)
hinterlegt und kann auf Anfrage an die Kunden weitergeleitet werden.
The report according CENELEC HD 629.1 S2 02/2006 + A1:2008 is available in SAP (see
customized product CHMSV 3-1 24kV 95-240 /EGA art.no. 302961). On request the report can
be forwarded to the end customer.
gez. gez.
i.V. Christian Reuber i.V. Matthias Gantert
Business Development Manager Leiter Anwendungstechnik
VL_Info_1501_Prüfung_CHMSV interner Gebrauch / internal use only 1/1

7.1.2 Test Certificates and Reports 11kV
Type Test Report
PB-10-058
Type test of right angle and straight

Product insulation boots in combination with Heat-
under Test: shrink termination kit (indoor) for 24kV 3C-
300mm2
SP POWERASSETS LTD.
Manufacturer: Cellpack GmbH

Client: SP POWERASSETS LTD.
Applied Specification: Type test according to HD 629.1 S2:2006 + A1:2008 and

DIN VDE 0278-629-1 July 2009
Contents: 12 pages
Summary: The right angle and straight insulation boots in combination with the indoor
heat-shrink termination kit CHE-3I (B) 24kV without sheds produced by
Cellpack GmbH Electrical Products passed successfully parts of the type test
according to HD 629.1 S2:2006 + A1:2008 / DIN VDE 0278-629-1 July 2009,
table 3 test sequence A1; test position 7,8 and 9 (tested by Cellpack Tiengen,
Germany), table 3 test sequence A2; test position 10 and 11 (tested by IEH
Karlsruhe, Germany).
ppa. Dr. Christian Bernauer i. A. Randolf Martin i. A. Matthias Gantert

Manager Laboratory Test Engineer Senior Product Engineer
Waldshut-Tiengen, 30.07.2010
Cellpack Test Laboratory Type Test Report 10-058
Material: Insulation boots

2
Type: Right angle boot CRB3 for 240-400mm
Straight boot CSB2 for 10-400mm2
Voltage level: U0/U(Um) kV – 12,7/22(24) kV
Installation instruction: Nº 0-0505 (WK – 5E005)
List of content: included in Nº 0-0505 (WK – 5E005) (Figure 2)
Cable: Three-core XLPE-insulated cable, easy strip semicon, Cu

tape screen, double steel tape armour, PVC outer sheath
Classification: Right angle and straight
Standard: HD 629.1 S2:2006 + A1:2008

DIN VDE 0278-629-1 July 2009
Date of the tests: March 2010 – July 2010
Measurement: Part of type test
Atmospheric conditions: Temperature 21 ºC – 28 ºC

Air pressure 925 – 970 mbar
rel. Humidity 28 % – 36 %
Persons responsible: Mr Christian Bernauer

Mr Randolf Martin
Mr Matthias Gantert
Note: 1) Test sequence A1 have been conducted at the

Laboratory of Cellpack in Tiengen, Germany
2) Test sequence A2 have been conducted at the
University IEH in Karlsruhe, Germany
The test results relate exclusively to the items tested.

This document shall not be reproduced in full without
the written approval of Cellpack GmbH
Page 2 of 12
Accreditation:
The quality management system of Cellpack GmbH is certified by DQS GmbH – Deutsche
Gesellschaft zur Zertifizierung von Managementsystemen, a member of IQNet, in
accordance with DIN EN ISO 9001:2008 (certificate registration No. 273576 QM) and DIN
EN ISO 14001:2004 (certificate registration No. 273576 UM).
Addresses:

Carl Zeiss Str. 20
79761 Waldshut-Tiengen, Germany
Customer: SP PowerGrid Ltd.

111 Somerset Road #08-05
Singapore 238164
Test laboratories: Cellpack Test Laboratory

Carl Zeiss Str. 20
Page 3 of 12
Contents
1 Tests according to the standards
2 Description of the samples
3 Equipment for control and measurement
4 Results of the tests
5 Attachments
Page 4 of 12
1. Tests according to the standards
Harmonization Document HD 629.1 S2 February 2006

Test requirements on accessories for use on power cables of rated voltage from 3,6/6(7,2)kV
up to 20,8/36(42)kV – Part 1: Cables with extruded insulation
Deutsche Norm DIN VDE 0278-629-1 Juli 2009

Prüfanforderungen für Kabelgarnituren für Starkstromkabel mit einer Nennspannung von
3,6/6(7,2)kV bis 20,8/36(42)kV – Teil 1: Kabel mit extrudierter Kunststoffisolierung; Deutsche
Fassung HD 629.1 S2:2006 + A1:2008
Page 5 of 12
2. Description of the test sample
Figure 1 Figure 2
Figure 3 Figure 4
Page 6 of 12
Figure 5 Figure 6
Page 7 of 12
3. Test setup
Test engineer: Randolf Martin
Date of test: 24 March 2010 – 16 July 2010
Measuring equipment: AC voltage test equipment (device number 53004)

Impulse withstand voltage test equipment (device number 53005)
AC voltage test equipment (device number 53001)
Partial discharge calibrator (device number 53008)
Atmospheric meteograph test equipment (device number 61079)
Figure 8: Controller AC voltage 53004

Figure 7: AC voltage transformer 53004
Figure 10: Controller impulse voltage 53005
Figure 9: Partial discharge AC voltage

transformer 53001
Page 8 of 12
4. Test result
Results of test series A1 12,7/22(24)kV (performance at Cellpack Tiengen)
Test
Type of test Required test parameters Test Result
No.
Prestress voltage: 2U0 = 25kV

Measuring voltage: 1,73U0 = 22kV
Partial discharge Prestress duration: 1min 0,3pC
7
at ambient temperature Measuring time: 1min PASSED
10pC max. at 1,73U0
all phases parallel
Front time: 1…5 µs

Virtual time to half value: 50±10 µs
Test voltage: 125kV
Impulse voltage
8 Number of impulses: 10 PASSED
at ambient temperature
Polarity: pos. /neg.
Test at single phases, others
phases earthed
Test voltage: 2,5U0 = 32kV

Test frequency: 50Hz
9 AC voltage dry withstand PASSED
Duration of test: 15min
all phases parallel
Results of test series A2 12,7/22(24)kV (performance at IEH Karlsruhe)

see attached Test report of IEH Karlsruhe
Test
No.
Test voltage: 125kV

Impulse voltage

11 AC voltage dry withstand Test frequency: 50Hz PASSED
Page 9 of 12
5. Attachments
Figure 11: Installed right angle insulation Figure 12: Installed straight insulation
boots boots
Figure 13: Test sample A1 during the Figure 14: Test sample A1 during the AC
impulse voltage test (test 8) voltage test (test 9)
Page 10 of 12
Figure 15: First page of the test report of IEH Karlsruhe, according to CENELEC HD 629.1
S2 02/2006 table 3 test sequence A2 resp. A3
Page 11 of 12
Gesellschaft zur Zertifizierung von Managementsystemen, a member of IQNet, in accordance
with DIN EN ISO 9001:2008 (certificate registration No. 273576 QM) and DIN EN ISO
14001:2004 (certificate registration No. 273576 UM).
A quality management system in accordance with DIN EN ISO 9001 ensures a continuous
inspection of measuring and test equipment. Reference standards traceable to national
standards are available.
Cellpack is a registrated supplier of Singapore Power Group.
Cellpack is an authorized supplier of Stattnet Norway, Nuon, Essent Nederland,

Endesur Argentina, Melbye Scandinavia and Union Fenosa Spain for low and medium voltage
cable accessories.
Cellpack GmbH is an authorized supplier of ewl Kabelnetz AG, Industrielle Werke Basel,
Energie Wasser Bern, Elektrizitätsversorgung Altenberg AG, Sefag AG and
Société des Forces Electriques for low and medium voltage cable joints and cable terminations.
Cellpack GmbH is a registrated supplier of E.ON AG, RWE AG, Avacon AG,
Vattenfall Europe AG and ENSO Strom AG for low and medium voltage cable joints and cable
terminations.
Cellpack GmbH is an authorized supplier of the Furukawa Electric Co. Ltd. for cast resin joints.
Cellpack GmbH is a supplier of SNCB, Deutsche Bahn AG, Österreichische Bundesbahn AG,
Banverket Sweden, Schweizerische Bundesbahn and RENFE Spain.
Page 12 of 12
lnstitut fUr Elektroenergiesysteme
und Hochspannungstechnik
Bereich Hochspannungspriiftechnik
Universitiit (TH) Karlsruhe Kaiserstra"e 12 76128 Karlsruhe

Telefon 0721-60843060 Telefax 0721-691776
Test Report
2010-111
Type Test of a
(mechanical) Connector for
2
rmv 240 mm Aluminium Conductor
Customer: Cellpack GmbH

Cari-Zeiss-Str. 20
79761 Waldshut-Tiengen
Reporter: Dr.-lng. R. Baden!

Dr.-lng. B. Hoferer
This report includes 15 numbered pages and is only valid with the original signature. Copying of
extracts is subjected to the written authorization of the test laboratory. The test results concern
exclusively to the tested objects.
IEH -Bereich Hochspannungspriiftechnik
1 Purpose of Test
The electrical properties of a mechanical connector (class A) manufactured by

Cellpack GmbH were tested according IEC 61238-1 05/2003.
2 Miscellaneous Data
Test object: 6 mechanical connectors

Type CP CSV LHS 95-240
Drawing number: Z000033 dated 29.04.2009
Figures 2.1 - 2.2.
The connectors were mounted on aluminium conductor rmv
240 mm 2 , outside diameter d = 18,5 mm, number of single
wires n = 37.
Delivery: 09.12.2010
~v1ounting: 09.12.2010
Assembler: Dipl.-lng. K.-U. Bentkowski
Place of test: Lab 033 and Lab 21 at the

Institute of Electric Energy Systems and High-Voltage
Technology- University Karlsruhe
Kaiserstrar?,e 12
76128 Karlsruhe
Test period: 21.12.2010 - 15.03.2011
Atmospheric
conditions: Temperature: 18- 25oC
Air pressure: 980 - 1020 hPa
Rei. humidity: 35-70%
Representatives: Representatives responsible for the test:

Dr.-lng. R. Badent
Dr.-lng. B. Hoferer
Test: Type test (electrical part) including thermal short circuit test
(class A) according IEC 61238-1 05/2003.
Test Report 2010-111 - HOFERER page 2/15

IEH - Bereich Hochspannungsprliftechnik
!
0
I! (
~
' b "
<D
<D'
'
,.,
~
I "" \ "'
::::
l' l
J
\ '
'"
~
""------
Figure 2.1: Mechanical connector
TestReport2010-111 - HOFERER page 3/15

IEH- Bereich Hochspannungspriiftechnik
Figure 2.2: Mounted mechanical connector
Chronology of the tests
16.12.2010 Mounting
21.12.2010 Measuring of the resistance factor k0
21.10.2010 First heat cycle
24.10.2010 Second heat cycle
24.12.2010- 04.01.2011 Heat cycles 3- 200
08.01. - 10.01.2011 Thermal short circuit
12.01. - 15.03.2011 Heat cycles 201 to 1000 and measuring of the resistance
factor after 250 cycles and thereafter every 75 cycles.

3 Mounting
The conductors were provided with welded equalizers. The mechanical connectors
were mounted in the high-voltage laboratory of the IEH by customer's technicians
according to the company's specifications. In each mechanical jointing connector a
thermocouple was placed in a previously prepared hole (diameter: 2,1 mm, depth:
5,0 mm); the position was designated by the customer. The test circuit for the
thermal short-circuit was dismantleable. Terminal lugs were compressed on each
connector wire, Figure 3.1.
lj : d/2
Ia lb
, : Test Object : :
~c::::::::::=3:-:=~-----lli:J I I li:J E?
~Equalizer~
Terminal Lugs
Figure 3 1· Test object, equalizers and terminal lugs
According to IEC 61238-1 05/2003 for conductor cross section q = 240 mm 2 the
minimum lengths were as follows:
dmin = 1240 mm; Ia, lb = 233 mm.
For all test objects the length d was approximately 1400 mm and consequently
larger than dmin·
Table 1 shows the lengths between the measuring point at the equalizer and each
connector.
connector Ia/ mm lb/mm ljlmm

1 240,0 240,0 140,0
2 240,0 240,0 140,0
3 240,0 240,0 140,0
4 240,0 240,0 140,0
5 240,0 240,0 140,0
6 240,0 240,0 140,0
Table 1: Geometry; length of the reference conductor I,= 770 mm

4 Test Setups
4.1 Heat Cycle Test
The heat cycle test was carried out in lab 033 of the IEH. The test loop consists of
six test objects and the reference conductor in series. Current inception was
accomplished by a transformer (U 1 = 400 V; U2 = 20 V) which used the test loop as
secondary winding. The current was measured by a current transformer, ratio
1500/5, and a digital multi meter. The measurement uncertainty was ± 0,5 %.
During the cooling cycle ventilators were used to shorten the cycle time as much as
possible. Temperature was measured by means of thermocouples NiCr-Ni,
measuring uncertainty ± 2K.
4.1.1 First Heat Cycle
The object of the first heat cycle is to determine the reference conductor temperature
to be used for the subsequent cycles. The current in the test loop was increased
until reaching the temperatures indicated in Tab!e 2.
I connector temperaturerc
1 91
2 97
3 101
4 101
5 101
6 104
Table 2: Temperatures, first heat cycle

Current: I = 780 A
Reference conductor temperature: GR= 124oC
Temperature of median connector: GMedian = 101 oc

4.1.2 Second Heat Cycle
In a second heat cycle the heat cycle duration was determined. The temperature-
time heating profile determined in this way was used for all subsequent cycles.
Figure 4.1 shows the temperature profile recorded during the second heat cycle. For
heating a controller was used. At the beginning of the cycle the set-point of the
temperature was increased up to GR using a temperature-controlled ramp and then
kept constant. To achieve this profile, current injection in the range of 0 .. 1020 A was
necessary. Due to temperature regulation, there is no possibility to state precisely
the current value during heating.
Figure 4.1: Heating profiles of the reference conductor and the mechanical
connectors
Current cycle: IN= 0 .. 1020 A regulated; tN =55 min.
Cooling cycle: tc = 25 min.
Temperature of the reference conductor: GR = 12TC
Temperature of median connector: GMed;an = 98oC
Test Report 2010-111 - HOFERER page 7115

IEH- Bereich Hochspannungsprilftechnik
4.2 Resistance Measurements
For resistance measurement a DC - current I = 70 A is applied to the cold

connectors. Defined measuring points were marked on the equalizers before
assembly using a centre punch. The current was measured by means of a shunt
(0,24 mn) and a digital multimeter. The voltage was recorded by a digital multimeter,
the temperatures using thermocouples.
Measuring uncertainties: Current measurement: 0,5 %

Voltage measurement: 0,5 %
Temperature measurement: 2 K
4.3 Short Circuit Tests
Six short circuits were applied after 200 heat cycles. Since the test is intended to
reproduce the thermal effects of high currents only, the test objects were mounted in
a wooden frame in order to reduce the electro-dynamic forces.
Figure 4.3 illustrates the test setup. Via a vacuum circuit-breaker the 123 V - tapping
of a 800 kVA - transformer is directly applied to the test object. The current is
measured by means of a rogowski current transducer Type CWT600B (Sensitivity
0,05mV/A). The output signal of the current transformer is recorded by a digital
storage oscilloscope (Tektronix 2430 A).
Circuit Breaker
........
20 kV 123 v TEK
2430A
800kVA-Transformer
Figure 4.3: Test setup
Measuring uncertainties: Current transducer ± 1%

Oscilloscope: ± 2 %
According to IEC 61238-1 05/2003 the conductor must be heated adiabatically from
ambient temperature up to 250oC - 270°C. The short - circuit current was calculated
according to IEC 724. For the equivalent rms current, the limit load integral is
Aluminium has the following characteristic values:

k = 148 A-!Simm 2
~ = 228oC
2
For q = 240 mm a temperature of G; = 20oC and a conductor end temperature of
8 1 = 250°C, this yields to:
and to a thermal equivalent 1s short-circuit current of
IK(250"C) = 28,77 kA.
Analogous, a conductor end temperature of 8 1 = 270oc yields to
IK(270"C) = 29,66 kA.
To ensure a temperature between 250°C and 270°C, the current values must be in
the range between 28,77 and 29,66 kA.
Figure 4.3.2 shows the oscillogramm of the thermal short circuit.
CH!
Figure 4.3.2: Horizontal: 200 ms/Div; vertical: 20 kA/Div
The current was I = 26,94 kA. This yields to a short circuit duration t = 1,16 s.
TestRepor\2010-111 - HOFERER page 9/15

IEH- Bereich Hochspannungsprliftechnik
5 Results
5.1 Resistance Measurement after assembly
Immediately after assembly, the conductor resistance factor was determined. The
measuring current was I = 70 A. Table 3 shows the resistance factors ko of the six
mechanical jointing connectors.
connector ko
1 0,904
2 0,870
3 0,913
4 0,853
5 0,888
6 0,928
Table 3: Resistance factors ko.
This yields to the following statistical values:
k 0 = 0,893
so = 0,028
0 = 0,052
Requirement for the initial scatter: o< 0,30.

5.2 Resistance Measurement prior to Short-circuit Test
In all conductors the resistance factor k was determined according to Chapter 4.2.
connector k klko Gmaxrc

1 0,984 1,088 92
2 0,939 1,080 96
3 0,975 1,068 100
4 0,898 1,052 98
5 0,956 1,076 97
6 0,994 1,071 101
Table 4: Resistance factors after 200 heat cycles

Temperature of the reference conductor: GR = 126°C
Requirement: klko < 2,0
Required maximum temperature: Gmax < GR
Test Report2010-111 - HOFERER page 10/15

IEH -Bereich Hochspannungsprliftechnik
5.3 Short-circuit Test
The test loop was dismantled and each test object was subjected to six thermal
short circuit tests according to Chapter 4.3. After each short-circuit, the test objects
were cooled to a temperature of 20°C.
IK = 26,94 kA
tK = 1 ,16s
n=6
5.4 Resistance Measurement after Short-circuit Test
For the subsequent heat cycles the test loop was assembled again. The
determination of the resistance factor after the short-circuit test yields to table 5.

1 1,385 1,531 97
2 1,371 1,576 98
3 1,421 1,557 102
4 1,338 1,569 102
5 1,357 1,528 103
6 1,470 1,585 104
Table 5: Resistance factors after short-circuit test

Temperature of the reference conductor: EJR = 125oC
5.5 Heat Cycles 201 - 1000
After the short-circuit test , 800 heat cycles were carried out. After 250 cycles and,
thereafter every 75 cycles the resistance factor k of all connectors was determined.
Table 6 shows the resistance factors k of the connectors as well as the mean
values, the standard deviation and the scatter after the resistance measurements.

X Cycle Connector 1 Connector2 Connector 3 Connector4 Connector 5 Connector 6 Mean Value s 0

0 0,904 0,870 0,913 0,853 0,888 0,928 0,89267 0,02794 0,05164
200 VK 0,984 0,939 0,975 0,898 0,956 0,994 0,95764 0,03533 0,06087
200 NK 1,385 1,371 1,421 1,338 1,357 1,470 1,39034 0,04809 0,05707
-5 250 1,434 1,396 1,433 1,352 1,335 1,530 1,41337 0,07008 0,08182
-4 325 1,465 1,421 1,465 1,383 1,379 1,552 1,44424 0,06499 0,07425
-3 400 1,475 1,423 1,466 1,382 1,386 1,562 1,44896 0,06741 0,07676
-2 475 1,481 1,425 1,470 1,387 1,381 1,567 1,45172 0,06978 0,07931
-1 550 1,485 1,429 1,477 1,392 1,398 1,573 1,45909 0,06774 0,07660
0 625 1,489 1,431 1,480 1,398 1,383 1,575 1,45945 0,07066 0,07989
1 700 1,492 1,433 1,483 1,403 1,406 1,578 1,46594 0,06667 0,07504
2 775 1,501 1,441 1,492 1,411 1,411 1,586 1,47385 0,06731 0,07535
3 850 1,500 1,436 1,490 1,403 1,411 1,586 1,47123 0,06905 0,07743
4 925 1,511 1,446 1,496 1,414 1,425 1,597 1,48139 0,06844 0,07623
5 1000 1,511 1,448 1,499 1,416 1,424 1,596 1,48240 0,06777 0,07543
Table 6: Resistance factors k
Figure 5.1 shows the graph of the resistance factors k of the connectors.
Resistance Ratio
1,800 '
1,600
1,400
1,200
"'
0
~ 1,000
~
"'
(.)
!:
.IS 0,800 --+--Connector 1
"'
'iii -13-- Connector 2
ti. 0,600 ---&--Connector 3
""'*-Connector 4
0,400 - -+--Connector 5
-e- Connector 6
0,200
0,000
0 200 200250 325 400 475 550 625 700 775 850 925 00
VK NK
-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 2 3 4 5
Cycle
Figure 5.1: Resistance factors
Test Report 201 0-111 - HOFERER page 12/15

Table 7 resp. Figure 5.2 show the maximum temperatures emax of each connector
and the appropriate temperatures of the reference conductor during the 1000 heat
cycles.
Temperature in oc Connector 1 Connector 2 Connector 3 Connector4 Connector 5 Connector 6
Temperature of connector Elmex 103 104 107 107 108 111

®ref 128 128 128 128 128 128
0maxf0ref<1 0,805 0,813 0,836 0,836 0,844 0,867
Table 7: Maximum temperatures

Requirement: GmaJG,e, < 1
Maximum Temperatures
140
120
(.)
0
100
"''"
~
~
"
E --s- Connector 2
'"
a.
E
80
--ts- Connector 3
'"
I-
~Connector 4
E 60
"E --+--Connector 5
·~ --<>--Connector 6
:;; 40 -··Ai- Reference
Ambience
20
0
1 200 200 250 325 400 475 550 625 700 775 850 9251000
VK NK
Cycle
Figure 5.2: Maximum temperatures

Requirement: emaJG,e, < 1

IEH- Bereich Hochspannungspri.iftechnik
Table 8 shows the statistical evaluation of the resistance factors of the last 11
measurements, including the mean values of the resistance factors, the standard
deviation s, the mean scatter~ and the change in resistance factor D.
Connector 1 Connector 2 Connector3 Connector 4 Connector 5 Connector 6 Mean Value s s

Mean
value 1,486 1,430 1,477 1,395 1,395 1,573 1,45924 0,06804 0,07694
b 0,00629 0,00394 0,00527 0,00511 0,00706 0,00568
M 0,04233 0,02755 0,03570 0,03667 0,05062 0,03614
s 0,01193 0,00915 0,01055 0,01114 0,01722 0,00830
D 0,054 0,037 0,046 0,048 0,068 0,044
Table 8: Statistical evaluation

Requirements: ~ < 0,3; D < 0,15
Table 9 shows the resistance factor ratio A of the connectors.
Cycle Connector 1 Connector 2 Connector 3 Connector 4 Connector 5 Connector 6
0 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000

200 VK 1,088 1,080 1,068 1,052 1,076 1,071
200 NK 1,531 1,576 1,557 1,569 1,528 1,585
250 1,586 1,605 1,570 1,585 1,503 1,649
325 1,620 1,634 1,605 1,621 1,552 1,673
400 1,631 1,636 1,606 1,621 1,560 1,683
475 1,637 1,639 1,610 1,626 1,555 1,689
550 1,642 1,643 1,618 1,632 1,574 1,695
625 1,646 1,646 1,622 1,639 1,557 1,697
700 1,650 1,648 1,624 1,645 1,583 1,701
775 1,660 1,658 1,635 1,654 1,589 1,710
850 1,659 1,652 1,632 1,645 1,589 1,710
925 1,670 1,662 1,639 1,657 1,604 1,721
1000 1,671 1,665 1,642 1,660 1,604 1,720
Table 9: Resistance factor ratio

Requirements: A< 2,0

6 Conclusion
The mechanical connector type CP CSV LHS 95-240 (manufacturer Cellpack

GmbH) mounted on an aluminium conductor rmv 240 mm 2 fulfilled the requirements
of the type test according to IEC 61238-1 05/2003, electrical part.
Karlsruhe, 27.03.2011
l ~'- L
Dr.-lng. R. Baden!
Bereichsleiter HPT
3.ti/Q)eJ
Dr.-lng. B ..~oferer
Stellv. Bereichsleiter HPT

SPI PowerNet Pty Ltd
Select Solutions Division
308 Hyde Street,
Yarraville, Victoria 3013
A.C.N. 079 798 173

A.B.N. 78 079 798 173
Telephone: (03) 9688 1400
Facsimile : (03) 9688 1414
TEST REPORT
Tests on Medium Voltage Cable Terminations
12 kV, for power cables of 185 mm2, copper conductor and EPR insulated
Report Number : CM-1264-14 Test Date : 9 April 2014
Tested For : Cellpack Far East Pte Ltd

128 Joo Seng Road #06-01
SINGAPORE 368 356
SP Project No. : 10416879
Test Location : HV Testing Hall, Yarraville, VIC 3013
Termination details : Test object #1

Manufacturer: Cellpack Type: indoor
Voltage: 12 kV Model No. CHE-I 12kV 95-240/320
Test object #2
Manufacturer: Cellpack Type: outdoor
Voltage: 12 kV Model No. CHE-F 12kV 95-240/370
2
Cable details : Voltage: 11 kV Conductor: 185 mm
used for HV testing Conductor: copper Insulation: EPR
Sheathing: copper wires Length: 5 metre
Reason For Test : Acceptance Test as per Table 10 of AS/NZS 4805.1:2007
Nature of Tests : 1 Partial Discharge Test

2 Voltage Withstand Test
Photographs attached
Comments : The two types of cable terminations were fitted on each end of a 5 metre piece of
cable. The cable sample was used to allow high voltage testing on the two cable
terminations.
The tests procedure and performance criteria confirm to those given in Table 10
of AS/NZS 4805.1:2007.
The cable terminations have passed the 1. Partial Discharge Test and the 2.
Voltage Withstand Test specified in Table 10 of AS/NZS 4805.1:2007.
This report consists of 4 pages.
This report must not be reproduced except S McDonald

as a complete document.
AUTHORISED SIGNATORY
Ref: 201440083 Quote No: TS14/3474
dl tp/dl Checked by: smcd DATED: 07 May 2014
Report Number: CM-1264-14
Page: 2 of 4
SP AUSNET – SELECT SOLUTIONS
Acceptance Tests
Tests performed by Select Technical Solutions Group
Page
1 Partial Discharge Test ................................................................................................................... 3
2 Voltage Withstand Test ................................................................................................................. 4
3 Photographs .................................................................................................................................. 4
Description of partial discharge measurements
QWTD is the IEC recommended weighted discharge quantity expressed in pC

QPEAK is the peak discharge quantity during the integration period expressed in pC
Page: 3 of 4
1 Partial Discharge Test
Test Items : Two cable terminations (Objects #1 Test Date : 09/04/2014

& #2) on a piece of cable sample (5
metre)
Voltage Rating : 12 kV
Test Location : HV Testing Hall, Yarraville Weather : Indoor
o
Test Equipment: 1. Haefely 300 kV HV Test Set Ambient Temp / 19 C / 82 %
2. Omicron MPD 600 Partial Relative Humidity :
Discharge Measuring System
Initial Partial Discharge (PD) measurement was performed at 10.38 kV (1.73 U0). Then the test voltage was
further raised to 27 kV (4.5 U0) and held for 5 minutes for Voltage Withstand test. On completion of the
Voltage withstand test voltage was lowered back to 10.38 kV and PD measurement was performed again.
The PD measurements were conducted in accordance with IEC 60270:2000 as designated in Table 10 of
AS/NZS 4805.1. The PD measurement was conducted at centre frequency of 150 kHz with bandwidth 9 kHz.
(Table 1-1)
Test Requirement: Max 10 pC at 10.38 kV (1.73 U0)
Voltage Withstand Test

PD on Raising Voltage PD on Falling Voltage
(for 5 minutes)
Partial Partial Partial
Test Test Test
Discharge Remarks Discharge Remarks Discharge Remarks
Voltage Voltage Voltage
(pC) (pC) (pC)
(kVrms) QWTD QPEAK (kVrms) QWTD QPEAK (kVrms) QWTD QPEAK
Background
0 3.5 5.1 Noise
10.38 3.5 4.6
3 3.4 4.8 HV
9 3.5 4.5
Withstand
6 3.5 4.8 27 - - Test
6 3.5 5.0
Voltage
9 3.4 5.1 3 3.5 4.8
Background
10.38 3.5 5.0 0 3.5 4.6 Noise
Test Test
Pass Pass
Result Result
Phase Resolved PD Pattern at 10.38 kV

Page: 4 of 4
2 Voltage Withstand Test
Test Items : Two cable terminations (Objects #1 & Test Date : 09/04/2014
#2) on a piece of cable sample (5
metre)
Voltage Rating : 12 kV
Test Location : HV Testing Hall, Yarraville Weather : Indoor
o
Test Equipment: 1. Haefely 300 kV HV Test Set Ambient Temp / 19 C / 82 %
2. Omicron MPD 600 Partial Discharge Relative Humidity :
Measuring System
A test voltage of a.c. 27 kV (4.5 U0) was applied between the cable conductor and one of the cable
termination earth screen for 5 minutes.
(Table 2-1)
Test Requirement Test result
No breakdown shall occur at a.c. 27 kV (4.5 U0)
No breakdown occurred Pass
for 5 minutes
3 Photographs
Test object #1: 12 kV indoor cable termination Test object #2: 12 kV outdoor termination
7.1.2 Test Certificates and Reports LV
RWE Eurotest GmbH
ELECTROTECHNICAL
TESTING LABORATORY
Test certificate (abridged version)

No.: 04.07.22.176-1 Version: 1/2
Customer : Cellpack GmbH

Carl-Zeiss-Str. 20
Test object : Shrink straight joint 0.6/1 kV
Type : SMH4 25-150 V-DKE

Manufacturer : Cellpack GmbH
Date of receipt : 20.07.2004
Date of test : 13.09.2004
Applied test regulations : DIN VDE 0278-623:1997-01 (HD 623 S1:1996-02)
Test carried out : Type test
Test result : The shrink straight joint 0.6/1 kV, type SMH4 25-150 V-DKE
manufactured by Cellpack GmbH qualified in the type test according
to DIN VDE 0278-623:1997-01.
Specialist testers : Mr. A. Cichowski, Mr. Ch. Pieper, Mr. H. Walter
Dortmund, 03.12.2004 Mr. D. Borneburg Mr. M. Hassan

(Manager test laboratory) (Assistant manager test laboratory)
Report No. 04.07.22.176-1 contains 4 pages.
6 F R S H R I D F F U H G L W D W L R Q D Q G W \ S H R I G R F X P H Q W D W L R Q V H H R Y H U O H D I 7 H V W U H V X O W V L Q W K L V U H S R U W D U H R Q O \ Y D O L G I R U W K H W H V W H G R E M H F W V
$ S D U W O \ G X S O L F D W L R Q R U S X E O L F D W L R Q L V Q R W D O O R Z H G Z L W K R X W Z U L W W H Q S H U P L V V L R Q E \ 5 : ( ( X U R W H V W
7 K H D X W K H Q W L F L W \ R I W K L V U H S R U W L V R Q O \ H Q V X U H G Z L W K 5 : ( F R L Q D J H R Q W K H I L U V W S D J H
5 : ( ( X U R W H V W * H V H O O V F K D I W I Ö U 3 U Ö I X Q J s ( Q J L Q H H U L Q J s & R Q V X O W L Q J P E +
8 Q W H U V W H : L O P V 6 W U D ¹ H ' ' R U W P X Q G 7 H O s ) D [ s H P D L O L Q I R # U Z H H X U R W H V W F R P
RWE Eurotest GmbH - electrotechnical testing laboratory
Report-No.: 04.07.22.176-1 Page: 2 of 4
Technical data of the test object
Shrink straight joint:

Type: SMH4 25-150 V-DKE

- largest conductor size:
inner sleeve SRH3 33-8/200
outer sleeve SRH3-(E) 110-26/750
- smallest conductor size: CFM 1700 45/13
inner sleeve SRH3 33-8/200
outer sleeve SRH3-(E) 110-26/750
Designation: Non-rigid straight joint
Manufacturing date: 2004
Maximum conductor cross section: 150 mm²

- material: Aluminium
- shape of conductor: shaped, solid
Minimum conductor cross section: 35 mm²

- material: Aluminium
- shape of conductor: round, solid
Rated voltage U0/U (Um): 0.6/1.0 (1.2) kV
Connector:
Mechanical connector with 2 shear-off-head bolts:
for largest conductor size: mechanical connector type 25150 SV-(T)-(V)-K

for smallest conductor size: mechanical connector type 25150 SV-(T)-(V)-K
Manufacturer: Gerhard Petri GmbH Nexans Company
8 Q W H U V W H : L O P V 6 W U D ¹ H ' R U W P X Q G 7 H O s ) D [ s H P D L O L Q I R # U Z H H X U R W H V W F R P
Report-No.: 04.07.22.176-1 Page: 3 of 4
Test cable:
The technical data of the cables used in the tests, the largest conductor size and the
smallest conductor size, are summarized in table 1.
Test cable
Specification largest smallest
conductor size conductor size
Manufacturer Pirelli Siemens
Standard DIN VDE 0276-603:2000-05
Rated voltage 0.6 /1 kV
Cable construction 4-core, individually screened
Conductors Aluminium, solid Aluminium, solid
150 mm² 35 mm²
shaped round
Insulation XLPE
Oversheath PVC PE
Water blocking none
Cable marking NA2XY-J NA2X2Y-J
4x150 SE 4x35 RE
Principal dimensions of cable according to DIN VDE 0276-603:2000-05
- Conductor b: (12.129-12.305) mm 6.444-6.522 mm
d: (16.061-16.326) mm
- Insulation thickness 1.249-1.326 mm 1.016 -1.150 mm
- Inner covering thickness 1.831 mm 0.662 mm
- Oversheath thickness 2.593 mm 2.112 mm
- Cable diameter 45.066 mm 27.847 mm
Year of manufacture 2004 1997
Table 1: Technical data of the cables
Report-No.: 04.07.22.176-1 Page: 4 of 4
Result of the tests

The tests were performed according to DIN VDE 0278-623:1997-01, table 2. The results of the
tests using the largest and the smallest conductor size are summarized in table 2.
Tests with largest and smallest conductor size

DIN VDE 0278-623: 1997-01. table 2. test sequence A1/B1
Tests 1) Requirements Result met
A.C. voltage withstand (in air) 6.6.4 1 min at 4 kV no breakdown yes
no breakdown
Insulation resistance (in air) 6.6.7 > 50 M! > 50 M! yes
A.C. voltage withstand (in 6.6.4 1 min at 4 kV no breakdown yes

water) no breakdown
Insulation resistance (in 6.6.7 > 50 M! > 50 M! yes

water)
Load cycling in air 6.6.8 63 Load cycles

- with largest conductor size (90 °C +5 to
- with smallest conductor size 10 K)
Load cycling in water 6.6.8 63 Load cycles

(Oversheath damage) (90 °C +5 to
10 K)
A.C. voltage withstand (in 6.6.4 1 min at 4 kV no breakdown yes

water) no breakdown
Insulation resistance (in 6.6.7 > 50 M! > 50 M! yes

water)
Examination 6.6.12 2)
Screen short circuit 6.6.10 not applicable

1) DIN VDE 0278-623 section
2) According to agreement between the customer and the manufacturer this test
is not subject of the type test.
Table 2: result of the tests
The shrink straight joint 0.6/1 kV, type SMH4 25-150 V-DKE manufactured by Cellpack GmbH
qualified in the type test according to DIN VDE 0278-623:1997-01.
- End of test report -
Test Report
Report No.: PB-14-061

HD 631 2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Method referring to: Material characterisation - Part 2: Fingerprinting and type tests for heat
shrinkable components for low voltage application
Testing period: September 2011- January 2012

Cellpack GmbH
Manufacturer: Carl-Zeiss Str. 20
79761 Waldshut-Tiengen, Deutschland
Product: Heat shrink spreader caps SEH4
i.A. Julian Gasparini i.V. Michel Jeandaux

Test Technician Head of Material Research
Fingerprinting tests: Test methods and requirements

HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Table 1 - Fingerprinting tests
Test Value
Pos. Properties Unit Value Requirements Comments
method catalogue
Dimension after free HD 631 2

1 S1:2007
recovery a Annex B
Shaft:
_ internal diameter (d1) mm - - (+0 / - 10)% See catalogue
_ Wall thickness (Wc) mm - - (+0 / - 10)% See catalogue
Finger:
Person Department Date Sign Revision Page Document

Prepared Gaspirini Material 30.04.2014 JG
Approved Jeandaux Material 30.04.2014 MJX 0 1 von 5 PB-14-061
Test Value
method catalogue
EN ISO
2 Density (without sealant) 1183 g/cm³ 1,10 1,05 ± 5%
Differencial Scanning EN ISO

3
calorimetry (DSC) b 11357-3
_without sealant °C - 111 ± 5K
_with sealant °C - 95 ± 5K
Thermogravimetric Analyse EN ISO

4
(TGA) 11358
Polymer 1st step: without sealant
_ Weight loss % - 7,7 ± 10%
_ Mean temperature °C - 364 ± 15K
_ Weight loss % - 70 ± 10%
Carbon black: without sealant
_ Weight loss % - 22,1 ± 10%
_ Percentage % - 22 ≥ 2,5%
Sealant:
_ Weight loss % - 100 ± 10%
a Tests shall be performed on the component as received. The measured value has to be in line with the technical
data sheet
TGA
Polymer / Carbon black –
Method: Cellpack SEH;
1) 30°C - 700°C 20°C / min N2 20ml/min.
2) 700°C - 400°C 50°C / min N2 20ml/min.
3) Hold 3 minutes 400°C
4) Switch the purge gas to air
4) 400°C - 900°C 20°C / min Air 20ml/min.
Sealant –
Method: Cellpack only sealant
1) 30°C - 800°C 20°C / min N2 20ml/min.
DSC
1) Hold for 2.0 min at 0.00°C
2) Heat from 0.00°C to 180.00°C at 20.00°C/min
4) Cool from 180.00°C to 0.00°C at 20.00°C/min
b Test sequence and conditions should be clearly recorded in the test report; the same sequence and conditions
shall be used when the test is re-conducted;
Revision Page Document
0 2 von 5 PB-14-061
Type tests: Test methods and requirements
HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Table 2A - Physical
Test Value
method catalogue
EN
1 Concentricity 60684-2 for tubes only
Shaft:
_Expanded % - - -
_Recovered % - - -
Finger:
_Expanded % - - -
_Recovered % - - -
EN
2 Longitudinal change 60684-2 % - - - for tubes only
EN ISO Indirect test concerning

3 Black carbon % - 22 ≥ 2,5
11358 the UV-stability
ASTM
4 Melting point E28-82 °C - 80,5 100 ± 20 only for sealant a
EN ISO
5 Hardness 868 Shore D - 47 40-70
EN60684-2 After complete

6 Water absorption or % ≤ 0,5 0,13 ≤ 1,0 immersion during 24 h.
EN ISO 62 at room temperature
a It is allowed to test directly the granulates; but it is recommended to prove that this granulate is the same used
for the extruded parts
0 3 von 5 PB-14-061
HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Table 2B - Mechanical (after free recovery of the extruded tubes)
Test Value
method catalogue
EN60684-2
or
1 Tensile EN ISO Tests made on plates b
527-2
If possible, please
_ before ageing MPa 10 22 ≥ 10
remove the sealant
_ after ageing
MPa 12 21,6 ≥ 10
(168h/150°C/air)
_ after immersion other possibility, oil
MPa - 16 ≥ 10
(48h/50°C/air/ASTM oil) a according to IEC 60296
EN60684-2
or
2 Elongation EN ISO Tests made on plates b
527-2
If possible, please
_ before ageing % 300 763 ≥ 200
remove the sealant
_ after ageing
% 200 708 ≥ 200
(168h/150°C/air)
% - 768 ≥ 200
EN60684-2 If possible, please
or
3 Secant-Modulus at 2% EN ISO MPa - 49 ≥ 40 to ≤ 250 remove the sealant,
527-2 tests made on plates b
No cracking
No
4 Bending at -30°C EN60684-2 - - should be Tests made on plates b
cracking
visible
a Choice of the oil: according to EN 60811-2-1:1998/A1:2001
b Dimension of the plates: 150mm x 150mm x 2mm
0 4 von 5 PB-14-061
HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Table 2C - Electrical
Test Value
method catalogue
The test has to be made
directly on the expanded
material without any
modifications; the
EN60684-2
average has to pass
1 Dielectric strength or kV/mm 10 12,5 ≥ 10 with the minimal
EN60243-1 requirement.
The tension has to be

set up with a rate of
500V/s
EN60684-2
Volume resistivity at room or
2
temperature HD 429 Ω.cm - - - for tubes only
0 5 von 5 PB-14-061
Cellpack Test Laboratory Type Test Report PB-11-084
Accreditation:
The quality and environmental management system of Cellpack GmbH is certified by TÜV
SÜD Management Service GmbH, in accordance with DIN EN ISO 9001:2008 / DIN EN
ISO 14001:2004 and accompanied by audit report No. 70768603 (certificate registration
No. 12 100/104 40196 TMS).
The tests were conducted according to the Belgium specifications, which relate to the
specifications of EANDIS with reference of TVS E-LS-024 – 09-2010 (Technisch
Voorschrift van Toebehoren voor geisoleerde LS-energiekabels, Verbindings-, Eind-, en
Stopmoffen).
Laborelec was present at the AC and insulation resistance tests after the heat cycling.
Laborelec approved the Cellpack GmbH testing facilities and test setup. Laborelec were
also present at the visiual investigation of all joints.
Addresses:

Carl-Zeiss Str. 20
Customer: EANDIS cvba

Brusselsesteenweg 199
9090 Melle, Belgium
Test laboratory: Cellpack GmbH

Carl-Zeiss Str. 20
F1-120e updated 22.03.2011 Revision: 3 Page 2 of 17

Contents
Page
1. Drawings and technical data’s.......................................................................................4
2. Test ..................................................................................................................................4
3. Test setup ........................................................................................................................4
4. Test result........................................................................................................................4
This report consists of

Pages (in total) 17
Drawings
Working instruction see enclosed
The manufacturer guarantees that the equipment submitted for the tests has been
manufactured in accordance with the following drawing:
The Cellpack Test Laboratory has verified that this drawing adequately represents the
device under test.

1. Drawings and technical data’s

SMH 4 1,5
Heat shrink tubes: SRH3 45-12, SRH3 16-4
SMH 4 1,5mm²
Crimp connector: DR2
Cable: NYY-J 4x1,5mm² nkt Cables (PVC/70°C)
System voltage: U/ U0/ Um 0,6/ 1 (1,2) kV
Cable length: 4m
SMHSV 4 25-150
Heat shrink tubes: SRH3 92-25, SRH3 33-8,
SMHSV 4 25mm²
Mechanical connector: CSV-T 50-150mm²
Cable: EXVB 4 x 25mm² Nexans (XLPE/90°C)
Cable length: 6m
Heat shrink- tubes: SRH3 92-25, SRH3 33-8,
SMHSV 4 150mm²
Mechanical connector: CSV-T 50-150mm²
Cable: EAXeVB 4x150mm² - 4G150mm² Nexans (XLPE/90°C)
Cable length: 6m
Figure 1: Test Sample (SMHSV 4 x 150 mm²)

Figure 2: Working instruction (joints with compression connectors)

Figure 3: Working instruction (joints with mechanical connectors)
The technical data of the device under test are assigned by the manufacturer.

2. Test
Test number Test Settings
Test voltage: 4kVAC
1 AC voltage in air Test frequency: 50Hz
Test duration: 1min
Test voltage: 500VDC
2 Insulation resistance in air
Test duration: 2min
Impact at ambient
3
temperatur
Test voltage: 4kVAC
4 AC voltage in water Test frequency: 50Hz
Test duration: 1min
Insulation resistance in Test voltage: 500VDC
5
water Test duration: 2min
Temperature: (see table below)
Heating current: approx. (see table below)
6 Heat cycles in air
Heat cycles: 63
Cycle: 5h heating + 3h cooling
Temperature: (see table below )
Heating current: approx. (see table below)
7 Heat cycles in water Heat cycles: 63
Cycle: 5h heating + 3h cooling Water
Level: 1m
Test voltage: 4kVAC
8 AC voltage in water Test frequency: 50Hz
Test duration: 1min
Insulation resistance in Test voltage: 500VDC
9
water Test duration: 2min
10 Investigation For information only
The heat cycles in air and in water were carried out with the following heat currents:
Test sample Heating current Conductor temperature Outer sheath temperature
A °C °C
SMH 4 1,5 23,1 75 66
SMHSV 4 25 150,6 95 74
SMHSV 4 150 354,2 95 76
The test was conducted accorded to DIN EN 50393 table 3 II A1/B1.

The joint was placed for the impact test on a hard base. A wedge shaped steel block of 4 kg
having a 90° angle with a 2 mm radius impacting edge was dropped freely from a height of 1 m
onto the joint so that the impacting edge was horizontal and at right angles to the axis of the
joint. There were one impact at each end of the joint and one impact at middle over the joint.
The test sample was immersed in water after the impact test and was stressed at AC voltage of
4 kV with duration of 1 min. Afterwards the insulation resistance was measured at 500 V DC with
a duration of 2 min.
The test objects were placed for electrical heat cycling in water tank. The height of the water was
1000 mm above the test objects. At a distance of 100 mm from the joint, the cable outer sheath
was removed at each end of the joint for a distance of 50 mm.

3. Test setup
Test engineer: Irina Ovsyanko
Date of test: Installation 20.10.2011 – 22.10.2011

Dielectric tests in air 24.10.2011
Impact test 25.10.2011
Dielectric tests in water 25.10.2011
Heat cycles in air 28.10.2011 – 19.11.2011
Heat cycles in water 21.11.2011 – 13.12.2011
Dielectric tests in water 14.12.2011
Investigation 14.12.2011
Measuring equipment: Temperature meter test equipment

(device number 61075 & 51004)
Sefelec dielectricmeter equipment (device number 51000)
Current meter test equipment (device number 51001)
Ambient temperature: 23°C to 30°C
Figure 4: Sefelec dielectricmeter for AC voltage and Figure 5: Solenoid with regulating
insulation resistance measurement transformer for inducing the heating
current
Figure 6: Solenoid with regulating transformer for

inducing the heating current
Figure 7: Impact test

4. Test result
1. AC test in air (24.10.2011)
Test object Test cable AC voltage at Grounded Result

black brown, grey, green-yellow PASSED
brown black, grey, green-yellow PASSED
SMH 4/1,5 nkt Cables
grey black, brown, green-yellow PASSED
green-yellow black, brown, grey PASSED
black brown, grey, blue PASSED

brown black, grey, blue PASSED
SMH 4/25 NEXANS
grey black, brown, blue PASSED
blue black, brown, grey PASSED
SMH 4/150 NEXANS
No breakdown occurred
2. Insulation resistance test in air (24.10.2011)
Test object Test cable DC voltage at Grounded Result

SMH 4/1,5 nkt Cables
black brown, grey, blue PASSED

brown black, grey, blue PASSED
SMH 4/25 NEXANS
grey black, brown, blue PASSED
blue black, brown, grey PASSED
SMH 4/150 NEXANS
Insulation resistance > 50MΩ

3. Impact test (25.10.2011)
Figure 8: Impact test
4. AC test in water (25.10.2011)

brown, grey, green-yellow,
black PASSED
water
black, grey, green-yellow,
brown PASSED
water
SMH 4/1,5 nkt Cables black, brown, green-yellow,
grey PASSED
water
green-yellow black, brown, grey, water PASSED
black, brown, grey,
water PASSED
green-yellow
black brown, grey, blue, water PASSED
brown black, grey, blue, water PASSED
SMH 4/25 NEXANS grey black, brown, blue, water PASSED

blue black, brown, grey, water PASSED
black, brown, grey,
water PASSED
blue
black PASSED
water
brown PASSED
water
SMH 4/150 NEXANS black, brown, green-yellow,
grey PASSED
water
black, brown, grey,
water PASSED
green-yellow

5. Insulation resistance test in water (25.10.2011)

black PASSED
water
brown PASSED
water
grey PASSED
water
black, brown, grey,
water PASSED
green-yellow

black, brown, grey,
water PASSED
blue
black PASSED
water
brown PASSED
water
grey PASSED
water
black, brown, grey,
water PASSED
green-yellow

6. Heat cycling in air (28.10.11-19.11.11)
Figure 9: Test setup
Figure 10: Heat cycling in air (28.10.2011 – 19.11.2011)
The test was performed according DIN EN 50393/ table 3 II A1/B1. 63 heat cycles were
performed with the heat shrink termination.

7. Heat cycling in water (21.11.11 – 13.12.11)
Figure 11: Test setup
The test was performed according to DIN EN 50393/ table 3 II A1/B1. 63 heat cycles were
performed with the heat shrink termination immersed in a water tank. The height of the water
was 1000 mm above the joints.
Figure 12: Heat cycling in water (21.11.11 - 13.12.11)

8. AC test in water (14.12.2011)

black PASSED
water
brown PASSED
water
grey PASSED
water
black, brown, grey,
water PASSED
green-yellow

black, brown, grey,
water PASSED
blue
black PASSED
water
brown PASSED
water
grey PASSED
water
black, brown, grey,
water PASSED
green-yellow

9. Insulation resistance test in water (14.12.2011)

black PASSED
water
brown PASSED
water
grey PASSED
water
black, brown, grey,
water PASSED
green-yellow

black, brown, grey,
water PASSED
blue
black PASSED
water
brown PASSED
water
grey PASSED
water
black, brown, grey,
water PASSED
green-yellow
Figure 13: AC and insulation resistance test in water

10. Investigation
No irregularities were detected during the investigation.
SMH4 1,5
Figure 14: Three impacts with the removing of the outer sheath on both sides
Figure 15: Opened joint
SMH4 25
SMH4 150

The quality management system of Cellpack GmbH is certified by TÜV SÜD Management
Service GmbH, in accordance with DIN EN ISO 9001:2008 and DIN EN ISO 14001:2004 and
accompanied by audit report No. 70768603 (certificate registration No. 12 100/104 40196 TMS).
Cellpack is a registrated supplier of Singapore Power Group, Tenaga Nasional BHD (TNB)
Malaysia, Sesco Malaysia, Kepco Korea, Perusahaan Listrik Negara (PLN) Indonesia.
Cellpack GmbH is supplier of Alliander (Netherlands), Enel (Italy), ESB (Ireland), Central
Networks (UK), Endesa (Spain), Union Fenosa (Spain), Iberdrola (Spain), EDP (Portugal), Ores
(Begium), SCE (Czech Rep.), PRE Prague (Czech Rep.)
Cellpack AG is supplier of BKW, EKZ, IWB, Swisscom, Romande Energie, CKW for low and
medium voltage cable joints and cable terminations.
Cellpack GmbH is registrated supplier of E.ON AG, RWE AG, EnBW, Thüga AG, Avacon AG,
terminations.
Cellpack GmbH is an authorized supplier of the Furukawa Electric Co. Ltd.
Cellpack GmbH is supplier of SNCB, Deutsche Bahn AG, Österreichische Bundesbahn AG,

Test Report

HD 631 2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12

Cellpack GmbH
Product: Heat shrink tubes SRH2


HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Test Value
method catalogue

1 S1:2007
recovery a Annex B
EN ISO

3

Test Value
method catalogue

4
(TGA) 11358
_ Weight loss % - 2,2 ± 10%
_ Weight loss % - 80,6 ± 10%
_ Weight loss % - 6,0 ± 10%
_ Percentage % - 6,0 ≥ 2,5%

Filler: without sealant
_ Weight loss % - 5,3 ± 10%
_ Mean temperature °C - 739 ±15K
Ash:
_ Weight loss % - 5,9 ±10%
Sealant:
_ Weight loss % - 100 ±
_ Mean temperature °C - 466 ±
data sheet
TGA
Polymer / Carbon black / Filler –
Method: Cellpack SR with carbon black;
1) 30°C - 850°C 20°C / min N2 20ml/min.
2) 850°C - 400°C 50°C / min N2 20ml/min.
5) 400°C - 900°C 20°C / min Air 20ml/min.
Sealant –
1) 30°C - 800°C 20°C / min N2 20ml/min.
DSC
0 2 von 5 PB-14-057
HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Table 2A - Physical
Test Value
method catalogue
EN
1 Concentricity 60684-2
_Expanded % 50 74,01 ≥ 50
_Recovered % 85 97,26 ≥ 85
EN
2 Longitudinal change 60684-2 % ≤ 10 -9,2 +5/-10

3 Black carbon % - 6,0 ≥ 2,5
ASTM
4 Melting point E28-82 °C - 102 100 ± 20 only for sealant a
EN ISO
5 Hardness 868 Shore D 50 54 40-70

6 Water absorption or % - 0,19 ≤ 0,5 immersion during 24 h.
0 3 von 5 PB-14-057
HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Test Value
method catalogue
EN60684-2
or
1 Tensile EN ISO
527-2
If possible, please
_ before ageing MPa 13 18,2 ≥ 10
remove the sealant
_ after ageing
MPa 12 18,2 ≥ 10
(168h/150°C/air)
MPa - 15,2 ≥ 10
EN60684-2
or
2 Elongation EN ISO
527-2
If possible, please
_ before ageing % 350 780 ≥ 200
remove the sealant
_ after ageing
% 250 687 ≥ 200
(168h/150°C/air)
% - 728 ≥ 200
EN60684-2
or If possible, please
3 Secant-Modulus at 2% MPa - 137 ≥ 40 to ≤ 250
EN ISO remove the sealant
527-2
No No cracking
No
4 Bending at -30°C EN60684-2 - cracking should be
cracking
till -40°C visible
0 4 von 5 PB-14-057
HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Test Value
method catalogue
modifications; the
EN60684-2
average has to pass

500V/s
EN60684-2
2 Ω.cm ≥ 1 x 1014 1.22 x 1016 ≥ 1 x 1010
temperature HD 429
0 5 von 5 PB-14-057
Test Report

HD 631 2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12

Cellpack GmbH


HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Test Value
method catalogue

1 S1:2007
recovery a Annex B
EN ISO

3

Test Value
method catalogue

4
(TGA) 11358
_ Weight loss % - 2,2 ± 10%
_ Weight loss % - 80,6 ± 10%
_ Weight loss % - 6,0 ± 10%
_ Percentage % - 6,0 ≥ 2,5%

_ Weight loss % - 5,3 ± 10%
Ash:
_ Weight loss % - 5,9 ±10%
Sealant:
data sheet
TGA
1) 30°C - 850°C 20°C / min N2 20ml/min.
2) 850°C - 400°C 50°C / min N2 20ml/min.
5) 400°C - 900°C 20°C / min Air 20ml/min.
Sealant –
1) 30°C - 800°C 20°C / min N2 20ml/min.
DSC
0 2 von 5 PB-14-057
HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Table 2A - Physical
Test Value
method catalogue
EN
_Expanded % 50 74,01 ≥ 50
_Recovered % 85 97,26 ≥ 85
EN

3 Black carbon % - 6,0 ≥ 2,5
ASTM
EN ISO

0 3 von 5 PB-14-057
HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Test Value
method catalogue
EN60684-2
or
1 Tensile EN ISO
527-2
If possible, please
remove the sealant
_ after ageing
MPa 12 18,2 ≥ 10
(168h/150°C/air)
MPa - 15,2 ≥ 10
EN60684-2
or
2 Elongation EN ISO
527-2
If possible, please
_ before ageing % 350 780 ≥ 200
remove the sealant
_ after ageing
% 250 687 ≥ 200
(168h/150°C/air)
% - 728 ≥ 200
EN60684-2
527-2
No No cracking
No
cracking
till -40°C visible
0 4 von 5 PB-14-057
HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Test Value
method catalogue
modifications; the
EN60684-2
average has to pass

500V/s
EN60684-2
2 Ω.cm ≥ 1 x 1014 1.22 x 1016 ≥ 1 x 1010
temperature HD 429
0 5 von 5 PB-14-057
Test Report

HD 631 2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12

Cellpack GmbH


HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Test Value
method catalogue

1 S1:2007
recovery a Annex B
Shaft:
Finger:

Test Value
method catalogue
EN ISO

3

4
(TGA) 11358
_ Weight loss % - 7,7 ± 10%
_ Weight loss % - 70 ± 10%
_ Weight loss % - 22,1 ± 10%
_ Percentage % - 22 ≥ 2,5%
Sealant:
_ Weight loss % - 100 ± 10%
data sheet
TGA
1) 30°C - 700°C 20°C / min N2 20ml/min.
2) 700°C - 400°C 50°C / min N2 20ml/min.
4) 400°C - 900°C 20°C / min Air 20ml/min.
Sealant –
1) 30°C - 800°C 20°C / min N2 20ml/min.
DSC
0 2 von 5 PB-14-061
HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Table 2A - Physical
Test Value
method catalogue
EN
Shaft:
_Expanded % - - -
_Recovered % - - -
Finger:
_Expanded % - - -
_Recovered % - - -
EN

ASTM
EN ISO

0 3 von 5 PB-14-061
HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Test Value
method catalogue
EN60684-2
or
527-2
If possible, please
remove the sealant
_ after ageing
MPa 12 21,6 ≥ 10
(168h/150°C/air)
MPa - 16 ≥ 10
EN60684-2
or
527-2
If possible, please
_ before ageing % 300 763 ≥ 200
remove the sealant
_ after ageing
% 200 708 ≥ 200
(168h/150°C/air)
% - 768 ≥ 200
or
No cracking
No
cracking
visible
0 4 von 5 PB-14-061
HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Test Value
method catalogue
modifications; the
EN60684-2
average has to pass

500V/s
EN60684-2
2
0 5 von 5 PB-14-061
Test Report

HD 631 2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12

Cellpack GmbH


HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Test Value
method catalogue

1 S1:2007
recovery a Annex B
EN ISO

3

Test Value
method catalogue

4
(TGA) 11358
_ Weight loss % - 2,2 ± 10%
_ Weight loss % - 80,6 ± 10%
_ Weight loss % - 6,0 ± 10%
_ Percentage % - 6,0 ≥ 2,5%

_ Weight loss % - 5,3 ± 10%
Ash:
_ Weight loss % - 5,9 ±10%
Sealant:
data sheet
TGA
1) 30°C - 850°C 20°C / min N2 20ml/min.
2) 850°C - 400°C 50°C / min N2 20ml/min.
5) 400°C - 900°C 20°C / min Air 20ml/min.
Sealant –
1) 30°C - 800°C 20°C / min N2 20ml/min.
DSC
0 2 von 5 PB-14-057
HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Table 2A - Physical
Test Value
method catalogue
EN
_Expanded % 50 74,01 ≥ 50
_Recovered % 85 97,26 ≥ 85
EN

3 Black carbon % - 6,0 ≥ 2,5
ASTM
EN ISO

0 3 von 5 PB-14-057
HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Test Value
method catalogue
EN60684-2
or
1 Tensile EN ISO
527-2
If possible, please
remove the sealant
_ after ageing
MPa 12 18,2 ≥ 10
(168h/150°C/air)
MPa - 15,2 ≥ 10
EN60684-2
or
2 Elongation EN ISO
527-2
If possible, please
_ before ageing % 350 780 ≥ 200
remove the sealant
_ after ageing
% 250 687 ≥ 200
(168h/150°C/air)
% - 728 ≥ 200
EN60684-2
527-2
No No cracking
No
cracking
till -40°C visible
0 4 von 5 PB-14-057
HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Test Value
method catalogue
modifications; the
EN60684-2
average has to pass

500V/s
EN60684-2
2 Ω.cm ≥ 1 x 1014 1.22 x 1016 ≥ 1 x 1010
temperature HD 429
0 5 von 5 PB-14-057
EC safety data sheet
Trade name: Giessharz-Polyol GG
Product no.: A1
Current version : 4.0.0, issued: 20.10.2014 Replaced version: 3.0.0, issued: 27.07.2014 Region: GB
SECTION 1: Identification of the substance/mixture and of the company/undertaking

1.1 Product identifier
Trade name
Giessharz-Polyol GG
1.2 Relevant identified uses of the substance or mixture and uses advised against
Relevant identified uses of the substance or mixture
filling compound for electrotecnical use
1.3 Details of the supplier of the safety data sheet

Address
Cellpack GmbH Electrical Products
Carl-Zeiss-Strasse 20
Telephone no. +49 (0)7741 6007-0
Fax no. +49 (0)7741 64989
Email electrical.products@cellpack.com
Information provided by / telephone
+49 (0)7741 6007-0
Advice on Safety Data Sheet
msds@cellpack.com
1.4 Emergency telephone number

For medical advice (in German and English):
+49 (0)551 192 40 (Giftinformationszentrum Nord)
SECTION 2: Hazards identification

2.1 Classification of the substance or mixture
Classification information
This product does not meet the classification and labelling criteria given in the Regulation (EC) No 1272/2008 (CLP).
This product does not meet the classification and labelling criteria given in the Dangerous Preparations Directive
(1999/45/EC; DPD)
2.2 Label elements

Not relevant
2.3 Other hazards

No data available.
SECTION 3: Composition/information on ingredients

3.1 Substances
Not applicable. The product is not a substance.
3.2 Mixtures
Chemical characterization
Mixture (preparation)
Page 1 of 9
Product no.: A1
Hazardous ingredients
No Substance name Additional information
CAS / EC / Index / Classification Classification (EC) Concentration %
REACH no 67/548/EEC 1272/2008 (CLP)
1 Limestone
1317-65-3 - - > 30.00 - < 50.00 %-b.w.
215-279-6
-
-
Full Text for all R-phrases , H-phrases and EUH-phrases: pls. see section 16
3.3 Other information

The product does not contain hazardous substances according to EC-Directive 67/548/EWG.
SECTION 4: First aid measures

4.1 Description of first aid measures
General information
In all cases of doubt, or when sickness symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Never give anything by mouth to an
unconscious person. Remove soiled or soaked clothing immediately.
After inhalation
Remove to fresh air, keep patient warm and at rest. Irregular breathing/no breathing: artificial respiration. If
unconscious place in recovery position and seek medical advice.
After skin contact
Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water or use recognised skin cleanser. Do NOT use solvents or thinners!
After eye contact
Remove contact lenses, irrigate copiously with clean, fresh water for at least 10 minutes, holding the eyelids apart and
seek medical advice.
After ingestion
Do not induce vomiting. Call a doctor immediately. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Keep at
rest.
4.2 Most important symptoms and effects, both acute and delayed
No data available.
4.3 Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed
No data available.
SECTION 5: Firefighting measures

5.1 Extinguishing media
Suitable extinguishing media
Alcohol resistant foam, CO2, powders, water spray
Unsuitable extinguishing media
High power water jet
5.2 Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture

Fire will produce dense black smoke. Exposure to decomposition products may cause a health hazard.
5.3 Advice for firefighters

Appropriate breathing apparatus may be required. Wear protective clothing. Cool endangered containers with water in
case of fire. DO NOT ALLOW RUN-OFF FROM FIRE FIGHTING TO ENTER DRAINS OR WATER COURSES
Page 2 of 9
Product no.: A1
SECTION 6: Accidental release measures

6.1 Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures
For non-emergency personnel
Exclude sources of ignition and ventilate the area. Do not inhale vapours. Refer to protective measures listed in
sections 7 and 8.
For emergency responders
No data available. Personal protective equipment (PPE) - see Section 8.
6.2 Environmental precautions

Do not allow to enter drains. If the product contaminates lakes, rivers or sewage, inform appropriate authorities in
accordance with local regulations.
6.3 Methods and material for containment and cleaning up

Contain and collect spillage with non-combustible absorbent materials, e.g. sand, earth, vermiculite, diatomaceous
earth and place in container for disposal according to local regulations (see section 13). Clean preferably with a
detergent; avoid use of solvents.
6.4 Reference to other sections

No data available.
SECTION 7: Handling and storage

7.1 Precautions for safe handling
Advice on safe handling
Comply with the health and safety at work laws.
General protective and hygiene measures
Do not eat or drink during work - no smoking. Wash hands before breaks and after work. Do not inhale vapours.
Advice on protection against fire and explosion
No special measures necessary.
7.2 Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities

Technical measures and storage conditions
Always keep in containers of same material as the original one. See also instructions on the label. Avoid heating and
direct sunlight. Keep container dry in a cool, well-ventilated place. Protect from heat and direct sunlight. store at 15 -
30 °C.
Requirements for storage rooms and vessels
Keep container tightly closed. Never use pressure to empty: container is not a pressure vessel. No smoking. Prevent
unauthorized access! Containers which are opened must be carefully closed and kept upright to prevent leakage.
Advice on storage assembly
Keep away from oxidizing agents, from strongly alkaline and strongly acid materials.
7.3 Specific end use(s)

No data available.
Page 3 of 9
Product no.: A1
SECTION 8: Exposure controls/personal protection

8.1 Control parameters
Occupational exposure limit values
No Substance name CAS no. EC no.
1 Limestone 1317-65-3 215-279-6
List of approved workplace exposure limits (WELs) / EH40
Calcium carbonate
total inhalable dust
TWA 10 mg/m³
List of approved workplace exposure limits (WELs) / EH40
Calcium carbonate
respirable dust
true
TWA 4 mg/m³
8.2 Exposure controls

Appropriate engineering controls
Provide adequate ventilation. Where reasonably practicable this should be achieved by the use of local exhaust
ventilation and good general extraction. If these are not sufficient to maintain concentrations of particulates and solvent
vapour below the OEL (=Occupational ExposureLimit), suitable respiratory protection must be worn.
Personal protective equipment
Respiratory protection
If workers are exposed to concentrations above the exposure limit they must use appropriate, certified respirators: Use
half-mask model with cartridge or air-fed.
Eye / face protection
Use safety goggles.
Hand protection
Use protective gloves (DIN EN 374). Please read the protective glove manufacturer’s information relating to
permeation rates and breakthrough times and the particular conditions at the workplace.
Other
Personal should wear antistatic clothings made of natural fiber or of high temperature resistant synthetic fiber. All parts
of the body should be washed after contact.
Environmental exposure controls
No data available.
SECTION 9: Physical and chemical properties

9.1 Information on basic physical and chemical properties
Form/Colour
liquid
270
green
230
Odour
30
characteristic
Page 4 of 9
Product no.: A1
Odour threshold
No data available
pH value
No data available
Boiling point / boiling range
No data available
Melting point / melting range
No data available
Decomposition point / decomposition range
No data available
Flash point
Value > 150 °C
Method
3 150
ISO 2592
Auto-ignition temperature
No data available
Oxidising properties
No data available
Explosive properties
No data available
Flammability (solid, gas)
No data available
Lower flammability or explosive limits
No data available
Upper flammability or explosive limits
No data available
Vapour pressure
No data available
Vapour density
No data available
Evaporation rate
No data available
Relative density
No data available
Density
Value 1.40 g/cm³
Reference temperature 23 °C
Method1.40
ASTM D 792
Solubility in water
Remarks partly soluble
Page 5 of 9
Product no.: A1
Solubility(ies)
No data available
Partition coefficient: n-octanol/water
No data available
Viscosity
Value 7000 mPa*s
Method ISO 2555 7000
Solvent content
Value
0.5 0.5
< 0.5 %

Other information
No data available.
SECTION 10: Stability and reactivity

10.1 Reactivity
No data available.
10.2 Chemical stability

No data available.
10.3 Possibility of hazardous reactions

No data available.
10.4 Conditions to avoid

Stable under recommended storage and handling conditions(See section 7).
10.5 Incompatible materials

Keep away from oxidizing agents, strongly alkaline and strongly acid materials in order to avoid exothermic reactions.
10.6 Hazardous decomposition products

When exposed to high temperatures may produce hazardous decomposition products such as carbon monoxide and
dioxide, smoke, oxides of nitrogen.
Page 6 of 9
Product no.: A1
SECTION 11: Toxicological information

11.1 Information on toxicological effects
Acute oral toxicity
No data available
Acute dermal toxicity
No data available
Acute inhalational toxicity
No data available
Skin corrosion/irritation
No data available
Serious eye damage/irritation
No data available
Respiratory or skin sensitisation
No data available
Germ cell mutagenicity
No data available
Reproduction toxicity
No data available
Carcinogenicity
No data available
STOT-single exposure
No data available
STOT-repeated exposure
No data available
Aspiration hazard
No data available
Other information
The product was classified in toxicological terms on the basis of the results of the calculation procedure outlined within
5283010
General Directive on Preparations (1999/45/EC).
Page 7 of 9
Product no.: A1
SECTION 12: Ecological information

12.1 Toxicity
Toxicity to fish (acute)
No data available
Toxicity to fish (chronic)
No data available
Toxicity to Daphnia (acute)
No data available
Toxicity to Daphnia (chronic)
No data available
Toxicity to algae (acute)
No data available
Toxicity to algae (chronic)
No data available
Bacteria toxicity
No data available
12.2 Persistence and degradability

No data available.
12.3 Bioaccumulative potential

No data available.
12.4 Mobility in soil

No data available.
12.5 Results of PBT and vPvB assessment

No data available.
12.6 Other adverse effects

No data available.

Other information
There are no data available on the preparation itself. For components which are dangerous for the environment see
section 3.
5323015
The product should not be allowed to enter drains or water courses.
SECTION 13: Disposal considerations

13.1 Waste treatment methods
Product
Allocation of a waste code number, according to the European Waste Catalogue, should be carried out in agreement
with the regional waste disposal company.
Packaging
Contaminated packaging should be emptied as far as possible and after appropriate cleansing may be taken for reuse.
Packaging that cannot be cleaned should be disposed of in agreement with the regional waste disposal company.
Page 8 of 9
Product no.: A1
SECTION 14: Transport information

14.1 Transport ADR/RID/ADN
The product is not subject to ADR/RID/ADN regulations.
14.2 Transport IMDG

The product is not subject to IMDG regulations.
14.3 Transport ICAO-TI / IATA

The product is not subject to ICAO-TI / IATA regulations.

No data available.
14.5 Environmental hazards

Information on environmental hazards, if relevant, please see 14.1 - 14.3.
14.6 Special precautions for user

No data available.
14.7 Transport in bulk according to Annex II of MARPOL 73/78 and the IBC Code
Not relevant
SECTION 15: Regulatory information

15.1 Safety, health and environmental regulations/legislation specific for the substance or mixture
EU regulations
Restriction of occupation
Employment restrictions, according to the regulations for protection of expectant and nursing mothers and the youth
health and safety regulations, serving to protect against hazardous materials, should be observed.
Council Directive 96/82/EC on the control of major-accident hazards involving dangerous substances
Remarks Annex I, part 1 + 2: not mentioned. With regard to possibly appropriate
decomposition products see Chapter 10.
15.2 Chemical safety assessment

No data available.
SECTION 16: Other information

Sources of key data used to compile the data sheet:
EC Directive 67/548/EC resp. 1999/45/EC as amended in each case.
Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 (REACH), 1272/2008 (CLP) as amended in each case.
EC Directives 2000/39/EC, 2006/15/EC, 2009/161/EU
National Threshold Limit Values of the corresponding countries as amended in each case.
Transport regulations according to ADR, RID, IMDG, IATA as amended in each case.
The data sources used to determine physical, toxic and ecotoxic data, are indicated directly in the corresponding
chapter.
This information is based on our present state of knowledge and experience.
The security data sheet describes products with a view to the security requirements.
However, it should not constitute a guarantee for any specific product properties and shall not establish a legally valid
relationship.
.
Page 9 of 9
Trade name: Giessharz Isocyanat GG-Härter
Product no.: B1
SECTION 1: Identification of the substance/mixture and of the company/undertaking

1.1 Product identifier
Trade name
Giessharz Isocyanat GG-Härter

Substance name Aliphatic polyisocyanate
REACH registration no. 01-2119485796-17
Identification numbers
CAS no. 28182-81-2
EC no. 931-274-8
1.2 Relevant identified uses of the substance or mixture and uses advised against
Relevant identified uses of the substance or mixture
filling compound for electrotecnical use
1.3 Details of the supplier of the safety data sheet

Address
Cellpack GmbH Electrical Products
Carl-Zeiss-Strasse 20
Telephone no. +49 (0)7741 6007-0
Fax no. +49 (0)7741 64989
Email electrical.products@cellpack.com
Information provided by / telephone
+49 (0)7741 6007-0
Advice on Safety Data Sheet
msds@cellpack.com
1.4 Emergency telephone number

For medical advice (in German and English):
+49 (0)551 192 40 (Giftinformationszentrum Nord)
SECTION 2: Hazards identification

2.1 Classification of the substance or mixture
Classification in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1272/2008 (CLP)
Acute Tox. 4; H332
Skin Sens. 1; H317
STOT SE 3; H335
Classification in accordance with Directive 67/548/EEC or 1999/45/EC
Xn; R20
R43
Xi; R37
2.2 Label elements

Labelling according to Regulation (EC) No 1272/2008 (CLP Regulation)
Product identifier
28182-81-2 (Aliphatic polyisocyanate)
Page 1 of 11
Product no.: B1
Hazard pictograms
GHS07
Signal word
Warning
Hazard statements
H317 May cause an allergic skin reaction.
H332 Harmful if inhaled.
H335 May cause respiratory irritation.
Precautionary statements
P260 Do not breathe dust/fume/gas/mist/vapours/spray.
P280 Wear protective gloves/protective clothing/eye protection/face protection.
P302+P352 IF ON SKIN: Wash with plenty of soap and water.
P304+P340 IF INHALED: Remove person to fresh air and keep comfortable for breathing.
P333+P313 If skin irritation or rash occurs: Get medical advice/attention.
2.3 Other hazards

PBT assessment
The product is not considered to be a PBT.
vPvB assessment
The product is not considered to be a vPvB.
SECTION 3: Composition/information on ingredients

3.1 Substances
Chemical characterization
Substance name Aliphatic polyisocyanate
Identification numbers
CAS no. 28182-81-2
EC no. 931-274-8
Components to be mentioned according to Regulation (EU) No. 453/2010, section 3.1
Substance name Additional information
CAS / EC / Index / REACH no Concentration %
hexamethylene-di-isocyanate impurity
822-06-0 < 0.15 %-b.w.
212-485-8
615-011-00-1
-
3.2 Mixtures
Not applicable. The product is not a mixture.
SECTION 4: First aid measures

4.1 Description of first aid measures
General information
In all cases of doubt, or when sickness symptoms persist, seek medical attention. Never give anything by mouth to an
unconscious person. Remove soiled or soaked clothing immediately.
After inhalation
Remove to fresh air, keep patient warm and at rest. Irregular breathing/no breathing: artificial respiration. If
unconscious place in recovery position and seek medical advice.
Page 2 of 11
Product no.: B1
After skin contact

Wash skin thoroughly with soap and water or use recognised skin cleanser. Do NOT use solvents or thinners!
After eye contact
Remove contact lenses, irrigate copiously with clean, fresh water for at least 10 minutes, holding the eyelids apart and
seek medical advice.
After ingestion
Do not induce vomiting. Call a doctor immediately. Never give anything by mouth to an unconscious person. Keep at
rest.
4.2 Most important symptoms and effects, both acute and delayed
No data available.
4.3 Indication of any immediate medical attention and special treatment needed
No data available.
SECTION 5: Firefighting measures

5.1 Extinguishing media
Suitable extinguishing media
Alcohol resistant foam, CO2, powders, water spray
Unsuitable extinguishing media
High power water jet
5.2 Special hazards arising from the substance or mixture

Fire will produce dense black smoke. Exposure to decomposition products may cause a health hazard.
5.3 Advice for firefighters

Appropriate breathing apparatus may be required. Cool endangered containers with water in case of fire. DO NOT
ALLOW RUN-OFF FROM FIRE FIGHTING TO ENTER DRAINS OR WATER COURSES; Fire residues must be
disposed of in a proper manner.
SECTION 6: Accidental release measures

6.1 Personal precautions, protective equipment and emergency procedures
For non-emergency personnel
Exclude sources of ignition and ventilate the area. Do not inhale vapours. Refer to protective measures listed in
sections 7 and 8.
For emergency responders
No data available. Personal protective equipment (PPE) - see Section 8.
6.2 Environmental precautions

Do not allow to enter drains. If the product contaminates lakes, rivers or sewage, inform appropriate authorities in
accordance with local regulations. Add the same decontaminant to the remnants and let stand for several days until no
further reaction in non-sealed container. Once this stage is reached, close container and dispose according to local
regulations.
6.3 Methods and material for containment and cleaning up

Contain and collect spillage with non-combustible absorbent materials, e.g. sand, earth, vermiculite, diatomaceous
earth and place in container for disposal according to local regulations (see section 13). Clean preferably with a
detergent; avoid use of solvents. Immediately clean contaminated areas with following substances :
usable(flammable): Water 45 Vol.%
Ethanol or Isopropyl Alcohol 50 Vol.%
Ammonia solution (density=0.88) 5 Vol.%
Alternative applicable to that (not flammable):

Sodium Carbonate 5 Vol.%
Water 95 Vol.%
Page 3 of 11
Product no.: B1
6.4 Reference to other sections

No data available.
SECTION 7: Handling and storage

7.1 Precautions for safe handling
Advice on safe handling
Persons with a history of asthma, allergies, chronic or recurrent respiratory disease should not be employed in any
process in which this preparation is used ! The product should only be used in areas from which all naked lights and
other sources of ignition have been excluded. Comply with the health and safety at work laws.
General protective and hygiene measures
Do not eat or drink during work - no smoking. Avoid product contact with skin, eyes and clothing
Advice on protection against fire and explosion
No special measures necessary.
7.2 Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities

Technical measures and storage conditions
Always keep in containers of same material as the original one. See also instructions on the label. Avoid heating and
direct sunlight. Keep container dry in a cool, well-ventilated place. Precautions should be taken to minimise exposure
to atmospheric humidity or water: CO2 will be formed which in closed containers can result in pressurisation. DO NOT
KEEP THE CONTAINERS SEALED !! store at 15 - 30 °C.
Requirements for storage rooms and vessels
Keep container tightly closed. Never use pressure to empty: container is not a pressure vessel. No smoking. Prevent
unauthorized access! Containers which are opened must be carefully closed and kept upright to prevent leakage.
Advice on storage assembly
Keep away from oxidizing agents, from strongly alkaline and strongly acid materials.
7.3 Specific end use(s)

No data available.
SECTION 8: Exposure controls/personal protection

8.1 Control parameters
DNEL and PNEC values
DNEL values (worker)

No Substance name CAS / EC no
Route of exposure Exposure time Effect Value
1 Aliphatic polyisocyanate 28182-81-2
931-274-8
inhalational Short term (acut) local 1 mg/m³
with reference to: Air
inhalational Long term (chronic) local 0.5 mg/m³
0
with reference to: Air
Page 4 of 11
Product no.: B1
PNEC values
No Substance name CAS / EC no
ecological compartment Type Value
1 Aliphatic polyisocyanate 28182-81-2
931-274-8
water fresh water 0.127 mg/l
water marine water 0.0127 mg/l
water fresh water sediment 266700 mg/kg
with reference to: dry weight
water marine water sediment 266700 mg/kg
soil - 53182 mg/kg
0
sewage treatment plant - 38.28 mg/l
8.2 Exposure controls

Appropriate engineering controls
Provide adequate ventilation. Where reasonably practicable this should be achieved by the use of local exhaust
ventilation and good general extraction. If these are not sufficient to maintain concentrations of particulates and
solvent vapour below the OEL, suitable respiratory protection must be worn. Air-fed protective respiratory equipment
must be worn by spray operator even when good ventilation is provided.
Personal protective equipment
Respiratory protection
By spraying: air-fed respirator
By other operations than spraying: in well ventilated areas, air-fed respirators could be replaced by a combination of
charcoal filter andparticulate filter mask.
Eye / face protection
Wear safety goggles to protect against solvent splashes.
Hand protection
Adhere to the professional organisation rule “Use of protective gloves”.
Appropriate chemicals resistant glove tested in compliance with EN 374.
Recommendation for protection against components generally found in the products:
For short-term contact (i.e. splash protection):

Appropriate material: nitrile rubber, Neopren
Material thickness: > 0.4 mm
Breakthrough time: > 480 min
Before use, the protective glove should be tested in any case for its specific work-station suitability (i.e. mechanical
resistance, product compatibility and antistatic properties).
Adhere to the manufacturer’s instructions and information relating to the use, storage, care and replacement of
protective gloves.
Protective gloves shall be replaced immediately when physically damaged or worn. Preventive hand protection (skin
protection cream) recommended. Wash immediately contaminated skin).
Design operations thus to avoid permanent use of protective gloves.
Other
Personal should wear antistatic clothings made of natural fiber or of high temperature resistant synthetic fiber. All parts
of the body should be washed after contact.
Environmental exposure controls
No data available.
Page 5 of 11
Product no.: B1
SECTION 9: Physical and chemical properties

9.1 Information on basic physical and chemical properties
Form/Colour
liquid
270
colourless
10
Odour
25
almost odourless
Odour threshold
No data available
pH value
No data available
Boiling point / boiling range
No data available
Melting point / melting range
Value
4
appr. -51 °C -51
Decomposition point / decomposition range

No data available
Flash point
Value appr. 228 °C
Method
4
DIN EN 22719 228
Ignition temperature
Value
3
> 200 °C 200
Auto-ignition temperature
No data available
Oxidising properties
No data available
Explosive properties
No data available
Flammability (solid, gas)
No data available
Lower flammability or explosive limits
No data available
Upper flammability or explosive limits
No data available
Vapour pressure
Value < 0.0001 hPa
Reference temperature
2
20 °C 0.0001
Page 6 of 11
Product no.: B1
Vapour density
No data available
Evaporation rate
No data available
Relative density
No data available
Density
Value appr. 1.17 g/cm³
Method
4
DIN 53217 1.17
Solubility in water
Remarks immiscible
Solubility(ies)
No data available
log Pow appr. 9.81
Method
4 9.81
calculated
Viscosity
Value appr. 3600 mPa*s
Type dynamic
Method
10 4
DIN EN ISO 3219/A.3

Other information
No data available.
SECTION 10: Stability and reactivity

10.1 Reactivity
No data available.
10.2 Chemical stability

No data available.
10.3 Possibility of hazardous reactions

No data available.
10.4 Conditions to avoid

Stable under recommended storage and handling conditions(See section 7).
10.5 Incompatible materials

Keep away from oxidizing agents, strongly alkaline and strongly acid materials in order to avoid exothermic reactions.
The product reacts slowly with water resulting in evolution of carbon dioxide. In closed containers, pressure build up
could result distortion blowing and in extreme cases bursting of the container.
10.6 Hazardous decomposition products

In a fire, hazardous decomposition products, such as smoke, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxiode, oxides of nitrogen,
hydrogen cyanide, monomers of isocyanates, amines and alcohols may be produced.
Page 7 of 11
Product no.: B1
SECTION 11: Toxicological information

11.1 Information on toxicological effects
Acute oral toxicity
LD50 > 5000 mg/kg
Species rat
3
Reference substance
5000
Hexamethylene-1,6-diisocyanate homopolymer 67
Acute dermal toxicity

No data available
Acute inhalational toxicity
LC50 543 mg/m³
Duration of exposure 4 h
Species rat (male)
Reference substance Hexamethylene-1,6-diisocyanate homopolymer
Method OECD 403
LC50 390 mg/m³
Species rat (female)
Method OECD 403
Remarks The substance was tested in a form (that is to say with a particular
grain size distribution) that differs from the forms it is usually
marketed and most probably used. The "split-entry" concept and
available data related to the grain size during end-use of this
50 Lk.2031
substance justify a modified classification for acute inhalation toxicity.
Skin corrosion/irritation
Species rabbit
Method OECD 404
Evaluation
Lk.7011373
low-irritant
Serious eye damage/irritation
Species rabbit
Method OECD 405
Evaluation
Lk.7011373
low-irritant
Respiratory or skin sensitisation
Route of exposure Skin
Species guinea pig
Method OECD 406
Source Magnuson/Klingmann-Test
Evaluation
Lk.3647 10
sensitizing
Page 8 of 11
Product no.: B1
Germ cell mutagenicity

No data available
Reproduction toxicity
No data available
Carcinogenicity
No data available
STOT-single exposure
No data available
STOT-repeated exposure
No data available
Aspiration hazard
No data available
Other information
Based on the properties of the isocyanate components and considering toxicological data on similar preparations: This
preparation may cause acute irritation and/or sensitisation of the respiratory system leading to an asthmatic condition,
wheeziness and a thightness of the chest. Sensitized persons may subsequently show asthmatic symptoms when
exposed to atmospheric concentrations well below the OEL. Repeated exposure may lead to permanent respiratory
5283130
disability.
SECTION 12: Ecological information

12.1 Toxicity
Toxicity to fish (acute)
LC50 > 100 mg/l
Species Brachydanio rerio
Method
50
OECD 203
Toxicity to fish (chronic)
No data available
Toxicity to Daphnia (acute)
EC50 > 100 mg/l
Species Daphnia magna
Method
U_900
OECD 202
Toxicity to Daphnia (chronic)
No data available
Toxicity to algae (acute)
IC50 > 100 mg/l
Species Scenedesmus subspicatus
Method
901
OECD 201
Page 9 of 11
Product no.: B1
Toxicity to algae (chronic)

No data available
Bacteria toxicity
EC50 1000 mg/l
Species activated sludge
Method
U_900
OECD 209
12.2 Persistence and degradability

Biodegradability
Value 0 %
Method OECD 301 C
Evaluation not readily biodegradable
Physico-chemical eliminability
Remarks The product reacts with water in the boundary layer forming CO 2
and a solid insoluble product with high melting point (polyurea). This
reaction is accelerated by surfactants (e.g. detergents) or by
watersoluble solvents. According to experience to date, polyurea is
inert and is not degradable.
Lk.2030
12.3 Bioaccumulative potential

log Pow appr. 9.81
Method
4 9.81
calculated
12.4 Mobility in soil

No data available.
12.5 Results of PBT and vPvB assessment

Results of PBT and vPvB assessment
PBT assessment The product is not considered to be a PBT.
Lk.1610
vPvB assessment
Lk.1611
The product is not considered to be a vPvB.
12.6 Other adverse effects

No data available.

Other information
5323005
The product should not be allowed to enter drains or water courses.
SECTION 13: Disposal considerations

13.1 Waste treatment methods
Product
Allocation of a waste code number, according to the European Waste Catalogue, should be carried out in agreement
with the regional waste disposal company.
Packaging
Contaminated packaging should be emptied as far as possible and after appropriate cleansing may be taken for reuse.
Packaging that cannot be cleaned should be disposed of in agreement with the regional waste disposal company.
Page 10 of 11
Product no.: B1
SECTION 14: Transport information

14.1 Transport ADR/RID/ADN
The product is not subject to ADR/RID/ADN regulations.
14.2 Transport IMDG

The product is not subject to IMDG regulations.
14.3 Transport ICAO-TI / IATA

The product is not subject to ICAO-TI / IATA regulations.

No data available.
14.5 Environmental hazards

Information on environmental hazards, if relevant, please see 14.1 - 14.3.
14.6 Special precautions for user

If transported within the user’s premises: To be transported always in closed, upright and safe containers. Make sure
that persons handling these containers are aware of the rules of conduct in case of incident or spillage.
14.7 Transport in bulk according to Annex II of MARPOL 73/78 and the IBC Code
Not relevant
SECTION 15: Regulatory information

15.1 Safety, health and environmental regulations/legislation specific for the substance or mixture
EU regulations
Restriction of occupation
Adhere to the national sanitary and occupational safety regulations when using this product.
15.2 Chemical safety assessment

No data available.
SECTION 16: Other information

Sources of key data used to compile the data sheet:
EC Directive 67/548/EC resp. 1999/45/EC as amended in each case.
Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 (REACH), 1272/2008 (CLP) as amended in each case.
EC Directives 2000/39/EC, 2006/15/EC, 2009/161/EU
National Threshold Limit Values of the corresponding countries as amended in each case.
Transport regulations according to ADR, RID, IMDG, IATA as amended in each case.
The data sources used to determine physical, toxic and ecotoxic data, are indicated directly in the corresponding
chapter.
Full text of the R-, H- and EUH- phrases drawn up in sections 2 and 3 (provided not already drawn up in these
sections)
R20 Harmful by inhalation.
R37 Irritating to respiratory system.
R43 May cause sensitisation by skin contact.
This information is based on our present state of knowledge and experience.
The security data sheet describes products with a view to the security requirements.
However, it should not constitute a guarantee for any specific product properties and shall not establish a legally valid
relationship.
.
Page 11 of 11
Report-No.: 14_301 Page: 2 of 11
Summary
RWE Eurotest GmbH performed a type test belonging to function LMP/LI on the two-
component resin, type GG, made by Cellpack GmbH Electrical Products according to
HD 631.1 S2:2007-12.
The two-component Polyurethane based resin, type EG, made by Cellpack GmbH Electrical
Products passed the type test belonging to function LMP/LI according to HD 631.1 S2:2007-
12.
The resin also meets the demands for characteristic “curing at high temperature” (HT).
For the fingerprint the values for the original lot of compound are determined.
RWE Eurotest Gesellschaft für Prüfung – Engineering – Consulting mbH

Unterste-Wilms-Straße 52 · 44143 Dortmund · Tel: 0231 / 438 – 2861 · Fax: 0231 / 438 – 2634 · e-mail: info@rweeurotest.com
Contents: ........................................................................................................................ Page:

1. Applied test regulations ................................................................................................... 4
2. Technical data of the test object ...................................................................................... 4
3. Test and measuring equipment ....................................................................................... 5
4. Tests carried out and results ........................................................................................... 7
Fingerprinting test ....................................................................................................................... 7
Type test ..................................................................................................................................... 8
5. Overall result ................................................................................................................. 11
Annex:
01: Temperature-time diagram of the 300 ml test portions

and physical structure after curing under water (1 page)
02: Diagrams of tensile strength and elongation–

- Fingerprinting test –resistance to breaking and elongation at break
– new resin;
- Type test –resistance to breaking and elongation at break
– new resin (after aging 28d at 23 °C and 50% humidity)
- Type test –resistance to breaking and elongation at break
– after wet aging (28 days at 70 °C under water) (3 pages)
03: Structure and execution of the tests of volume resistivity (1 page)
04: Structure and execution of the tests of dielectric strength (1 page)
05: Structure and execution of the tests of volume resistivity (1 page)
06: Data sheet of the manufacturer (1 page)
07: Safety data sheet - hardener and resin (21 pages)

1. Applied test regulations

HD 631.1 S2:2007-12
Electric cables- Accessories – Material characterization –
Part 1: Fingerprinting and type tests for resinous compounds
2. Technical data of the test object
Resin type: GG
Category: LMP/LI -HT
Low voltage compound for mechanical protection and insulation

that has the characteristic cures at high temperature (HT)
Manufacturer: Cellpack GmbH Electrical Products
Lot No. resin: 07.003.20

Lot No. hardener: 07.003.20
Data sheet: Annex 06
Safety data sheet: Annex 07

3. Test and measuring equipment

Equip.- cal. Equipment Type Manufacturer
No.
ET-018 * Pendulum Impact Tester 50101.100/00 Zwick
ET-019 * Precision Balance P6 Sartorius GmbH
ET-039 * Balance 1006MP9 Sartorius GmbH
ET-041 * Compression-Tensile Testing 148400/01 Zwick
Machine ZUG- U
ET-042 * Vacuum gauge Thermovac Leybold Vakuum
TM21 / TR216 GmbH
ET-049 * Precision balance L 2200 P Sartorius GmbH
ET-059 * Standard capacitor PGA 3 Micafil AG Zürich
ET-060 * Standard capacitor CLP 30 Hartmann und Braun
ET-106 Impulse generator P 12 SPEZ. Haefely
ET-107 High voltage transformer WOF Fischer
ET-113 Variable transformer LT/ R Fischer
ET-326 * Potential Transformer VIP 12 B Balteau
ET-349 * Digital caliper 500-301 Mitutoyo
ET-433 * Precision balance BP 210 D Sartorius GmbH
ET-435 * Compression-tensile testing ma- UPM Zwick
chine 145590/00
ET-447 * Temperature test chamber KWP 450/ 70 Weiss Umwelttechnik
ET-473 Density balance 152/12 Kern
ET-536 * Flash point test equipment nach Cleveland Herzog
ET-559 * Heating cabinet FED 115 Binder GmbH
ET-562 * Digital Thermometer KTP 550 Dostmann Elektronik
ET-593 * Heating cabinet (cable) EEDK 76 Binder GmbH
ET-622 * TRMS multimeter 189 Fluke
ET-626 * Digital caliper CD-15DC Mitutoyo
ET-627 * Outside micrometer Digimatic Mitutoyo
ET-632 * Stopwatch 5500 EA Combs
ET-638 * Heating cabinet (cable) EEDK 76 BINDER GmbH
ET-669 * Vacuum drying cabinet VD 23 Binder GmbH
ET-681 * Brookefield-viscosimeter 390-0100 Thermo Electron
GmbH
ET-694 * Stopwatch 5500 EA Combs


ET-698 * Heating cabinet with forced recir- FED 240 BINDER GmbH
culating air
ET-717 * Global-UV test equipment UV 200 SB Weiss Umwelttechnik
ET-741 * 600 kV AC voltage test system Obersp.-teil/MC HIGHVOLT Prüftech-
2720-4/MU 18 nik
ET-805 * Digital Tera and Milliohmeter Milli TO 3 Fischer Elektronik
ET-958 * Digital Durometer Shore D HPE 2 - Shore Heinrich Bareiss
D Prüfgerätebau
ET-1020 Connection adapter Ankoppelbox RWE Eurotest GmbH
doppelt ges-
chirmt
*) Measuring equipment is calibrated based on national and international reference standards.
Calibration certificates can be inspected on request.
Table 1: Test and measuring equipment
The measurement uncertainty of the measuring instruments has been calculated and is archived by
RWE Eurotest. Documents can be inspected on request.

4. Tests carried out and results
Fingerprinting test
No. Property Test method Units measuring results
Report-No.: 14_301
Stage 1 – Individual components prior to mixing
1 Viscosity at 23 °C (resin) EN ISO 2555 (Spindle R3) mPa·s 4510
Stage 2 – Resinous compound just after mixing (curing stage)
2 HD 631.1 S2: 2007-12

Pot life (0.3 l at 23 °C) min 28
clause 7.2
3 Exotherm at 23 °C HD 631.1 S2: 2007-12
Peak temperature clause 7.4.2.3 °C 53 (Annex 01)
Time to peak min 47 (Annex 01)
Stage 3 – Cured resinous compound (original)
4 Density (filled compound) EN ISO 1183-3 g/cm³ 1,38

5 Impact strength Only for Epoxy and Acrylic resins
6 Shore D hardness EN ISO 868 (6 mm thickness) 34
7 Tensile strength EN ISO 527 MPa 3.6 (Annex 02)
8 Elongation at beak EN ISO 527 % 39 (Annex 02)
12
9 Volume resistivity HD 429 Ω·cm 7·10 (average)

(explanations see Annex 04)
Stage 4 – Cured resinous compound after thermal ageing
10 Weight loss HD 631.1 S2: 2007-12 Annex C % 1.13

11 Impact strength Only for Epoxy and Acrylic resins
Table 2: fingerprinting test (completed)
Unterste-Wilms-Straße 52 · 44143 Dortmund · Tel: 0231 / 438 – 2861 · Fax: 0231 / 438 – 2634 · E-Mail: info@rweeurotest.com
Page 7 of 11
Type test
No. Property Test method Units Requirements measurement result
LMP/LI
Stage 1 – Components of the resinous compound (prior to mixing)

Report-No.: 14_301
1 Flash point EN ISO 2592 °C > 55 > 60 passed

(only resin
tested)
2 Viscosity at 5 °C EN ISO 2555 (spindle R6) mPa·s  100.000 13500 passed
3 Tendency to crystallization only epoxy resin part A
Stage 2 – Resinous compound just after mixing (curing stage)
5
HD 631.1 S2: 2007-12
Pot life (0.3 l at 5 °C) min < 75 for type LT not applicable -
clause 7.2
11
Pot life (0.3 l at 40 °C) 5 for type HT passed
6 Exotherm at 40 °C HD 631.1 S2: 2007-12

Peak temperature - PUR clause 7.4.2.3 °C  120 63 passed
(after 19 min)
(Annex 01)
7 Curing under Water no requirements
- Gas volume

- Physical structure
8 Dielectric strength EN 60243-1
- max. 10 min after mixing (explanations Annex 03) kV/mm ≥ 0,6 12 passed
(average value)
Table 3: type test (continued)
Page 8 of 11
No. Property Test method Units Requirements measurement
LMP/LI
Stage 3 – Cured resinous compound (original)
9 Density EN ISO 1183-1 g/cm³ Value to be recorded 1.38 -

Report-No.: 14_301
10 Impact strength EN ISO 179 kJ/m² ≥6 no measured passed

(without notch) value because
no cracks of the
specimen
11 Shore D hardness EN ISO 868* tested at the ends Value to be recorded 35 -
of the
mechanical test
12 Tensile strength EN ISO 527 specimens MPa Wert erfassen 3.85 (Annex 02) -
(28d at room temperature) acc. to HD 631.1
13 Elongation EN ISO 527 S2: 2007-12 % Wert erfassen 44 (Annex 02) -
(28d at room temperature) Annex E
14 Volume shrinkage EN ISO 3521 %  6.5 3,6 passed

15 Dissipation factor no requirements
- at room temperature
- at 80 °C
16 Dielectric constant no requirements
- at room temperature
- at 80 °C
17 Volume Resistivity HD 429
(explanations see Annex 04) 11 12
- at room temperature Ω·cm ≥ 10 7·10 passed

(average value)
10
9 7·10
- at 80 °C Ω·cm ≥ 10 passed
(average value)
*) after storage for 28 days (23°C / 50 %)

Table 3: type test (continued)
Page 9 of 11
No. Property Test method Units Requirements measurement result
LMP/LI
Stage 4 – Cured resinous compound after thermal ageing
Dry ageing: 28 days at 120 °C (vented oven)

Report-No.: 14_301
18 Weight loss HD 631.1 S2: 2007-12 % 5 2.25 passed

Annex B
19 Shore D hardness EN ISO 868 %  80 107 passed
(retention/original) tested at the ends of the
mechanical test specimens
acc. to HD 631.1 S2: 2007-12
Annex D.2.5
20 Impact strength (without EN ISO 179 kJ/m² ≥4 no measured passed
notch) value because
(retention/original) no cracks of the
specimen
21 Dielectric strength EN 60243-1 kV/mm ≥2 30.5 (average value) passed
Wet ageing: 28 days at 70 °C in water
22 Shore D hardness EN ISO 868 %  80 102 passed
(retention/original) tested at the ends of the
mechanical test specimens
23 Tensile strength EN ISO 527 % ≥ 65 119 passed

(retention/original) (Annex 02)

Elongation % ≥ 65 111 passed
(retention/original) (Annex 02)
24 Dielectric strength EN 60243-1 kV/mm ≥2 27.8 (average value) passed
Table 3: type test (completed)
Page 10 of 11
5. Overall result
The two-component Polyurethane based resin, type GG, made by Cellpack GmbH Electrical
Products has passed the type test belonging to function LMP/LI according to HD 631.1
S2:2007-12.
The resin also meets the demands for characteristic “curing at high temperature” (HT).
For the fingerprint the values for the original lot of compound are determined.
- End of test report -

RWE Eurotest GmbH - Electrotechnical Testing Laboratory
Report-No.: 14_301 Annex: 1, Page 1 of 1
Temperature-time diagram of the 300 ml test portion
Diagram 1: Temperature-time diagram of the 300 ml test portion

at 23 °C ambient temperature
Diagram 2: Temperature-time diagram of the 300 ml test portions

at 40 °C ambient temperature
RWE Eurotest GmbH · Unterste-Wilms-Straße 52 · 44143 Dortmund

Tel: 0231 / 438 – 2861 · Fax: 0231 / 438 – 2634 · E-Mail: info@rweeurotest.com
Fingerprinting – test Diagrams of resistance to breaking and elongation at break –

new resin

Type test – Diagrams of resistance to breaking and elongation at break –

new resin (aging 28d at 23 °C and 50% humidity)

Type test – Diagrams of resistance to breaking and elongation at break –

after wet aging (28 days at 70 °C under water)

Structure and execution of the tests of dielectric strength

- just after mixing (curing stage)
HD 631.1S2:
Test
2007-12 Tabelle 3
Nr.: 8 max. 10 minutes after mixing
Table 1: test pretreatments according to HD 631.1S2: 2007-12
The test procedure is described in DIN EN 60243-1 (VDE 0303 Part 21):1999-03, clause
4.1.9. The diameter (d) of the metal spheres amounts 12.5 mm. The distance (s) between
the electrodes amounts 1 mm. The electrode arrangement was embedded in a horizontal
position and filled with the Polyurethane based resin.
The test voltage was increased with 2000 V/s.
The dimensions of the vessel amounts 40 mm x 40 mm x 200 mm.
Picture 1: principal test arrangement Picture 2: test arrangement for the liquid
resins

Structure and execution of the tests of Volume resistivity
The test assembly accord to DIN IEC 60093 (VDE 0303 part 30):1993-12 and the
dimensions were shown in picture 1. The test assemblies were square plates with a side
length of 100 mm, which were cleaned with ethanol before testing. For the electrodes
material was used stainless steel electrodes. The contact plates were fully connected with
the metal electrodes. The test voltage amounts 500 V, the measuring time 1 minute. The
measure series were carried out at 20 °C and 80 °C. One measure series comprised three
specimens.
Messelektrode
Measuring electrode
g
d1
Schutzelektrode
Protect electrode
Prüfling h
Specimen
Hochspannungselektrode
High voltage
electrode
Graphitelektroden
Metal electrodes
Picture 1: test assembly of the volume resistivity measuring

Structure and execution of the tests of dielectric strength

- Cured resinous compound after thermal ageing
HD 631.1S2:
Test Test pre-treatments
2007-12 table 3
24 h at ambient temperature
24 h at 80 °C
no. 21 28 days at
120 °C 24 h cool phase in exsiccator
28 days at 120 °C
8 h cool phase in exsiccator
24 h at ambient temperature
24 h at 80 °C
28 days in 28 days in water at 70 °C
no. 24 water at 70 °C 48 h drying phase at 60 °C
under vacuum
24 h drying phase at 80 °C
under vacuum
Table 1: test pre-treatment’s according to HD 631.1S2: 2007-12
To prepare the specimen for the tests of dielectric strength acc. to No. 21 and No. 24, the
resin was cast in moulds to get boards with 2 mm thickness. The cured specimens (boards)
were pre-treated according table 1. One measure series comprised five specimens. The
specimens (boards) were clamped between the metal spheres (diameter d 20 mm) and
submerged in a beaker glass filled with insulating oil.
The test voltage was increased with 2000 V/s.
Picture 1: principal test arrangement Picture 2: test arrangement (example)

Data sheet of the manufacturer

Safety data sheet - hardener and resin




















RWE Eurotest GmbH - Testing Laboratory
Testing Laboratory
The testing laboratory of RWE Eurotest stands for non-proprietary and low-cost services – we offer our
customers in utilities, medium-sized firms, industry, municipalities and cities tried and trusted ser-
vices on all aspects of energy supply. Our know-how, competence and reliability are based on a suc-
cessful tradition and many years of experience in testing and quality assurance. The consistent im-
plementation of project-related teamwork and direct communication ensure flexibility and are your
guarantee for attentive, personal advice and support – before, during and in particular after the reali-
sation of your project.
One of the main requirements and key point of the internationally valid series of QM standards is
monitoring the measurement and test equipment. This is why the measurement and test equipment
has to be compared with the standards created for the relevant measurement parameters at regular
intervals, in other words "calibrated". As part of our quality management, our measuring equipment
is monitored and calibrated in-house, at regular intervals, against relevant standards. We naturally
offer these services to our customers too.
Because our work begins and ends with your demands.
Incidentally: Our testing institute and calibration laboratory have been accredited according with
DIN EN ISO/IEC 17025 by the DAkkS (national accreditation body for the Federal Republic of Ger-
many) and their quality management systems have been certified according with DIN EN ISO 9001
by the VDE (Association for Electrical, Electronic & Information Technologies).
Scope of accreditation
RWE Eurotest is accredited to carry out testing in the fields:

 High-voltage appliances and installations
 Low-voltage switchgear and control gear assemblies
 Cables
 Power cable accessories
 Pressed connectors and detachable cable clamps
 EMC-testing
 Oil-examinations
 Earthing systems
 Protective clothing against the thermal hazards of an electric arc
The detailed listing of the scope of accreditation is available at our homepage www.rweeurotest.com.
7.2 Type Tests 11kV
Type Test Report
PB-10-058
Type test of right angle and straight

Product insulation boots in combination with Heat-
under Test: shrink termination kit (indoor) for 24kV 3C-
300mm2
SP POWERASSETS LTD.

Client: SP POWERASSETS LTD.
Applied Specification: Type test according to HD 629.1 S2:2006 + A1:2008 and

DIN VDE 0278-629-1 July 2009
Contents: 12 pages
Summary: The right angle and straight insulation boots in combination with the indoor
heat-shrink termination kit CHE-3I (B) 24kV without sheds produced by
Cellpack GmbH Electrical Products passed successfully parts of the type test
according to HD 629.1 S2:2006 + A1:2008 / DIN VDE 0278-629-1 July 2009,
table 3 test sequence A1; test position 7,8 and 9 (tested by Cellpack Tiengen,
Germany), table 3 test sequence A2; test position 10 and 11 (tested by IEH
Karlsruhe, Germany).
ppa. Dr. Christian Bernauer i. A. Randolf Martin i. A. Matthias Gantert

Manager Laboratory Test Engineer Senior Product Engineer
Material: Insulation boots

2
Type: Right angle boot CRB3 for 240-400mm
Straight boot CSB2 for 10-400mm2
Voltage level: U0/U(Um) kV – 12,7/22(24) kV
Installation instruction: Nº 0-0505 (WK – 5E005)
List of content: included in Nº 0-0505 (WK – 5E005) (Figure 2)
Cable: Three-core XLPE-insulated cable, easy strip semicon, Cu

tape screen, double steel tape armour, PVC outer sheath
Classification: Right angle and straight
Standard: HD 629.1 S2:2006 + A1:2008

DIN VDE 0278-629-1 July 2009
Date of the tests: March 2010 – July 2010
Measurement: Part of type test
Atmospheric conditions: Temperature 21 ºC – 28 ºC

Air pressure 925 – 970 mbar
rel. Humidity 28 % – 36 %
Persons responsible: Mr Christian Bernauer

Mr Randolf Martin
Mr Matthias Gantert
Note: 1) Test sequence A1 have been conducted at the

Laboratory of Cellpack in Tiengen, Germany
2) Test sequence A2 have been conducted at the
University IEH in Karlsruhe, Germany

This document shall not be reproduced in full without
Page 2 of 12
Accreditation:
accordance with DIN EN ISO 9001:2008 (certificate registration No. 273576 QM) and DIN
EN ISO 14001:2004 (certificate registration No. 273576 UM).
Addresses:

Carl Zeiss Str. 20
Customer: SP PowerGrid Ltd.

111 Somerset Road #08-05
Singapore 238164
Test laboratories: Cellpack Test Laboratory

Carl Zeiss Str. 20
Page 3 of 12
Contents
1 Tests according to the standards
2 Description of the samples
3 Equipment for control and measurement
4 Results of the tests
5 Attachments
Page 4 of 12
1. Tests according to the standards
Harmonization Document HD 629.1 S2 February 2006

Test requirements on accessories for use on power cables of rated voltage from 3,6/6(7,2)kV
up to 20,8/36(42)kV – Part 1: Cables with extruded insulation
Deutsche Norm DIN VDE 0278-629-1 Juli 2009

Prüfanforderungen für Kabelgarnituren für Starkstromkabel mit einer Nennspannung von
3,6/6(7,2)kV bis 20,8/36(42)kV – Teil 1: Kabel mit extrudierter Kunststoffisolierung; Deutsche
Fassung HD 629.1 S2:2006 + A1:2008
Page 5 of 12
2. Description of the test sample
Figure 1 Figure 2
Figure 3 Figure 4
Page 6 of 12
Figure 5 Figure 6
Page 7 of 12
3. Test setup
Test engineer: Randolf Martin
Date of test: 24 March 2010 – 16 July 2010

Atmospheric meteograph test equipment (device number 61079)
Figure 8: Controller AC voltage 53004

Figure 7: AC voltage transformer 53004
Figure 10: Controller impulse voltage 53005

transformer 53001
Page 8 of 12
4. Test result
Results of test series A1 12,7/22(24)kV (performance at Cellpack Tiengen)
Test
No.
Prestress voltage: 2U0 = 25kV

Measuring voltage: 1,73U0 = 22kV
Partial discharge Prestress duration: 1min 0,3pC
7
at ambient temperature Measuring time: 1min PASSED
10pC max. at 1,73U0
all phases parallel
Front time: 1…5 µs

Virtual time to half value: 50±10 µs
Test voltage: 125kV
Impulse voltage
Test at single phases, others
phases earthed

Test frequency: 50Hz
9 AC voltage dry withstand PASSED
all phases parallel
Results of test series A2 12,7/22(24)kV (performance at IEH Karlsruhe)

see attached Test report of IEH Karlsruhe
Test
No.
Test voltage: 125kV

Impulse voltage

11 AC voltage dry withstand Test frequency: 50Hz PASSED
Page 9 of 12
5. Attachments
Figure 11: Installed right angle insulation Figure 12: Installed straight insulation
boots boots
Figure 13: Test sample A1 during the Figure 14: Test sample A1 during the AC
impulse voltage test (test 8) voltage test (test 9)
Page 10 of 12
Figure 15: First page of the test report of IEH Karlsruhe, according to CENELEC HD 629.1
S2 02/2006 table 3 test sequence A2 resp. A3
Page 11 of 12
Gesellschaft zur Zertifizierung von Managementsystemen, a member of IQNet, in accordance
with DIN EN ISO 9001:2008 (certificate registration No. 273576 QM) and DIN EN ISO
14001:2004 (certificate registration No. 273576 UM).
Cellpack is a registrated supplier of Singapore Power Group.
Cellpack is an authorized supplier of Stattnet Norway, Nuon, Essent Nederland,

Endesur Argentina, Melbye Scandinavia and Union Fenosa Spain for low and medium voltage
cable accessories.
Société des Forces Electriques for low and medium voltage cable joints and cable terminations.
Cellpack GmbH is a registrated supplier of E.ON AG, RWE AG, Avacon AG,
terminations.
Cellpack GmbH is an authorized supplier of the Furukawa Electric Co. Ltd. for cast resin joints.
Cellpack GmbH is a supplier of SNCB, Deutsche Bahn AG, Österreichische Bundesbahn AG,
Page 12 of 12
lnstitut fUr Elektroenergiesysteme
und Hochspannungstechnik
Bereich Hochspannungspriiftechnik
Universitiit (TH) Karlsruhe Kaiserstra"e 12 76128 Karlsruhe

Telefon 0721-60843060 Telefax 0721-691776
Test Report
2010-111
Type Test of a
(mechanical) Connector for
2
rmv 240 mm Aluminium Conductor

Cari-Zeiss-Str. 20
Reporter: Dr.-lng. R. Baden!

Dr.-lng. B. Hoferer
This report includes 15 numbered pages and is only valid with the original signature. Copying of
extracts is subjected to the written authorization of the test laboratory. The test results concern
exclusively to the tested objects.
1 Purpose of Test
The electrical properties of a mechanical connector (class A) manufactured by

Cellpack GmbH were tested according IEC 61238-1 05/2003.
Test object: 6 mechanical connectors

Type CP CSV LHS 95-240
Drawing number: Z000033 dated 29.04.2009
Figures 2.1 - 2.2.
The connectors were mounted on aluminium conductor rmv
240 mm 2 , outside diameter d = 18,5 mm, number of single
wires n = 37.
Delivery: 09.12.2010
~v1ounting: 09.12.2010
Assembler: Dipl.-lng. K.-U. Bentkowski
Place of test: Lab 033 and Lab 21 at the

Institute of Electric Energy Systems and High-Voltage
Technology- University Karlsruhe
Kaiserstrar?,e 12
76128 Karlsruhe
Test period: 21.12.2010 - 15.03.2011
Atmospheric
conditions: Temperature: 18- 25oC
Air pressure: 980 - 1020 hPa
Rei. humidity: 35-70%
Representatives: Representatives responsible for the test:

Dr.-lng. R. Badent
Dr.-lng. B. Hoferer
Test: Type test (electrical part) including thermal short circuit test
(class A) according IEC 61238-1 05/2003.

IEH - Bereich Hochspannungsprliftechnik
!
0
I! (
~
' b "
<D
<D'
'
,.,
~
I "" \ "'
::::
l' l
J
\ '
'"
~
""------
Figure 2.1: Mechanical connector

Figure 2.2: Mounted mechanical connector
Chronology of the tests
16.12.2010 Mounting
21.10.2010 First heat cycle
24.10.2010 Second heat cycle
24.12.2010- 04.01.2011 Heat cycles 3- 200
08.01. - 10.01.2011 Thermal short circuit
12.01. - 15.03.2011 Heat cycles 201 to 1000 and measuring of the resistance
factor after 250 cycles and thereafter every 75 cycles.

3 Mounting
The conductors were provided with welded equalizers. The mechanical connectors
were mounted in the high-voltage laboratory of the IEH by customer's technicians
according to the company's specifications. In each mechanical jointing connector a
thermocouple was placed in a previously prepared hole (diameter: 2,1 mm, depth:
5,0 mm); the position was designated by the customer. The test circuit for the
thermal short-circuit was dismantleable. Terminal lugs were compressed on each
connector wire, Figure 3.1.
lj : d/2
Ia lb
, : Test Object : :
~c::::::::::=3:-:=~-----lli:J I I li:J E?
~Equalizer~
Terminal Lugs
Figure 3 1· Test object, equalizers and terminal lugs
According to IEC 61238-1 05/2003 for conductor cross section q = 240 mm 2 the
minimum lengths were as follows:
dmin = 1240 mm; Ia, lb = 233 mm.
For all test objects the length d was approximately 1400 mm and consequently
larger than dmin·
Table 1 shows the lengths between the measuring point at the equalizer and each
connector.
connector Ia/ mm lb/mm ljlmm

1 240,0 240,0 140,0
2 240,0 240,0 140,0
3 240,0 240,0 140,0
4 240,0 240,0 140,0
5 240,0 240,0 140,0
6 240,0 240,0 140,0
Table 1: Geometry; length of the reference conductor I,= 770 mm

4 Test Setups
4.1 Heat Cycle Test
The heat cycle test was carried out in lab 033 of the IEH. The test loop consists of
six test objects and the reference conductor in series. Current inception was
accomplished by a transformer (U 1 = 400 V; U2 = 20 V) which used the test loop as
secondary winding. The current was measured by a current transformer, ratio
1500/5, and a digital multi meter. The measurement uncertainty was ± 0,5 %.
During the cooling cycle ventilators were used to shorten the cycle time as much as
possible. Temperature was measured by means of thermocouples NiCr-Ni,
measuring uncertainty ± 2K.
4.1.1 First Heat Cycle
The object of the first heat cycle is to determine the reference conductor temperature
to be used for the subsequent cycles. The current in the test loop was increased
until reaching the temperatures indicated in Tab!e 2.
I connector temperaturerc
1 91
2 97
3 101
4 101
5 101
6 104
Table 2: Temperatures, first heat cycle

Current: I = 780 A
Reference conductor temperature: GR= 124oC
Temperature of median connector: GMedian = 101 oc

4.1.2 Second Heat Cycle
In a second heat cycle the heat cycle duration was determined. The temperature-
time heating profile determined in this way was used for all subsequent cycles.
Figure 4.1 shows the temperature profile recorded during the second heat cycle. For
heating a controller was used. At the beginning of the cycle the set-point of the
temperature was increased up to GR using a temperature-controlled ramp and then
kept constant. To achieve this profile, current injection in the range of 0 .. 1020 A was
necessary. Due to temperature regulation, there is no possibility to state precisely
the current value during heating.
Figure 4.1: Heating profiles of the reference conductor and the mechanical
connectors
Current cycle: IN= 0 .. 1020 A regulated; tN =55 min.
Cooling cycle: tc = 25 min.
Temperature of the reference conductor: GR = 12TC
Temperature of median connector: GMed;an = 98oC
Test Report 2010-111 - HOFERER page 7115

IEH- Bereich Hochspannungsprilftechnik
4.2 Resistance Measurements
For resistance measurement a DC - current I = 70 A is applied to the cold

connectors. Defined measuring points were marked on the equalizers before
assembly using a centre punch. The current was measured by means of a shunt
(0,24 mn) and a digital multimeter. The voltage was recorded by a digital multimeter,
the temperatures using thermocouples.
Measuring uncertainties: Current measurement: 0,5 %

Voltage measurement: 0,5 %
Temperature measurement: 2 K
4.3 Short Circuit Tests
Six short circuits were applied after 200 heat cycles. Since the test is intended to
reproduce the thermal effects of high currents only, the test objects were mounted in
a wooden frame in order to reduce the electro-dynamic forces.
Figure 4.3 illustrates the test setup. Via a vacuum circuit-breaker the 123 V - tapping
of a 800 kVA - transformer is directly applied to the test object. The current is
measured by means of a rogowski current transducer Type CWT600B (Sensitivity
0,05mV/A). The output signal of the current transformer is recorded by a digital
storage oscilloscope (Tektronix 2430 A).
Circuit Breaker
........
20 kV 123 v TEK
2430A
800kVA-Transformer
Figure 4.3: Test setup
Measuring uncertainties: Current transducer ± 1%

Oscilloscope: ± 2 %
According to IEC 61238-1 05/2003 the conductor must be heated adiabatically from
ambient temperature up to 250oC - 270°C. The short - circuit current was calculated
according to IEC 724. For the equivalent rms current, the limit load integral is
Aluminium has the following characteristic values:

k = 148 A-!Simm 2
~ = 228oC
2
For q = 240 mm a temperature of G; = 20oC and a conductor end temperature of
8 1 = 250°C, this yields to:
and to a thermal equivalent 1s short-circuit current of
IK(250"C) = 28,77 kA.
Analogous, a conductor end temperature of 8 1 = 270oc yields to
IK(270"C) = 29,66 kA.
To ensure a temperature between 250°C and 270°C, the current values must be in
the range between 28,77 and 29,66 kA.
Figure 4.3.2 shows the oscillogramm of the thermal short circuit.
CH!
Figure 4.3.2: Horizontal: 200 ms/Div; vertical: 20 kA/Div
The current was I = 26,94 kA. This yields to a short circuit duration t = 1,16 s.
TestRepor\2010-111 - HOFERER page 9/15

IEH- Bereich Hochspannungsprliftechnik
5 Results
5.1 Resistance Measurement after assembly
Immediately after assembly, the conductor resistance factor was determined. The
measuring current was I = 70 A. Table 3 shows the resistance factors ko of the six
mechanical jointing connectors.
connector ko
1 0,904
2 0,870
3 0,913
4 0,853
5 0,888
6 0,928
Table 3: Resistance factors ko.
This yields to the following statistical values:
k 0 = 0,893
so = 0,028
0 = 0,052
Requirement for the initial scatter: o< 0,30.

5.2 Resistance Measurement prior to Short-circuit Test
In all conductors the resistance factor k was determined according to Chapter 4.2.

1 0,984 1,088 92
2 0,939 1,080 96
3 0,975 1,068 100
4 0,898 1,052 98
5 0,956 1,076 97
6 0,994 1,071 101
Table 4: Resistance factors after 200 heat cycles

Temperature of the reference conductor: GR = 126°C

5.3 Short-circuit Test
The test loop was dismantled and each test object was subjected to six thermal
short circuit tests according to Chapter 4.3. After each short-circuit, the test objects
were cooled to a temperature of 20°C.
IK = 26,94 kA
tK = 1 ,16s
n=6
5.4 Resistance Measurement after Short-circuit Test
For the subsequent heat cycles the test loop was assembled again. The
determination of the resistance factor after the short-circuit test yields to table 5.

1 1,385 1,531 97
2 1,371 1,576 98
3 1,421 1,557 102
4 1,338 1,569 102
5 1,357 1,528 103
6 1,470 1,585 104
Table 5: Resistance factors after short-circuit test

Temperature of the reference conductor: EJR = 125oC
5.5 Heat Cycles 201 - 1000
After the short-circuit test , 800 heat cycles were carried out. After 250 cycles and,
thereafter every 75 cycles the resistance factor k of all connectors was determined.
Table 6 shows the resistance factors k of the connectors as well as the mean
values, the standard deviation and the scatter after the resistance measurements.

X Cycle Connector 1 Connector2 Connector 3 Connector4 Connector 5 Connector 6 Mean Value s 0

0 0,904 0,870 0,913 0,853 0,888 0,928 0,89267 0,02794 0,05164
200 VK 0,984 0,939 0,975 0,898 0,956 0,994 0,95764 0,03533 0,06087
200 NK 1,385 1,371 1,421 1,338 1,357 1,470 1,39034 0,04809 0,05707
-5 250 1,434 1,396 1,433 1,352 1,335 1,530 1,41337 0,07008 0,08182
-4 325 1,465 1,421 1,465 1,383 1,379 1,552 1,44424 0,06499 0,07425
-3 400 1,475 1,423 1,466 1,382 1,386 1,562 1,44896 0,06741 0,07676
-2 475 1,481 1,425 1,470 1,387 1,381 1,567 1,45172 0,06978 0,07931
-1 550 1,485 1,429 1,477 1,392 1,398 1,573 1,45909 0,06774 0,07660
0 625 1,489 1,431 1,480 1,398 1,383 1,575 1,45945 0,07066 0,07989
1 700 1,492 1,433 1,483 1,403 1,406 1,578 1,46594 0,06667 0,07504
2 775 1,501 1,441 1,492 1,411 1,411 1,586 1,47385 0,06731 0,07535
3 850 1,500 1,436 1,490 1,403 1,411 1,586 1,47123 0,06905 0,07743
4 925 1,511 1,446 1,496 1,414 1,425 1,597 1,48139 0,06844 0,07623
5 1000 1,511 1,448 1,499 1,416 1,424 1,596 1,48240 0,06777 0,07543
Table 6: Resistance factors k
Figure 5.1 shows the graph of the resistance factors k of the connectors.
Resistance Ratio
1,800 '
1,600
1,400
1,200
"'
0
~ 1,000
~
"'
(.)
!:
.IS 0,800 --+--Connector 1
"'
'iii -13-- Connector 2
ti. 0,600 ---&--Connector 3
""'*-Connector 4
0,400 - -+--Connector 5
-e- Connector 6
0,200
0,000
0 200 200250 325 400 475 550 625 700 775 850 925 00
VK NK
-5 -4 -3 -2 -1 0 2 3 4 5
Cycle
Figure 5.1: Resistance factors
Test Report 201 0-111 - HOFERER page 12/15

Table 7 resp. Figure 5.2 show the maximum temperatures emax of each connector
and the appropriate temperatures of the reference conductor during the 1000 heat
cycles.
Temperature in oc Connector 1 Connector 2 Connector 3 Connector4 Connector 5 Connector 6
Temperature of connector Elmex 103 104 107 107 108 111

®ref 128 128 128 128 128 128
0maxf0ref<1 0,805 0,813 0,836 0,836 0,844 0,867
Table 7: Maximum temperatures

Requirement: GmaJG,e, < 1
Maximum Temperatures
140
120
(.)
0
100
"''"
~
~
"
E --s- Connector 2
'"
a.
E
80
--ts- Connector 3
'"
I-
~Connector 4
E 60
"E --+--Connector 5
·~ --<>--Connector 6
:;; 40 -··Ai- Reference
Ambience
20
0
1 200 200 250 325 400 475 550 625 700 775 850 9251000
VK NK
Cycle
Figure 5.2: Maximum temperatures

Requirement: emaJG,e, < 1

IEH- Bereich Hochspannungspri.iftechnik
Table 8 shows the statistical evaluation of the resistance factors of the last 11
measurements, including the mean values of the resistance factors, the standard
deviation s, the mean scatter~ and the change in resistance factor D.
Connector 1 Connector 2 Connector3 Connector 4 Connector 5 Connector 6 Mean Value s s

Mean
value 1,486 1,430 1,477 1,395 1,395 1,573 1,45924 0,06804 0,07694
b 0,00629 0,00394 0,00527 0,00511 0,00706 0,00568
M 0,04233 0,02755 0,03570 0,03667 0,05062 0,03614
s 0,01193 0,00915 0,01055 0,01114 0,01722 0,00830
D 0,054 0,037 0,046 0,048 0,068 0,044
Table 8: Statistical evaluation

Requirements: ~ < 0,3; D < 0,15
Table 9 shows the resistance factor ratio A of the connectors.
Cycle Connector 1 Connector 2 Connector 3 Connector 4 Connector 5 Connector 6
0 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000

200 VK 1,088 1,080 1,068 1,052 1,076 1,071
200 NK 1,531 1,576 1,557 1,569 1,528 1,585
250 1,586 1,605 1,570 1,585 1,503 1,649
325 1,620 1,634 1,605 1,621 1,552 1,673
400 1,631 1,636 1,606 1,621 1,560 1,683
475 1,637 1,639 1,610 1,626 1,555 1,689
550 1,642 1,643 1,618 1,632 1,574 1,695
625 1,646 1,646 1,622 1,639 1,557 1,697
700 1,650 1,648 1,624 1,645 1,583 1,701
775 1,660 1,658 1,635 1,654 1,589 1,710
850 1,659 1,652 1,632 1,645 1,589 1,710
925 1,670 1,662 1,639 1,657 1,604 1,721
1000 1,671 1,665 1,642 1,660 1,604 1,720
Table 9: Resistance factor ratio

Requirements: A< 2,0

6 Conclusion
The mechanical connector type CP CSV LHS 95-240 (manufacturer Cellpack

GmbH) mounted on an aluminium conductor rmv 240 mm 2 fulfilled the requirements
of the type test according to IEC 61238-1 05/2003, electrical part.
l ~'- L
Dr.-lng. R. Baden!
Bereichsleiter HPT
3.ti/Q)eJ
Dr.-lng. B ..~oferer
Stellv. Bereichsleiter HPT

AS/NZS 4805.1:2007
TABLE 4
CENELEC HD629.1 S2 2006) Test Sequences CELLPACK

Tests a) Requirements Test (See Figure 1)
Test Requirements
Methods
Method
EN 61442 5 min at 4.5 U0 a.c. & 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5
Complies
1. Voltage 5 min at 4.5 U0 a.c. or IEC 61442 15 min at 6 U0 d.c. X X X
withstand 15 min at 4 U0 d.c.
EN 61442 1 min at 4 U0 a.c. Complies
Voltage 1 min at 4 U0 a.c. IEC 61442
X
withstand
wet b)
EN 61442 10 pC max. at 1.73U0 Complies
2. Partial 10 pC max. at 1.73 U0 IEC 61442
X
discharge c)
EN 61442 10 impulses of each Complies
10 impulses of each IEC 61442 polarity
3. Impulse X
polarity
at
EN 61442 In air : 126 cycles e)
Complies
t d)
60 cycles e) at t d) and IEC 61442 at X
2.5 U0 t d) and 2.5 U0
4. Heating Underwater:10
cycles in EN 61442 cycles (for outdoor) Complies
air IEC 61442
10 pC max. at 1.73 X
10 pC max. at 1.73 U0 U0
5. Partial
discharge c)
at t d), f) and at Two short‐circuits at
ambient EN 61442 Complies
ISC of the cable IEC 61442
temperature X X h)
screen No visible
deterioration 2 short‐circuits at ISC
6. Thermal of the cable screen
short‐ circuit Two short‐circuits to
(screen) g) EN 61442 X h) Complies
raise conductor to sc IEC 61442
of the cable No X
EN 61442 2 short‐circuits to
visible deterioration
raise conductor to
7. Thermal sc of the cable
One short‐circuit at Id
short‐ circuit EN 61442 X Complies
No visible IEC 61442
(conductor)
deterioration
1 short‐circuit at Id
10 impulses of each
8. Dynamic EN 61442 X Complies
polarity IEC 61442
short‐ circuit i) X X
10 impulses of each
15 min at 2.5 U0
EN 61442 polarity Complies
X
9. Impulse IEC 61442
X X
15 min at 2.5 U0
300 h at 1.25 U0, see EN 61442 Complies
10. a.c. Table 13 IEC 61442
X
withstand 300 h at 1.25 U0 X
1 000 h at 1.25 U0, EN 61442 Complies
see Table 13 IEC 61442
11. Humidity 1 000 h at 1.25 U0 X
j)
For information only ‐‐‐ Complies
k)
‐‐‐ X X X X
For information only
12. Salt fog

b)
13.
Examination
TEST SEQUENCES AND REQUIREMENTS FOR TERMINATIONS
(Continued)
AS/NZS 4805.1:2007
a)
Unless otherwise specified, tests shall be carried out at ambient temperature.
b)
For outdoor terminations only.
c)
Not required for accessories installed on cables having unscreened insulation.
t is the maximum cable conductor temperature in normal operation +5 K to +10 K.
d)
e)
8 h total with >2 h steady and >3 h cooling.
f)
Measurement is made at the end of the heating period.
g)
This test is only required for terminations that are equipped with a connection to, or adaptor for, the metallic
screen of the cable.
h)
Thermal short‐circuit may be combined with the dynamic short‐circuit.
i)
Only required for single‐core cable accessories designed for peak currents ip > 80 kA and three‐core cable
accessories designed for ip > 63 kA. Value of id shall be declared by the manufacturer.
j)
For indoor terminations only. Not required for compound‐filled terminal boxes. Shrouded terminations shall
be tested in a three‐phase condition
k)
It is advised that the accessory is examined for signs of –
(i) cracking in the filling media and/or tape or tube component; and/or
(ii) a moisture path across a primary seal; and/or
(iii) Corrosion and/or tracking and/or erosion which could, in time, lead to failure of the accessory; and/or
(iv) leakage of any insulating material.
Bereich Hochspannungsprüftechnik
Institut für Elektroenergiesysteme und Hochspannungstechnik
Karlsruher Institut für Technologie (KIT)

76128 Karlsruhe – Engesserstr. 11
Tel.: +49721 6084 3060 Fax: +49721 691776
Test Report No. 2014-108
Type Test of
a Transition Joint,
Type CHMSV 3-1 24kV 95-240
up to 12,7/22(24) kV

Carl-Zeissstr. 20
Reporter: Dr.-Ing. R. Badent

Dr.-Ing. B. Hoferer
This report includes 25 numbered pages and is only valid with the original signature. Copying
of extracts is subject to the written authorization of the test laboratory. The test results concern
exclusively the tested objects.
IEH - Department of High-Voltage Dielectric Testing
___________________________________________________________________________
1 Purpose of Test
2 transition joints, type CHMSV 3-1 24kV 95-240 for U0/Un/Um = 12,7/22(24) kV were
subjected to a type test according to CENELEC HD 629.1 S2 02/2006 + A1:2008,
table 5, test sequence B1.
Test object: – Test sequences B1
2 transition joints, type CHMSV 3-1 24kV 95-240 for
U0/Un/Um = 12,7/22(24) kV,
Installation instruction 303799/1114/2/8, Figure 2.1 – 2.8
KIT Content 302961, Figure 2.9 – 2.10
Type of cables:
Single core cable: Type YMekrvaslqwd 12/20kV – 1x240Alrm + as25,
Figure 2.11
Three-core cable: Type YMekrvaslqwd 12/20kV – 3x240Al/70,
Figure 2.12

Carl-Zeissstr. 20
Place of test: Institut für Elektroenergiesysteme und

Hochspannungstechnik (IEH)
Karlsruher Institut für Technologie (KIT)
Engesserstr. 11 – 76128 Karlsruhe
Accreditation No.: D-PL-11068-09-00
Testing dates: Delivery: 27.08.2014

Mounting: 27.08.2014
Test date: 28.08. – 27.11.2014
Atmospheric
conditions: Temperature: 18°C - 25°C
Air pressure: 980 - 1020 mbar
rel. humidity: 35% - 70%
Representatives Customer's representatives:

Dipl.-Ing. D. Offen
Representatives responsible for the tests

Dr.-Ing. R. Badent
Dr.-Ing. B. Hoferer
___________________________________________________________________________
Test Report No. 2014-108 - Badent page 2/25

___________________________________________________________________________
Figure 2.1: Installation instruction, Joint CHMSV 3-1 24kV 95-240

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________
Figure 2.9: KIT Content, Joint CHMSV 3-1 24kV 95-240

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________
Figure 2.10: KIT Content, Joint CHMSV 3-1 24kV 95-240

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________
Figure 2.11: Cable data Sheet, single-core cable

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________
Figure 2.12: Cable data Sheet, three-core cable

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________
Tests: Test volume, chronological order and requirements conform to

CENELEC HD 629.1 S2 02/2006 + A1:2008 test sequence B1,
table 5. The PD-test was performed at 2 U0. The tests were
carried out in accordance with the test methods described in
IEC 61442 03/2005.
Test sequence B1:
Pos.1. DC voltage withstand test

U = 6 U0 = - 76 kV ; t = 15 min
Pos. 2. AC voltage withstand test

û / 2 = 4,5 U0 = 57 kV; t = 5 min
Pos. 3. Partial discharge test

û / 2 = 2,0 U0 = 25 kV ; PD ≤ 10 pC
Pos. 5. Impulse voltage withstand test at elevated temperature

û = 125 kV; positive and negative polarity each 10 impulses
Pos. 6. Electrical heat cycling in air

each loading cycle had a 5 hour heating period and a 3 hour
no-load cooling period; test voltage: û / 2 = 32 kV
Number of cycles: 63
Pos. 7. Electrical heat cycling in water

each loading cycle had a 5 hour heating period and a 3 hour
no-load cooling period; test voltage: û / 2 = 32 kV
Water height: 10 m Number of cycles: 63
Pos. 8. Partial discharge test at ambient temperature and elevated

temperature
û / 2 = 2,0 U0 = 25 kV ; PD ≤ 10 pC
Pos. 12. Impulse voltage withstand test,

û = 125 kV; positive and negative polarity each 10 impulses
Pos. 13. AC voltage withstand test

û / 2 = 2,5 U0 = 32 kV; t = 15 min
Pos. 14. Examination
___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________
3 Mounting
Final assembling of the test objects was executed in the high-voltage laboratory of
the IEH by technicians of Cellpack.
___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________
4 Test Setups
4.1 DC Voltage Withstand Test
The DC-voltage was generated according to Figure 4.1. The voltage measurement
was carried out with an ohmic-capacitive divider (ratio 2000:1). The measurement
uncertainty was 3%.
Figure 4.1: Scheme of DC voltage test circuit.

RH = 3,6 k, RH1 = 360 MCH = 180 pF, ratio 2.000:1,
PVM: Peak Voltmeter, measurement uncertainty 3%
TO: Test object
4.2 AC Voltage Withstand Test

The test voltage was generated by an 60-kVA transformer. The voltage measurement
was carried out with a capacitive divider (CH = 180 pF; ratio = 2.000) and a peak
voltmeter calibration û / 2 .
CH
TO PVM
CL
0 . . . 400 V 0 . . . 200 kV
T1
Figure 4.2: Scheme of AC test circuit

T1 : transformer 400V / 200000V ; 60 kVA ; uK = 3,5 % ; 50 Hz
CH: 180 pF ; ratio 2000:1 ; PVM : Peak-Voltmeter
TO: Test object; measurement uncertainty 3 %
___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________
4.3 Partial Discharge Test
The PD-measurement was performed with an analog bridge according to Kreuger,

Figure 4.3. External PDs producing common mode signals at the detector are
rejected by the differential amplifier. Internal PDs represent differential mode signals
and are amplified. The background noise level at 25 kVrms was 3,0 pC.
Figure 4.3: Scheme of PD test circuit

CC: Coupling capacitor
DUT: Device under test
For balancing the bridge a calibrating impulse with qA = 100 pC is applied between
the terminals A (high-voltage) and C (ground) and the amplifier output is minimized. A
pulse between the terminals A and C corresponds to an external PD. For the
calibration a PD pulse, qA = 10 pC, is applied between A and B. Subsequently, the
amplifier output of the PD measuring unit is adapted to the applied pulse.
Starting from zero the AC-voltage was steadily raised up to 28,1 kV ( = 2,25 U0) and
kept constant for 60 s, then slowly reduced to 25 kV including PD-reading.
___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________
4.4 Lightning Impulse Voltage Withstand Test
For the lightning impulse voltage withstand test, a Marx-Generator (Haefely) with a
maximum cumulative charging voltage of U = 3.6 MV and impulse energy of
Emax = 180 kWs was used. This test was run with 2 stages, the capacity of the
energy storage capacitor was CS = 250 nF. The test voltage value was measured by
a damped capacitive divider connected to an impulse peak voltmeter. The front time
and the time to half value were evaluated from the oscillograph curves.
Figure 4.4: Schematics of lightning impulse voltage withstand test circuit

CH: 1200 pF; RH = 70 Ω; Ratio: 30780:1; ZC = 50 Ω
IPV: impulse-peak-voltmeter – measurement uncertainty 3%
Oscilloscope: Tektronix TDS 3044B – measurement uncertainty 2%
The waveform parameters were determined at reduced charging voltage.
Positive impulse: T1 = 2,25 µs T2 = 49,7 µs
Negative impulse: T1 = 2,24 µs T2 = 49,7 µs
___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________
4.5 Electrical Heat Cycling in Air
The test objects must be heated by a current which provides the permitted service
temperature of the tested cable plus 5 K - 10 K, that means 95°C - 100°C, for XLPE-
cable. The heating current I was determined with a dummy cable. The same cable as
used for the test, with a length of 3 m, was drilled with a diameter of 0.8 mm up to the
conductor. The temperature was measured with a thermo couple NiCr-Ni. The
measurement uncertainty was ± 2K
The maximum heating current was 640 A. Current inception was accomplished by a
transformer (U1 = 400 V; U2 = 10 V) which used the cable as secondary winding. The
current was regulated by a control unit and measured by a current transformer,
1500/5, and a digital multimeter. The measurement uncertainty was 1%.
4.6 Electrical Heat Cycling in Water
The test objects were placed in a pressure tank, which was filled with water, so that
the test objects were completely covered with water. The conductivity of the water at
20°C was 63 mS/m. The top of the tank was then pressurized with air. The air
pressure was 0,2 MPaabs, corresponding to a water height of 10m.
___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________
5 Results
5.1 DC Voltage Withstand Test
This test was carried out as described in 4.
Test date: 28.08.2014

Test voltage: U = - 76 kV ; t = 15 min
With each test object neither flashover nor breakdown occurred at the test objects
during the DC voltage withstand test.
The test was passed successfully.
Test date: 28.08.2014

Test voltage: û / 2 = 57 kV ; t = 5 min
during the AC voltage withstand test.
Test date: 28.08.2014

Test voltage: û / 2 = 28,1 kV ; t = 60 s, thereafter
û / 2 = 25 kV with PD-reading
PD magnitude (25 kV): < 10 pC
___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________
5.4 Lightning Impulse Voltage Withstand Test at elevated

Temperature
Test date: 29.08.2014

Test voltage: û = 125 kV
Max. heating current: I = 640 A, regulated; t = 5 h
Temperature: T = 98,4 °C
Impulse: 1-5 / 50 µs
Number of tests: 10 positive polarity, 10 negative polarity
during the impulse voltage withstand test.
5.5 Electrical Heat Cycling in Air
Test date: 11.09. – 02.10.2014

Test voltage: û / 2 = 32 kV
Cycle: 5 h heating; 3 h cooling
Neither flashover nor breakdown occurred.
5.6 Electrical Heat Cycling in Water
Test date: 10.10. – 31.10.2014

Test voltage: û / 2 = 32 kV
Height of Water: 10 m
Cycle: 5 h heating; 3 h cooling
Neither flashover nor breakdown occurred.

___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________
5.7.1 Partial Discharge Test at ambient Temperature
Test date: 24.11.2014

5.7.2 Partial Discharge Test at elevated Temperature
Test date: 25.11.2014

Temperature: T = 96,0 °C
5.8 Lightning Impulse Voltage Withstand Test
Test date: 26.11.2014

Test voltage: û = 125 kV
Impulse: 1-5 / 50 µs
Number of tests: 10 positive polarity, 10 negative polarity
during the impulse voltage withstand test.
___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________
Test date: 26.11.2014

Test voltage: û / 2 = 32 kV ; t = 15 min
during the AC voltage withstand test.
5.10 Accessory Examination (For information only)
Test date: 27.11.2014
On completion of the electrical tests, the accessories were examined.
There was no cracking in the filling media, tape or tube components. There was no
moisture path bridging a primary seal. There was no corrosion, no tracking and no
erosion. There was no leakage of any insulating material.
___________________________________________________________________________

___________________________________________________________________________
6 Conclusion
The transition joint, type CHMSV 3-1 24kV 95-240 for U0/Un/Um = 12,7/22(24) kV,
manufactured by Cellpack GmbH, passed all tests described in Chapter 2
successfully. The test object fulfilled the requirements according to CENELEC HD
629.1 S2 02/2006 + A1:2008.
Dr.-Ing. R. Badent
Head of Department
„High Voltage Dielectric Testing“
Dr.-Ing. B. Hoferer
Vice-Head of Department
„High Voltage Dielectric Testing“
___________________________________________________________________________

Type Test Report
14-020
Devices
under Test: CHESK-F 24kV 95-240
Electrical tests based on Norm HD 629.1 S2:2006 + A1: 2008 und

EN 61442:2005 for voltage level 12,7/22(24)kV

Client: Cellpack GmbH
Applied Specification: DIN VDE 0278-629-1 July 2009

(CENELEC HD 629.1 S2: 2006 +A1:2008)
EN 61442:2005
(IEC 61442:2005)
Contents: 15 pages
Summary: The termination CHESK-F 24kV 95-240 passed the test described in clause 4
successfully. These test objects fullfilled the requirements based on CENELEC HD
629.1 S2: 2006 +A1:2008, table 4 test sequence A1 for the voltage level
12,7/22(24)kV.
i.V. Matthias Gantert i.A. Irina Ovsyanko

Head of Application Engineering Head of High Voltage Lab

This document shall not be reproduced except in full without
F1-120e updated 22.03.2011 Revision: 3

Accreditation:
No. 12 100/104 40196 TMS).
Addresses:

Carl-Zeiss Str. 20

Carl-Zeiss Str. 20
Test laboratory: Cellpack Test Laboratory

Carl-Zeiss Str. 20

Contents
Page
1. Drawings and technical data’s .......................................................................................4
2. Working instruction ........................................................................................................5
3. Packing list ......................................................................................................................6
4. Test ..................................................................................................................................7
5. Test setup ........................................................................................................................9
6. Test result ...................................................................................................................... 11

Pages (in total) 15
Drawings
Catalogue Pages
Drawing
device under test.

Name CHESK-F 24kV 95-240

Manufacturer Cellpack GmbH
Cable 2013 PROTOTHEN X NA2XS2Y 1x150 RM/25 20kV
D (diameter over semiconductive layer) 35,25 mm
Da (cable diameter) 27,24 mm
Mechanical cable lug Cellpack – CP CSK 95-240
Figure 1: Test object CHESK-F 24kV 95-240

2. Working instruction

3. Packing list

4. Test
The volume, chronological order and requirements conform to CENELEC HD 629.1

S2:2006+A1:2008, table 4, sequence A1.
The PD-test was performed at 2 U0. The tests were carried out in accordance with the test
methods described in IEC 61442 03/2005.
1. DC voltage, dry withstand at ambient temperature  15 min at 6 U0=-76 kV

2. AC voltage, dry withstand at ambient temperature  5 min at 4,5 U0=57 kV
3. AC voltage, wet withstand at ambient temperature  1 min at 4,0 U0=51 kV
(this test cannot carried out in high voltage lab Cellpack Tiengen)
4. Partial discharge at ambient temperature  max. 10 pC at 2 U0=25 kV
5. Impulse voltage at elevated temperature 10 impulses of each polarity of 125 kV
6. Heat cycling in air  126 cycles at 2,5 U0=32 kV at a conductor temperature of 95-100°C
7. Heat cycling in water  10 cycles at 2,5 U0=32 kV at a conductor temperature of 95-
100°C
8. Partial discharge at elevated temperature and ambient temperature max. 10 pC at
2 U0=25 kV
9. Impulse voltage at ambient temperature  10 impulses of each polarity of 125 kV
Figure 2: Ready for DC voltage measurement Figure 3: Ready for AC voltage measurement

Figure 4: Ready for partial discharge Figure 5: Ready for impulse voltage
measurement measurement
Figure 6: Ready for electrical heating cycle in Figure 7: Ready for electrical heating cycle in
air water

5. Test setup
Date of test: 16.10.13 - 29.01.14
Atmospheric conditions Temperature: 20-22°C
Air pressure: 961-980 hPa
Rel. humidity: 30%-49%

DC voltage test equipment (device number 53006)

Temperature test equipment (device number 51004)
Figure 8: AC voltage transformer 53004 Figure 9: Controller AC voltage 53004
Figure 11: Controller Impulse voltage 53005

transformer 53001

The electrical heat cycling was carried out according to HD 629.1 S2: 2006+A1:2008.
The current of 490A at conductor temperature of 95°C and ambient temperature of 25°C was
estimated at a thermal network calculation.
S ra VPE S Nu KO RThges R() PV Izul

Mm2 mm W/(m*K) W/(m2*K) - W/(m2*K) K/W μ W A
150 16 0,3 7,05 14,47 7,25 1,15 270 64,9 490
According to the data sheet of the cable has been given a current of 366A for the cable with an
installation in triangle shape in air at ambient temperature of 30°C. This current was multiplied
with the conversion factor for the determination of the heating current at accessories for power
cables test. The conversion factor is 1,33 according to standard “VDE 0278 Part 1”. The
calculated heat current of 486 A was set. This heat current was corrected at the end of heating
period and it has not been changed in the further test process. The test was carried out at
ambient temperature from 20°C up to 22°C.
The electrical heat cycling test in air consists of 126 cycles. Moreover, it was carried out
additional 10 heat cycles without voltage in water. The cycle consists of 5 h of heating with at
least 2 h at a steady temperature and 3 h of natural cooling.

6. Test result
Nr. Test Test requirements Results
Partial discharge at
Measuring voltage:
1 ambient temperature after 2 U0 = 25kVeff PASSED
max.10pC at 2U0
assembly
DC voltage, Measuring voltage (DC): 6 U0 = -76kV
2 PASSED
dry withstand Duration of test: 15 min
AC voltage, Measuring voltage (AC): 4,5 U0 = 57kVeff
3 PASSED
AC voltage, Measuring voltage (AC): 4,0 U0 = 51kVeff NOT

4
wet withstand Duration of test: 1 min PERFORMED
Partial discharge Measuring voltage:
5 2 U0 = 25kVeff PASSED
at ambient temperature max.10pC at 2U0
Number of impulses: 10
Impulse voltage at Polarity: pos. / neg.
6 elevated temperature PASSED
Test voltage: 125kVP/-125kVp
Times: 1,2/50µs
Test voltage (AC): 32kVeff
Electrical heat cycling Test current: 486Aeff
7 in air Sheath temperature: 65°C PASSED
Heating / Cooling: 5h/3h
Cycles: 126
Test current: 486Aeff
Sheath temperature: 65°C
8 Heat cycling in water Heating / Cooling: PASSED
5h/3h
Cycles: 10
Partial discharge Measuring voltage: 2 U0 = 25kVeff
9 PASSED
at elevated temperature max.10pC at 2U0
10 PASSED
11 PASSED
ambient temperature Test voltage: 125kVP/-125kVp
Times: 1,2/50µs

12 PASSED
After the DC, AC and PD test was carried out the impulse voltage test with the positive and
negative polarity at elevated temperature on the loops in the series.

Figure 12: First positive 100 %-impulse Figure 13: first negative 100 %-impulse
After the impulse voltage test were established the terminations in the electrical heat cycling. The
electrical heat cycling was 126 cycles.
Figure 14: Electrical heat cycling in air
The terminations were stressed with a current of 486A in water after 126 electrical heat cycles in
air. The stress was 10 cycles.
Figure 15: Heat cycling in water

The terminations were stressed at the positive and negative impulse voltage test as well as AC
voltage test after the heat cycling in water.
Figure 16: Positive 100 %-impulse after heat Figure 17: Negative 100 %- impulse after heat
cycling - loop 1 cycling - loop 1
Figure 18: Positive 100 %- impulse after heat Figure 19:: Negative 100 %- impulse after
cycling - loop 2 heat cycling - loop 2
Figure 20: Positive 100 %- impulse after heat Figure 21: Negative 100 %- impulse after
cycling - loop 3 heat cycling - loop 3

Figure 22: Positive 100 %- impulse after heat Figure 23: Negative 100 %- impulse after heat

inspection of measuring and test equipment. Reference standards traceable to national standards
are available.
terminations.

Type Test Report
14-018
Devices
under Test: CHESK-I 24kV 95-240
Electrical tests according to Norm HD 629.1 S2:2006 + A1: 2008 und



(CENELEC HD 629.1 S2: 2006 +A1:2008)
EN 61442:2005
(IEC 61442:2005)
Contents: 14 pages
Summary: The termination CHESK-I 24kV 95-240 passed the test described in clause 4 successfully.
These test objects fullfilled the requirements according to CENELEC HD 629.1 S2: 2006
+A1:2008, table 3 test sequence A1 for the voltage level 12,7/22(24)kV.



Accreditation:
No. 12 100/104 40196 TMS).
Addresses:

Carl-Zeiss Str. 20

Carl-Zeiss Str. 20

Carl-Zeiss Str. 20

Contents
Page
3. Packing list ......................................................................................................................6
4. Test ..................................................................................................................................7
5. Test setup ........................................................................................................................9
6. Test result ...................................................................................................................... 11

Pages (in total) 14
Drawings
Catalogue Pages
Drawing
device under test.

Name CHESK-I 24kV 95-240

Figure 1: Test object CHESK-I 24kV 95-240


3. Packing list

4. Test
The volume, chronological order and requirements conform to CENELEC HD 629.1
S2:2006+A1:2008, table 3, sequence A1.
The PD-test was performed at 2 U0. The tests were carried out in accordance with the test
methods described in IEC 61442 03/2005.
1. DC voltage, dry withstand at ambient temperature  15 min at 6 U0=-76 kV

3. Partial discharge at ambient temperature  max. 10 pC at 2 U0=25 kV
4. Impulse voltage at elevated temperature 10 impulses of each polarity of 125 kV
5. Heat cycling in air  126 cycles at 2,5 U0=32 kV at a conductor temperature of 95-100°C
6. Partial discharge at elevated temperature and ambient temperature max. 10 pC at
2 U0=25 kV
7. Impulse voltage at ambient temperature  10 impulses of each polarity of 125 kV
8. AC voltage , dry withstand at ambient temperature  15 min at 2,5 U0=32 kV
Figure 2: Ready for DC voltage measurement Figure 3: Ready for AC voltage measurement

Figure 4: Ready for partial discharge Figure 5: Ready for impulse voltage
measurement measurement
Figure 6: Ready for electrical heating cycle in

air

5. Test setup
Date of test: 16.10.13 - 29.01.14
Atmospheric conditions: Temperature: 20-22°C
Air pressure: 961-980 hPa
Rel. humidity: 30%-49%

DC voltage test equipment (device number 53006)

Temperature test equipment (device number 51004)
Figure 7: AC voltage transformer 53004 Figure 8: Controller AC voltage 53004
Figure 10: Controller Impulse voltage 53005

transformer 53001

The electrical heat cycling was carried out according to HD 629.1 S2: 2006+A1:2008.
The current of 490A at conductor temperature of 95°C and ambient temperature of 25°C was
estimated at a thermal network calculation.
S ra VPE S Nu KO RThges R() PV Izul

Mm2 mm W/(m*K) W/(m2*K) - W/(m2*K) K/W μ W A
150 16 0,3 7,05 14,47 7,25 1,15 270 64,9 490
According to the data sheet of the cable has been given a current of 366A for the cable with an
installation in triangle shape in air at ambient temperature of 30°C. This current was multiplied
with the conversion factor for the determination of the heating current at accessories for power
cables test. The conversion factor is 1,33 according to standard “VDE 0278 Teil 1”. The
calculated heat current of 486 A was set. This heat current was corrected at the end of heating
period and it has not been changed in the further test process. The test was carried out at
ambient temperature from 20°C up to 22°C.
The electrical heat cycling test in air consists of 126 cycles. The cycle consists of 5 h of heating
with at least 2 h at a steady temperature and 3 h of natural cooling.

6. Test result
Partial discharge at
Measuring voltage:
1 ambient temperature after 2 U0 = 25kVeff PASSED
max.10pC at 2U0
assembly
DC voltage, Measuring voltage (DC): 6 U0 = -76kV
2 PASSED
3 PASSED
Partial discharge Measuring voltage:
4 2 U0 = 25kVeff PASSED
5 elevated temperature PASSED
Test voltage: 125kVP/-125kVp
Times: 1,2/50µs
Test voltage (AC): 32kVeff
Electrical heat cycling Test current: 486Aeff
6 in air Sheath temperature: 65°C PASSED
Heating / Cooling: 5h/3h
Cycles: 126
7 PASSED
at elevated temperature max.10pC at 2U0
8 PASSED
9 PASSED
ambient temperature Test voltage: 125kVP/-125kVp
Times: 1,2/50µs

10 PASSED
After the DC, AC and PD test was carried out the impulse voltage test with the positive and
negative polarity at elevated temperature on the loops in the series.
Figure 11: First positive 100 %-impulse Figure 12: First negative 100 %-impulse

After the impulse voltage test were established the terminations in the electrical heat cycling. The
electrical heat cycling was 126 cycles.
Figure 13: Electrical heat cycling
The terminations were stressed at the positive and negative impulse voltage test as well as AC
voltage test after the heat cycling in air.
Figure 14: Positive 100 %-impulse after heat Figure 15: Negative 100 %- impulse after heat


are available.
terminations.

Type Test Report
13-101
Devices
under Test: CHESK-I 24kV 95-240
Humidity test according to Standard HD 629.1 S2:2006 + A1: 2008 und

EN 61442:2005 for the voltage level 12,7/22(24)kV


(CENELEC HD 629.1 S2: 2006)
EN 61442:2005
Contents: 11 pages
Summary: The termination CHESK-I 24kV 95-240 passed the test described in clause
4 successfully. This test object fulfilled the requirements according to
CENELEC HD 629.1 S2: 2006, table 3 test sequence A3.



Accreditation:
No. 12 100/104 40196 TMS).
Addresses:
Manufacturer: Cellpack GbmH

Carl-Zeiss Str. 20
Customer: Cellpack GbmH

Carl-Zeiss Str. 20

Carl-Zeiss Str. 20

Contents
Page
3. Packing list ......................................................................................................................6
4. Test ..................................................................................................................................7
5. Test setup ........................................................................................................................8
6. Test result ........................................................................................................................9

Pages (in total) 11
Drawings
Catalogue Pages
Drawing
device under test.

Name CHESK-I 24kV 95-240

D (diameter over semi conductive layer) 35,25 mm
Figure 1: Test object CHESK-I 24kV 95-240


3. Packing list

4. Test
1. Humidity  1,25 U0=16 kV during 300h, no breakdown nor flashover, no more than 3
shutdowns, no substantial damage
Figure 2: Ready for humidity test

5. Test setup
Date of test: 18.10.2013 -04.11.2013
Atmospheric conditions: Temperature: 25°C
Air pressure: 977hPa
Rel. humidity: 39%
Measuring equipment: Salt fog chamber
Figure 3: Salt fog chamber
The humidity test chamber is equipment with a spray nozzle. It is possible to atomize through the
spray nozzle according to the standard, water at a rate of (0,4 ± 0,1)l/h/m³ volume. The design of
the chamber enables no water drips directly on the accessories during the test. Throughout the
salt fog test duration was the conductivity of the water 660 μS/cm.

6. Test result
Partial discharge at Measuring voltage:
1 ambient temperature max.10pC at 1,73U0 and at 2 U0 = 25kVeff PASSED
after assembly 2U0
Test voltage (AC): 1,25 U0 = 16kVeff

2 Humidity test PASSED
Duration of test: 300h
Figure 4: Termination after 300h – test object 1
Figure 5: Cleaned termination after 300h – test object 1


are available.
terminations.

Type Test Report
14-030
Devices CHESK-F 24kV 95-240
under Test:
Salt fog test according to standard HD 629.1 S2:2006 + A1: 2008 und


(CENELEC HD 629.1 S2: 2006)
EN 61442:2005
Contents: 11 pages
Summary: The termination CHESK-F 24kV 95-240 passed the test described in clause 4
successfully. These test objects fulfilled the requirements according CENELEC HD
629.1 S2: 2006, table 4 test sequence A3.



Cellpack Test Laboratory Type Test Report 14-
Accreditation:
No. 12 100/104 40196 TMS).
Addresses:
Manufacturer: Cellpack GbmH

Carl-Zeiss Str. 20
Customer: Cellpack GbmH

Carl-Zeiss Str. 20

Carl-Zeiss Str. 20

Contents
Page
3. Packing list ......................................................................................................................6
4. Test ..................................................................................................................................7
5. Test setup ........................................................................................................................8
6. Test result ........................................................................................................................9

Pages (in total) 11
Drawings
Catalogue Pages
Drawing
device under test.

Name CHESK-F 24kV 95-240

Figure 1: Test object CHESK-F 24kV 95-240


3. Packing list

4. Test
2. Salt fog test  1,25 U0=16 kV during 1000h, no breakdown nor flashover, no more than 3
trips, no substantial damage
Figure 2: Ready for AC voltage measurement Figure 3: Ready for salt fog test

5. Test setup
Date of test: 16.01.2014 -27.02.2014
Atmospheric conditions: Temperature: 22°C

Air pressure: 977hPa
Rel. humidity: 39%
Measuring equipment: Conductive measuring facility (device number 51002 + 51003)

Bild 5: Salt fog chamber
The humidity test chamber is equipment with a spray nozzle. It is possible to atomize through the
spray nozzle according to standard water at a rate of (0,4±0,1)l/h/m³ volume. The design of the
chamber enables no water drips directly on the accessories during the test. Throughout the salt
fog test duration was the conductivity of the water 16,87 mS/cm.

6. Test result
Partial discharge at Measuring voltage:
1 ambient temperature max.10pC at 1,73U0 and at 2 U0 = 25kVeff PASSED
after assembly 2U0

2 PASSED
Test voltage (AC): 1,25 U0 = 16kVeff

3 Salt fog test PASSED
Duration of test: 1000h


are available.
terminations.

7.2 Type Tests LV
Test Report

HD 631 2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12

Cellpack GmbH


HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Test Value
method catalogue

1 S1:2007
recovery a Annex B
EN ISO

3

Test Value
method catalogue

4
(TGA) 11358
_ Weight loss % - 2,2 ± 10%
_ Weight loss % - 80,6 ± 10%
_ Weight loss % - 6,0 ± 10%
_ Percentage % - 6,0 ≥ 2,5%

_ Weight loss % - 5,3 ± 10%
Ash:
_ Weight loss % - 5,9 ±10%
Sealant:
data sheet
TGA
1) 30°C - 850°C 20°C / min N2 20ml/min.
2) 850°C - 400°C 50°C / min N2 20ml/min.
5) 400°C - 900°C 20°C / min Air 20ml/min.
Sealant –
1) 30°C - 800°C 20°C / min N2 20ml/min.
DSC
0 2 von 5 PB-14-057
HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Table 2A - Physical
Test Value
method catalogue
EN
_Expanded % 50 74,01 ≥ 50
_Recovered % 85 97,26 ≥ 85
EN

3 Black carbon % - 6,0 ≥ 2,5
ASTM
EN ISO

0 3 von 5 PB-14-057
HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Test Value
method catalogue
EN60684-2
or
1 Tensile EN ISO
527-2
If possible, please
remove the sealant
_ after ageing
MPa 12 18,2 ≥ 10
(168h/150°C/air)
MPa - 15,2 ≥ 10
EN60684-2
or
2 Elongation EN ISO
527-2
If possible, please
_ before ageing % 350 780 ≥ 200
remove the sealant
_ after ageing
% 250 687 ≥ 200
(168h/150°C/air)
% - 728 ≥ 200
EN60684-2
527-2
No No cracking
No
cracking
till -40°C visible
0 4 von 5 PB-14-057
HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Test Value
method catalogue
modifications; the
EN60684-2
average has to pass

500V/s
EN60684-2
2 Ω.cm ≥ 1 x 1014 1.22 x 1016 ≥ 1 x 1010
temperature HD 429
0 5 von 5 PB-14-057
Test Report

HD 631 2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12

Cellpack GmbH


HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Test Value
method catalogue

1 S1:2007
recovery a Annex B
Shaft:
Finger:

Test Value
method catalogue
EN ISO

3

4
(TGA) 11358
_ Weight loss % - 7,7 ± 10%
_ Weight loss % - 70 ± 10%
_ Weight loss % - 22,1 ± 10%
_ Percentage % - 22 ≥ 2,5%
Sealant:
_ Weight loss % - 100 ± 10%
data sheet
TGA
1) 30°C - 700°C 20°C / min N2 20ml/min.
2) 700°C - 400°C 50°C / min N2 20ml/min.
4) 400°C - 900°C 20°C / min Air 20ml/min.
Sealant –
1) 30°C - 800°C 20°C / min N2 20ml/min.
DSC
0 2 von 5 PB-14-061
HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Table 2A - Physical
Test Value
method catalogue
EN
Shaft:
_Expanded % - - -
_Recovered % - - -
Finger:
_Expanded % - - -
_Recovered % - - -
EN

ASTM
EN ISO

0 3 von 5 PB-14-061
HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Test Value
method catalogue
EN60684-2
or
527-2
If possible, please
remove the sealant
_ after ageing
MPa 12 21,6 ≥ 10
(168h/150°C/air)
MPa - 16 ≥ 10
EN60684-2
or
527-2
If possible, please
_ before ageing % 300 763 ≥ 200
remove the sealant
_ after ageing
% 200 708 ≥ 200
(168h/150°C/air)
% - 768 ≥ 200
or
No cracking
No
cracking
visible
0 4 von 5 PB-14-061
HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Test Value
method catalogue
modifications; the
EN60684-2
average has to pass

500V/s
EN60684-2
2
0 5 von 5 PB-14-061
Test Report

HD 631 2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12

Cellpack GmbH


HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Test Value
method catalogue

1 S1:2007
recovery a Annex B
EN ISO

3

Test Value
method catalogue

4
(TGA) 11358
_ Weight loss % - 2,2 ± 10%
_ Weight loss % - 80,6 ± 10%
_ Weight loss % - 6,0 ± 10%
_ Percentage % - 6,0 ≥ 2,5%

_ Weight loss % - 5,3 ± 10%
Ash:
_ Weight loss % - 5,9 ±10%
Sealant:
data sheet
TGA
1) 30°C - 850°C 20°C / min N2 20ml/min.
2) 850°C - 400°C 50°C / min N2 20ml/min.
5) 400°C - 900°C 20°C / min Air 20ml/min.
Sealant –
1) 30°C - 800°C 20°C / min N2 20ml/min.
DSC
0 2 von 5 PB-14-057
HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Table 2A - Physical
Test Value
method catalogue
EN
_Expanded % 50 74,01 ≥ 50
_Recovered % 85 97,26 ≥ 85
EN

3 Black carbon % - 6,0 ≥ 2,5
ASTM
EN ISO

0 3 von 5 PB-14-057
HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Test Value
method catalogue
EN60684-2
or
1 Tensile EN ISO
527-2
If possible, please
remove the sealant
_ after ageing
MPa 12 18,2 ≥ 10
(168h/150°C/air)
MPa - 15,2 ≥ 10
EN60684-2
or
2 Elongation EN ISO
527-2
If possible, please
_ before ageing % 350 780 ≥ 200
remove the sealant
_ after ageing
% 250 687 ≥ 200
(168h/150°C/air)
% - 728 ≥ 200
EN60684-2
527-2
No No cracking
No
cracking
till -40°C visible
0 4 von 5 PB-14-057
HD631.2 S1:2007 (DIN VDE 0278-631-2):2008-12
Test Value
method catalogue
modifications; the
EN60684-2
average has to pass

500V/s
EN60684-2
2 Ω.cm ≥ 1 x 1014 1.22 x 1016 ≥ 1 x 1010
temperature HD 429
0 5 von 5 PB-14-057
Type Test Report
08-042
Test Object: Heat shrinkable tube, Type SRBB and SR3
Electrical parameter – breakdown voltage, dielectric data

Customer:
Applied Specification: VDE 0341-3-214 (=CEI-IEC 15C/590/CD)

Content: Pages 7
Summary:
In accordance with the norm specified above - CEI-IEC 15C/590/CD - the dielectric data and the
breakdown voltage were tested.
Dr. techn. Christian Bernauer Dipl. Ing. (FH) Marion Watzlawik

Manager Laboratory Test engineer
Waldshut-Tiengen, den 14.11.2008
This test report does apply to the tested objects.

This document may only be duplicated in whole with written consent of Cellpack GmbH.
Cellpack Test Laboratory Type test report 08-042 page 2
Accrediation:
accordance to DIN EN ISO 9001:2000, certificate registration No. 289332 QM
Address:

Carl Zeiss Str. 20
Customer:

Werk 2
Carl Zeiss Str.
Content
Seite
1. Drawings and technical data..........................................................................................4
2. Test ..................................................................................................................................5
3. Test setup ........................................................................................................................5
4. Test result........................................................................................................................6
This document contents

pages (total) 7
Drawings
catalogue pages
Drawing
manufactured in accordance with the following drawing.
The Cellpack Test Laboratory has verified that this drawing adequately represent the
device under test.
1. Drawings and technical datas

Name Heat shrinkable tube
Catalogue page Catalogue Low Voltage 2008 pages
Techn. data
Type Material Accreditation
Catalogue page
SRBB Polyolefin modified
SR 3 48 Polyolefin modified DIN IEC 15C/590/CD
The technical Data of the device under test are assigned by the manufacturer.
2. Test
For the breakdown voltage the test object was taken in an oil bath with two spherical electrodes.
The voltage was raised every 60 s. 5 tests of each kind of tubes were made. The tubes were
expanded.
For the dielectric data the dielectric loss factor and the permittivity were tested. The expanded
tubes were measured at 23°C, 50°C and 80°C.
3. Test setup
Test engineer: Dipl. Ing. M. Watzlawik, J. Gasparini
Measuring equipment: Schleich, Deltatronic Technology, Portatest A2, EN 60243-1
Tettex intruments, Tettex testing bridge
Breakdown Voltage:
The test objects were put between the spherical electrodes in an oil bath. Then the experiment
was started.
Dielectric data:
When the temperature was achieved the test objects were put between the electrodes. The
electrode pressure on the test objects was 2N/cm². The dielectric data were measured at a
voltage of 1 kV. At every temperature one test with each kind of tube was made.
4. Test Result
In table 1 and 2 the test results were shown.
Type Charge Thickness [mm] Breakdown

voltage [kV]
SRBB 80-26 9271 1.0 22.0
SR3 45-12 9407 1.3 20.2
Table 1: Breakdown voltage
Type Charge Temperature [°C] Loss Factor Permittivity

SRBB 80-26 9271 23 0.011 2.4
SR3 45-12 9407 23 0.002 1.6
SRBB 80-26 9271 50 0.014 2.3
SR3 45-12 9407 50 0.010 2.3
SRBB 80-26 9271 80 0.020 2.1
SR3 45-12 9407 80 0.011 2.3
Table 2: Dielectric Data
Gesellschaft zur Zertifizierung von Managementsystemen, a member of IQNet, in accordance to
DIN EN ISO 9001:2000, Certificate Nr. 289332 QM
A quality management system in accordance to DIN EN ISO 9001 ensures a continuous

Cellpack is a awarded supplier of the Singapore Power Group.
Cellpack is an authorized supplier Stattnet Norwegen, Nuon Niederlande, Essent Niederlande,

EDP Portugal, Iberdrola Spanien and Union Fenosa Spanien for medium and low voltage cable
accessories.
Société des Forces Electriques for medium and low voltage cable joints and cable terminations.
Cellpack GmbH is a registrated supplier von E.ON AG, RWE AG, Avacon AG,
Vattenfall Europe AG and ENSO Strom AG for medium and low voltage cable joints and cable
terminations.
Cellpack GmbH is an authorized supplier of Furukawa Electric Co. Ltd. for cast resin joints.
Banverket Schweden, Schweizerische Bundesbahn and RENFE Spanien.
9 Information to be supplied
9.1 General Jointing Instructions 11kV
Medium voltage HYBRID
CHMPR 3 95-300
Uo/U(Um) 6/10 (12) – 8,7/15 (17,5) kV
Working instructions
Hybrid transition joint

from belted or Hoechstaedter cables to three-core polymeric cables
up to 17 kV
205262/0806/2/8
CELLPACK GmbH CELLPACK AG
Electrical Products Electrical Products
D-79761 Waldshut-Tiengen CH-5612 Villmergen
Tel. +49(0)7741/60 07 11 Tel. +41(0)56/618 12 34
Fax +49(0)7741/60 07 83 Fax +41(0)56/618 12 45
www.cellpack.com
e-mail electrical.products@cellpack.com
205262 CHMPR 3 1/8

General remarks:
 Read the working instructions.
Installation must only be executed by trained personnel.

The manufacturer accepts no liability for breakdowns resulting from incorrect installation.
Shrinking rules
 Use a suitable heat source, like gas burner or hot-air blower.
 Set gas burner to a soft (yellow) flame.
 Clean cable sheaths and conductor insulation with a suitable cleaning agent.
 During the shrinking-process observe even heating, avoid over-heating.
Transition joint type Typ CHMPR 3
Joint type Nominal cross-section mm² Connector

10 kV 15 kV max. Ø (mm) max. length (mm)
CHMPR 3 17 kV 35 - 50 35 - 70 35 - 50 20 130
CHMPR 3 17 kV 70 - 240 95 - 300 70 - 240 33 150
CHMPR 3 17 kV 240 - 400 300 - 400 240 - 300 42 170
Installation
Measurement in mm
1) Preparation of the cables

1a) Polymeric cables with Cu wire screen 1b) Polymeric cables with Cu tape screen
• Let the cable overlap; mark the connection (reference line).

• Shorten the polymeric cable up to the reference line and cut back the cable sheath up to the
stated dimension.
• Shorten the paper-insulated mass-impregnated cable up to approx. 50 mm before the
reference line and cut back the outer sheath (jute) up to the stated dimension.
• Cut back the armouring according to the drawing.
• Work the steel band armouring metallically blank with a file or scratch brush, respectively,
and clean it.
• Remove the protective layers from the lead sheaths and thoroughly clean the lead sheaths
with a suitable cleaning agent.
205262 CHMPR 3 2/8

Preparation of paper-insulated mass-impregnated cables
Material from bags 1 and 2
2)
• Secure the jute cut back edge with PVC tape. Determine the cut back edge of armouring with
tinned wire BD.
• Cut back the lead sheath up to the stated dimension.
• Wrap a cord collar SB up to 20 mm before the cut back edge of the lead sheath and then cut
back the paper belt.
a) • Carefully fan out the cores according to the drawing and shorten them without but gaps to
the core ends of the polymeric cable.
• *) In the case of Hoechstaedter-Cable, remove the foils from the core cut-edges up to 200 mm.
• Wrap flame protection tape FSW around the cord collar SB and the belted insulation up to
then lead sheath (see detail). For that, remove FSW from the carrier sheet.
b) • Slip on transparent oil barrier tubes SROB over the cores up to 10 mm before the belted
insulation and shrink them on with a soft flame starting from the interstice side.
c) • Slip conductive tubes SRL into the interstice up to 10 mm before the end of the SROB
tubes and likewise shrink them on starting from the interstice side, so that the tubes lie
flush and without folds.
• Remove flame protection tape FSW.
3)
• Fan out cores as far as admissible.

• Remove filling tape (FB1) cone from the box, remove wax cover and then push the cone (for
2 cones start with the smaller one, then the bigger one) with the stuffing tool into the
interstices as far as possible.
4)
• Wrap interstices and cut back edge of the lead sheath with max. 4 x FB 1, slightly stretching.
In doing so, overwrap the SRL approx. 10 mm, too.
205262 CHMPR 3 3/8

5)
• Push the spreader cap SEH3L as far as possible into the cable interstices and shrink it on as shown.
• Remove the cable insulation by the length X
- Compression connector: X = half the length of the connector plus 5mm for Cu conductor
or plus 10mm for AL conductor loading.
- Screw connector: X = half the length of the connector
Preparation of polymeric cables

6a) Polymeric cables with Cu wire screen
• Cut back the polymeric cable according to the drawing, bend back screen wires and fix them.
• Carefully remove the outer conductive layer except for 30 mm (depending on the tool type)
(mind a clean cut back edge).
6b) Polymeric cables with Cu tape screen
• Cut back the polymeric cable according to the drawing, cut back the tape screen and fix it.
• Carefully remove the outer conductive layer except for 30 mm before the tape screen end
(mind a clean cut back edge).
7) Material from bag 3
• Protect the conductor ends with PVC tape. Thoroughly clean the cable.
• Wet the field control element FSE inside with GM 1.
*) For cables with removable conductive layer, apply GM 1 at the cut back edge of the
conductive layer according to the detailed drawing.
• Insert slip-on aid AH into the FSE.
205262 CHMPR 3 4/8
8)
• Using the slip-on aid AH, slip the field control element FSE over the outer conductive layer up
to the insulating PVC tape.
• Remove the slip-on aid, in doing so pull out the tongues individually.
• Position the field control element by slightly rotating it.
Completion of the transition joint
9) Material from bag 4
• Slip the outer tubes SRH 3 fitted together over the paper-insulated mass-impregnated cable.
In case of equally large tubes, fold the first tube after slipping it on, fix it with PVC tape and
then slip the second tube over it.
• Remove the filling tape FB 1 from the tube packages; then slip the tube packages
(respectively 1 x SRMS -red- and 1 x SRMSL -red/black- fitted together) over the polymeric
cable ends.
• Remove the protective layers at the conductor ends.
• Install the connector according to the manufacturer’s instructions. For that, use a connector
with separating rib in any case.
• Remove compression burrs and clean thoroughly.
• Wrap the areas from the FSEs up to 10 mm over the SRL tube as shown with FB 1 up to the
FSE (max. 20 % stretching, half overlapping). Use the remaining filling tape from bag 2 and
distribute the number of filling tape equally on each conductor.
• To be considered: the FB 1 coverage over the connector must amount to at least 2 mm (see
detail).
10)
• Slip on shrink-on tubes SRMS (red) up to the end of the FSE and shrink them on starting
from the centre.
205262 CHMPR 3 5/8

11)
• Position shrink-on tubes SRMSL (red-black) concentrically over the inner joint and shrink
them on starting from the centre.
12a) Polymeric cables with Cu wire screen Material from bag 5
12 b) Polymeric cables with Cu tape screen
• Wrap CU fabric tape No. 63 starting from the lead sheath side, half-overlapping over the
entire connection and fix it on the screen wires/tape screens of the polymeric cable with PVC
tape.
13)
• Clean lead sheath and armouring and degrease.

• Respectively wrap one approx. 30 mm wide sealing zone of sealing tape DM 1 (grey) beside
armouring and spreader cap according to the drawing. In case the sealing dimension cannot
be complied with, also wrap DM 1 over the shaft of the spreader cap.
205262 CHMPR 3 6/8

14)
• Position the pre-assembled earthing conductor Cu-ES according to the drawing that way, that
both moisture barriers FS lie within the sealing tape DM 1.
• Contact the earthing conductor Cu-ES as shown on the lead sheath with a pressure spring
RF.
• Fix the earthing conductor with a further pressure spring RF on the armouring and secure it
with PVC tape.
15)
• Press the moisture barriers of the earthing conductor into the DM 1 tape layers and wrap the
entire area with DM 1 according to the drawing.
16) Polymeric cables with Cu wire screen
• Align the earthing conductor over the joint area and fix it with PVC tape.
• Unite the screen wires and shorten them to a joint length.
17a) Polymeric cables with Cu wire screen
• Shorten the earthing conductor to a suitable dimension, and with the enclosed screw
connector connect it with the screen wires according to the detailed drawing.
205262 CHMPR 3 7/8
17b) Polymeric cables with Cu tape screen
• Fan out the earthing conductor into 3 parts, shorten it to a suitable dimension and
respectively solder one end on the tape screen of the polymeric cables, or connect it via an
equivalent connection method.
External protection of the transition joint
18)
• Slip on the first outer tube considering 100 mm overlapping on the jute sheath and shrink it
on starting from the centre.
• Mark the length of the second outer tube on the polymeric cables considering 100 mm
overlapping in the centre of the joint.
19)
• Position the second outer tube over the connection that way, that the end of the first outer
tube as well as the cable sheath of the polymeric cable are being overlapped by at least 100
mm.
• Shrink on starting from the centre.
205262 CHMPR 3 8/8

Medium Voltage HYBRID
CHMSV 3 95-240
Uo/U(Um) 6/10 (12) kV – 19/33 (36) kV
Working instruction
Hybrid three-core straight-through joint

for all three-core polymeric cables with screen wires
up to 36 kV
297106/0412/1/6
Tel. +49(0)7741/60 07 11 Tel. +41(0)56/618 12 34
Fax +49(0)7741/60 07 83 Fax +41(0)56/618 12 45
www.cellpack.com
CHMSV 3 95-240 297106/0412/1/6 1/6

General remarks
 Read the working instructions.
Installation must only be executed by competent personnel.
Shrinking rules
 Use a suitable heat source like gas burner or hot-air blower.
 On shrinking, observe even heating, avoid over-heating.
Straight-through joint type CHMSV 3…
Ø1
U0/U(Um) Joint type
mm
mm²
6/10(12) kV – 6,35/11(12) kV CHMSV 3 12kV 95-240 17,3
8,7/15(17,5) kV CHMSV 3 17kV 95-240 95 - 240 19,9
12/20(24) kV – 12,7/22(24) kV CHMSV 3 24kV 95-240 19,9
18/30 (36) kV - 19/33(36) kV CHMSV 3 36kV 95-240 24,2
Ø1 – Minimum diameter over conductor insulation after removal of the outer semi-conducting layer.
1)
 Lay both cables parallel to each other and mark the connection place.
 Clean the outer cable sheath and cut back for the length given in the drawing.
2)
 Band back the screen wires of the cable and fix them on the cable sheath with PVC tape.
 Align the cable ends according to the drawing and shorten them.
 Prepare the cable ends according to the template (see page 3). Apply the PVC tapes. Than
check the dimensions.
CHMSV 3 95-240 297106/0412/1/6 2/6

CHMSV 3 95-240 297106/0412/1/6 3/6
3)
 Clean the insulation surface with the cleaning tissue. Apply a bulge of GM1 all around the
edge of the semi-conducting layer forming a ring.
 Moisten the tongues of the applicator AH with the silicon towel.
 Insert the applicator AH in to the stress control element FSE and slip it on to the cable up to
the PVC tape.
 Remove the applicator AH by pulling out the tongues one by one.
 Adjust the position of the stress control element FSE by turning it slightly.
 Prepare the second cable end according to the same procedure.
4)
 Slip on all the outer heat-shrink tubes SRH3 into park position over the longer cable end (in
case of two outer tubes SRH3 with the same size, fold it and fix it with PVC tape, then slip on
the second tube over the folded one).
 Remove the filling tape FB 1 from the tube packages SLK; then slip the tube packages
(respectively 2(3) tubes fitted together) over the longer cable end.
5)
 Remove the PVC tape from the conductors.

 Mount the cable screw connector according to the connector working instruction.
 Tighten the screws manually. Tighten the screws alternately with an appropriate tool till the
shear head breaks. Mind the sequence indicated on the drawing.
6)
 Rotate the connector shell until the screw holes are fully covered (¼ rotation).
CHMSV 3 95-240 297106/0412/1/6 4/6

7)
 Wrap the area between the stress-control elements FSE and over the connector with filling
tape FB1 (blue) (20% max. stretching, 50% overlapping).
8)
 Position the inner tube type SRMS (red) over the jointing area and shrink on, start shrinking
from the middle.
 For 20 und 30 kV: shrink the second inner tube type SRMS (red).
9)
 Position the tube type SRMSL (red/black) over the jointing area and shrink on, start shrinking
from the middle.
10)
 Wrap CU mesh tape No. 63 half-overlapping over the entire connection between cable
sheaths.
11)
 Align the screen wires over the joint area and fix it with PVC tape.
 Unite the screen wires, shorten them to a joint length and connect them with the screw
connector SV (if possible according to the detailed drawing).
 Roughen the cable sheaths 50 mm on both sides by means of enclosed emery cloth.
CHMSV 3 95-240 297106/0412/1/6 5/6

12)
 Position the smaller outer tube SRH3 over the longer side of the joint (note the overlap of 100
onto the cable sheath) and shrink on, start shrinking from the centre of the tube.
 Position the larger outer tube SRH3 over the joint (note the overlap of 100 mm) and shrink
on, start shrinking from the centre of the tube.
The joint can be immediately put into operation.

After cooling down to 30°C (warm to touch) mechanical charges can be applied.
CHMSV 3 95-240 297106/0412/1/6 6/6

CHMSV 3-1 95-240

Uo/U(Um) 6/10 (12) kV – 19/33(36)kV
Working instruction
Hybrid straight-through joint

from three-core polymeric cables with screen wires
to 3 single-core polymeric cables with screen wires
up to 36 kV
297448/0712/1/7

Tel. +49(0)7741/60 07 11 Tel. +41(0)56/618 12 34
Fax +49(0)7741/60 07 83 Fax +41(0)56/618 12 45
www.cellpack.com
CHMSV 3-1 95-240 297448/0712/1/7 1/7

General remarks
• Check the range and size of the cable and the cable accessories.
• Check the content of the kit as per packing list.
• Read the working instructions.
Shrinking rules
• Use a suitable heat source like gas burner or hot-air blower.
• Set gas burner to a soft (yellow) flame.
• Clean cable sheaths and conductor insulation with a suitable cleaning agent.
• On shrinking, observe even heating, avoid over-heating.
Straight-through joint type CHMSV 3-1

Q
Ø1
U0/U(Um) Joint type
mm
mm²
6/10(12) kV – 6,35/11(12) kV CHMSV 3-1 12kV 95-240 17,3
8,7/15(17,5) kV CHMSV 3-1 17kV 95-240 95 - 240 19,9
12/20(24) kV – 12,7/22(24) kV CHMSV 3-1 24kV 95-240 19,9
18/30 (36) kV – 19/33(36) kV CHMSV 3-1 36kV 95-240 24,2
1)
• Position both cables parallel to each other and mark the connection place.
• Clean the outer cable sheath and cut back for the length given in the drawing.
2)
• Bend back the screen wires of the cable and fix them on the cable sheath with PVC tape.
• Align the cable ends according to the drawing and shorten them.
• Prepare the cable ends according to the template (see page 3). Apply the PVC tapes. Then
CHMSV 3-1 95-240 297448/0712/1/7 2/7

CHMSV 3-1 95-240 297448/0712/1/7 3/7
3)
• Slip on the outer heat-shrink tube SRH3 into park position over the three core cable end.
• Slip on the spreader cap type SEH3 over the single-core cables together, according to the
drawing.
• Remove the filling tape FB 1 from the tube packages SLK; then slip the tube packages
(respectively 2(3) tubes fitted together) over the single-core cables into park position.
Attention!
To simplify, the following working steps are represented with one core only!
4)
• Clean the insulation surface with the cleaning tissue. Apply a bulge of GM1 all around the
edge of the semi-conducting layer forming a ring.
• Moisten the tongues of the applicator AH with the silicon towel.
• Insert the applicator AH into the stress control element FSE and slip it on to the cable up to
the PVC tape.
• Remove the applicator AH by pulling out the tongues one by one.
• Adjust the position of the stress control element FSE by turning it slightly.
• Prepare the other cable ends according to the same procedure.
CHMSV 3-1 95-240 297448/0712/1/7 4/7

5)
• Remove the PVC tape from the conductors.

• Mount the cable screw connector according to the connector working instruction.
• Tighten the screws manually. Tighten the screws alternately with an appropriate tool till the
shear head breaks. Mind the sequence indicated on the drawing.
6)
• Rotate the connector shell until the screw holes are fully covered (¼ rotation).
7)
• Wrap the area between the stress-control elements FSE and over the connector with filling
tape FB1 (blue) (20% max. stretching, 50% overlapping).
8)
• Position the inner tube type SRMS (red) over the jointing area and shrink on, start shrinking
from the middle.
• For 20 und 30 kV: shrink the second inner tube type SRMS (red).
CHMSV 3-1 95-240 297448/0712/1/7 5/7

9)
• Position the tube type SRMSL (red/black) over the jointing area and shrink on, start shrinking
from the middle.
10)
• Wrap CU mesh tape No. 63 half-overlapping over the entire connection between cable
sheaths and up to 15mm over the wire screen of the single-core cables, and fix it there.
11)
• Align the screen wires over the joint area and fix it with PVC tape.
• Unite the screen wires, shorten them to a joint length and connect them with the screw
connector SV according to the detailed drawing.
• Roughen the cable sheaths according to the drawing on both sides by means of enclosed
emery cloth.
• Mark the position of the spacer DAS on the single-core cables according to the drawing.
CHMSV 3-1 95-240 297448/0712/1/7 6/7

12)
• Put the spacer DAS between already roughed single-core cables, adjust to the right position
and fix it with PVC tape.
• Slip the spreader cap SEH 3 over the spacer and shrink it on as shown.
13)
• Position the outer tube SRH3 over the joint (note the overlap of at least 100 mm over the cap
and outer sheath).
• Shrink on the outer tube starting from the center.
The joint can be immediately put into operation.

After cooling down to 30°C (warm to touch) mechanic al charges can be applied.
CHMSV 3-1 95-240 297448/0712/1/7 7/7

9.1 General Terminating
Instructions 11kV
CHESK-I ... /KS

Uo/U(Um) 6/10 11kV
Installation Instruction
Hybrid single-core indoor termination

single-core polymeric cables
11kV
311288/0613/1/5

Electrical Products Electrical
Products D-79761 Waldshut-Tiengen CH-5612
Villmergen
Tel. +49(0)7741/60 07 11 Tel. +41(0)56/618 12 34
Fax +49(0)7741/60 07 83 Fax +41(0)56/618 12 45
www.cellpack.com
e-m ail: electrical.products@cellpack.com
311288/0613/1/5 1/5
General remarks
• Check the suitability of the cable accessories for the type and size of the cable.

Shrinking rules
• Use a suitable heat source like gas burner or hot-air blower.
• Set gas burner to a soft (yellow) flame.
• Clean cable sheaths and conductor insulation with a suitable cleaning agent.
• While shrinking, observe even heating, avoid over-heating.
Indoor termination type CHESK-I … /KS
No. of
U0/U(Um) Termination Type Ø1
sheds
mm
6/10(6.6) kV – 6,35/11(11) kV CHESK-I 11kV 25-95 12,6 -
1)
• Adjust the cable to the plant.

• Clean the cable sheath.
• Prepare the cable end according to
the template (see page 3) and
311288/0613/1/5 2/5
311288/0613/1/5 3/5
3) 4)
• Clean the insulation surface with a cleaning • Apply the tongues of the applicator
tissue. AH with the silicon tissue.
• Apply a layer of GM1 all around the edge of • Insert the applicator AH into the stress
the semi-conducting layer forming a ring. control element FSE and slip it onto the
cable up to the wire/tape screen.
• Remove the applicator AH by pulling
out the tongues one by one.
• Adjust the position of the stress control
element FSE by turning it slightly.
5) 6)
• Remove the PVC-tape from the end of the • Slip on the Non-Tracking heat
conductor. Mount the cable lug according shrink tube SRAT (red) and
manufacturer´s specifications. position it over the barrel of the
• Apply sealant mastic DM1 (grey) onto the cable lug.
cable lug and 10mm onto the insulation. • Shrink thoroughly from the end of
• Wrap sealant mastic DM1 20mm onto the the cable lug.
wire screen and cover 10mm of the stress
control element as shown in the drawing.
311288/0613/1/5
4/5
7) 8)
• Slip on the silicon sheds by using • Slip on the other sheds with a distance
the applicator AH and position of 60 mm each.
them. • Install the small cable lug on the
• The position of the first shed is at screen wires.
the upper end of the stress control
element.
9)
Minimum distances:
For Technical Support
Voltage a b c
Distance Distance
Shed/earth between the sheds
(kV) (mm) (mm)
6/10(6.6) kV – 6,35/11(11) kV according 15 10
to local
specifications
311288/0613/1/5 5/5
A B C D E F
1
1
CABLE BOX
EARTH BRAID
2
2
BRANCH-OFF CLIP
70mm² XLPE SINGLE CORE

CABLE (EARTH)
HEAVY WALL SLEEVE
CABLE TIE 95 - 300mm² XLPE
3 CORE CABLE
BREAK-OUT BOOT
3
3
ARMOUR SUPPORT RING STAINLESS STEEL BANDIT
4
4
CHANGE
NUMBER
UNITS
MILLIMETERS
DO NOT SCALE
CONFIDENTIAL
TOLERANCES LINE PRODUCTS COMPANY AND IS TO BE USED ONLY WITH
UNLESS NOTED
x 1 3 CORE ARMOURED
x.x 0.4
5 CABLE BOX
5
CONNECTION
QTY. LABEL
YS
CRITICAL - 30396
C DIMENSION
0 DATE DRAWN
SCALE SHEET No ORIGIN REV
VISUAL
0 V INSPECTION
21.02.18 NTS 1 OF 1 00
CHESK-3F(A) … /KS
Uo/U(Um) 6/10(12) kV
Installation Instruction
Hybrid three-core indoor termination
for Three core polymeric cables
11kV
332910/0714/1/7

Tel. +49(0)7741/60 07 11 Tel. +41(0)56/618 12 34
Fax +49(0)7741/60 07 83 Fax +41(0)56/618 12 45
www.cellpack.com
332910/0714/1/7 1/7
General remarks
 Check the range and size of the cable and the cable accessories.
 Check the content of the kit as per packing list.
 Read the working instruction.

Shrinking rules
 Use a suitable heat source like gas burner.

 Set gas burner to a soft (yellow) flame.
 Clean cable sheaths and conductor insulation with a suitable cleaning agent.
 On shrinking, observe even heating, avoid over-heating.
Outdoor termination type CHESK-3F (A) … /KS:
U0/U(Um) Termination type Ø1 No. of

mm sheds
6/10(12) kV - 6,35/11(12) kV CHESK-3F 12kV 95-240 17,3 1
Ø1 – Minimum diameter over conductor insulation after removal of the outer semi-
conducting layer.
1)
 Adjust the cable to suit Equipment.

 Clean the cable sheath.
 Remove the cable sheath
according to the drawing.
 Prepare the cable end according to
check the dimensions. Mind a clean
cut back edge. Fix the copper tape
screen with tinned wire as per
length in the drawing. Leave 60mm
endings of the binding wire.
332910/0714/1/7 2/7
332910/0714/1/7 3/7
2) 3)
 Apply one layer of DM1 70mm on to the  Cover the screen wires with one layer
cable sheath. of DM1 (Grey) tape.
 Bend back the screen wires and fix them
with PVC tape 70mm below the end of the
cable sheath.
Note: Fix two wires per phase at the end of
the conductors with PVC tape.
4) 5)
 Fix the two screen wires (Drain Wires)with  Cut the Black heat-shrink tubes SR2
PVC tape as per length A. to the length A– 10mm and install as
far as possible into the crutch area of
the cable and shrink from the top to
Dimension A: 11kV 100 – 950mm the bottom.
332910/0714/1/7 4/7
6) 7)
 Push the Breakout Boot SEH over the  Apply one layer of DM1 (grey)
conductors ends as far as possible into 50mm on to the Black heat-shrink
the crutch area and shrink it carefully. tube SR2.
 Take care of the shrink sequences.  Bend back the two drain wires and
fix 50mm below the SR2 tube with
tinned copper binding wire BD.
Note! Avoid sharp edges with the wire
binder.
8) 9)
 Clean the insulation surface with a  Moisten the tongues of the applicator
cleaning tissue. AH with the silicon tissue.
 Apply a bulge of GM1 all around the edge  Insert the applicator AH into the
of the semi-conductive cut forming a ring. stress control element FSE and slip it
onto the cable up to the tube SR2
 Remove the applicator AH by pulling
 Adjust the position of the stress
control element FSE by turning it
slightly.
332910/0714/1/7 5/7
10) 11)
 Remove the PVC-tape from the end of  Slip on the non-tracking tube SRAT
the conductors. Install the cable lug (red) and position it over the barrel of
according manufacturer´s specifications. the cable lug.
 Apply sealant mastic DM1 (grey) onto the Shrink thoroughly from the end of the
cable lug and 10mm onto the insulation. cable lug DOWNWARDS.
 Wrap sealant mastic DM1 onto the wire
screen and cover 10mm of the stress
control element as shown in the drawing.
12) 13)
 Install the silicon  If required, Install

sheds by using the additional sheds with
applicator AH. a clearance distance
 The position of the of 60 mm of each
first shed is at the other.
upper end of the
stress control
element.
332910/0714/1/7 6/7
14)
 Install a lug on the earth screen wires.
15) Minimum distances
When mounted in cubicles and other

electrical devices, local specifications
have to be considered.
Voltage a b c
Distance Distance
(kV) (mm) (mm)
6/10(12) kV – 6,35/11(12) kV according 15 10
to local
specifications
332910/0714/1/7 7/7
CHESK-3I(A) … /KS
Uo/U(Um) 6/10(12) kV – 19/33(36) kV
Working instruction
Hybrid three-core indoor termination

for three-core polymeric cables
up to 36kV
328980/0414/1/7
Tel. +49(0)7741/60 07 11 Tel. +41(0)56/618 12 34
Fax +49(0)7741/60 07 83 Fax +41(0)56/618 12 45
www.cellpack.com
328980/0414/1/7 1/7
General remarks
 Read the working instruction.

Shrinking rules
 Use a suitable heat source like gas burner or hot-air blower.

 On shrinking, observe even heating, avoid over-heating.
Indoor termination type CHESK-3I(A) … /KS:
U0/U(Um) Termination Type Ø1 No. of Sheds

mm
6/10(12) kV - 6,35/11(12) kV CHESK-3I 12kV 95-240 17,3 -
8,7/15(17,5) kV CHESK-3I 17kV 95-240 19,9 1
12/20(24) kV - 12,7/22(24) kV CHESK-3I 24kV 95-240 19,9 1
18/30 (36) kV - 19/33(36) kV CHESK-3I 36kV 95-240 23,1 2
Ø1 – Minimum diameter over conductor insulation after removal of the outer semi-conducting
layer.
1)
 Adjust the cable to the plant.

 Clean the cable sheath.
 Remove the cable sheath
according to the drawing.
 Prepare the cable end according to
check the dimensions. Mind a clean
cut back edge. Fix the copper tape
screen with tinned wire as per
length in the drawing. Leave 60mm
endings of the binding wire.
 Attention! In case of armoured
respectively tape screened
cables use the additional set
CHESK3 EGA-Set.
328980/0414/1/7 2/7
328980/0414/1/7 3/7
2) 3)
 Bend back the screen wires and fix them  Cover the screen wires with one layer
with PVC tape 70mm below the end of the of DM1 tape.
cable sheath.
Note: Fix two wires per phase at the end of
the conductors with PVC tape.
4) 5)
 Fix the two screen wires with PVC tape as  Slip on the heat-shrink tubes SR2
per length A. (length 350mm; if A was chosen
<350mm, shorten the tubes
accordingly) as far as possible into
the crutch area of the cable and start
to shrink them from top to the bottom.
328980/0414/1/7 4/7
6) 7)
 Push the heat-shrink spreader-cap SEH  Bend back the two copper wires and
over the conductors ends as far as fix it 50mm underneath the tube
possible into the crutch area and shrink it ending with a tinned copper string
carefully. BD.
 Take care of the shrink sequences Note! Avoid sharp edges at the wire
binder.
8) 9)
 Clean the insulation surface with a  Moisten the tongues of the applicator
cleaning tissue. AH with the silicon tissue.
 Apply a bulge of GM1 all around the edge  Insert the applicator AH into the
of the semi-conducting layer forming a stress control element FSE and slip it
ring. onto the cable up to the tube SR2
 Remove the applicator AH by pulling
 Adjust the position of the stress
control element FSE by turning it
slightly.
328980/0414/1/7 5/7
10) 11)
 Remove the PVC-tape from the end of  Slip on the heat shrink tube SRAT
the conductors. Mount the cable lug (red) and position it over the barrel of
according manufacturer´s specifications. the cable lug.
 Apply sealant mastic DM1 (grey) onto the  Shrink thoroughly from the end of the
cable lug and 10mm onto the insulation. cable lug.
 Wrap sealant mastic DM1 20mm onto the
wire screen and cover 10mm of the
stress control element as shown in the
drawing.
12) 13)
 Slip on the silicon sheds  If required, slip on the

by using the applicator other additional sheds
AH and position them. with a distance of 60 mm
 The position of the first each.
shed is at the upper end
of the stress control
element.
328980/0414/1/7 6/7
14)
 Install the small cable lug on the screen

wires.
15) Minimum distances:
When mounted in cubicles and other

electrical devices, local specifications
have to be considered.
Voltage a b c
Distance Distance
(kV) (mm) (mm)
6/10(12) kV – 6,35/11(12) kV according 15 10
8,7/15(17,5) kV to local 20 15
12/20(24) kV – 12,7/22(24) kV specifications 25 20
18/30(36) kV – 19/33(36) kV 35 25
328980/0414/1/7 7/7
A B C D E F
1
1
THIS APPLICATION PROVIDES THE FACILITY TO TERMINATE THREE CORE

XLPE CABLE INTO SMALL CABLE BOXES WHERE THE DIMENSIONS REQUIRED
CABLE BOX FOR A STANDARD THREE CORE TERMINATION ARE DIFFICULT TO MAINTAIN.
THIS IS A SIMPLE SOLUTION GIVING THE ADVANTAGE OF PERFORMING
A CROSS-OVER OUTSIDE THE CABLE BOX AND THE INSTALLATION OF A
SINGLE CORE TERMINATION IN PLACE OF A THREE CORE TERMINATION.
COPPER SCREEN WIRE
2
2
95 - 300mm² XLPE
3 CORE CABLE
HEAVY WALL SLEEVE
3
3
4
TRIFURCATION GUIDE FOR INSTALLATION FOR CABLES 95-300mm² 4
CHANGE
NUMBER
UNITS
1. TRAIN THE CABLE TO THE CABLE BOX AND CUT THE EXCESS CABLE CORRESPONDING TO THE TOP OF THE BUSHING.
MILLIMETERS
DO NOT SCALE
2. FOR A DISTANCE OF 3 METRES TO 1 METRE FROM THE GLAND PLATE, REMOVE THE JACKET OF THE CABLE, SECURE THE
METAL SCREENS TEMPORARILY WITH TAPE AND REMOVE ALL CABLE FILLERS.
CONFIDENTIAL
3. FIT THE BREAK-OUT BOOT OVER THE CORES AND DOWN OVER THE CRUTCH OF THE CABLE. SHRINK DOWN THE BOOT TOLERANCES LINE PRODUCTS COMPANY AND IS TO BE USED ONLY WITH
UNLESS NOTED
TAKING CARE NOT TO ALLOW THE NAKED FLAME TO IMPINGE ON THE EXPOSED CORES.
x 1 3 CORE NON-ARMOURED
4. TAPE EACH CORE WHERE THEY WILL PASS THROUGH THE GLAND PLATE AND TOWARDS THE BUSHINGS FOR A DISTANCE
x.x 0.4
5 OF 100mm. SLIDE THE SR2 TUBING OVER EACH CORE AND DOWN OVER THE TURRETS OF THE BREAK-OUT BOOT. SHRINK CABLE BOX
5
DOWN, THE TUBING SHOULD BE SMOOTH AND WRINKLE FREE. SLIDE THE HEAVY WALL TUBING COVERING THE BREAK-OUT CONNECTION
BOOT AND ONTO THE CABLE JACKET, SHRINK DOWN. QTY. LABEL
YS
CRITICAL - 30395
C DIMENSION
0 DATE DRAWN
5. TRAIN EACH CORE TO THE CABLE GLAND AND CONTINUE WITH THE TERMINATION AS TO INSTRUCTION. SCALE SHEET No ORIGIN REV
VISUAL
0 V INSPECTION
21.02.18 NTS 1 OF 1 01
9.1 General Jointing Instructions LV
Low Voltage
M(MZ)
Uo/U(Um) 0,6/1(1,2) kV
Assembly instructions Straight-through joint

Montageanleitung Verbindungsmuffe
Instructions de montage Boîte de jonction
Instrucciones de montaje Empalme de conexión
Istruzioni di montaggio Giunzione diritta
Montagevoorschrift Verbindingsmof
Montageanvisning Skarvmuffar
Asennusohje Ruuviliitoksinen
Instrukcja monta¿u Mufa ³¹cznikiem
Szerelési útmutató Összekötõ karmantyú
Návod k montá•i Zalévací spojka
Montâþas instrukcija Savienojuma uzmara
127874/0802/2/8
CELLPACK AG CELLPACK GmbH

CH-5610 Wohlen D-79761 Waldshut-Tiengen
Tel. +41(0)56/618 18 18 Tel. +49(0)7741/60 07 11
Fax +41(0)56/621 91 48 Fax +49(0)7741/60 07 83
E-mail electrical.products@cellpack.com
127874.p65 1
1 7
2 11
4 12+13
127874.p65 2
English
PVC cable Additional instructions
1. Remove steps from end of mould. The opening
must be slightly larger than the cable diameter Core insulation of PE, VPE, EPR etc.
(approx. 1 - 2 mm). 11. Roughen, degrease and clean cable insulation.
2. Insertion of cable sheath:
• Ø < 20 mm: a = 2 x c PILC cables
• Ø > 20 mm: a = 40 mm 12. • With armouring and jute: insert 20 mm of
3. Install connectors. armouring into mould; do not insert any jute.
4. Roughen, degrease and clean the cable sheaths. • With synthetic sheath: roughen, degrease and
5. Centre the splice: The distance between the clean the cable sheath; insert for 20 mm into
connectors, and between the conductors mould.
themselves,as well as the splicing of each from 13. Insert lead sheath (a) as item 2. Roughen,
the mould must be at least 5 mm. degrease and clean lead sheath and armouring
6. Snap mould halves together. thoroughly immediately before locking the mould
7. Seal mould ends with PVC tape. halves.
8. Mix the cast resin and fill in according to separa- 14. Remove insulating material completely from
te instructions up to 3 mm from upper edge of conductor and belt insulation.
filler opening. Fluid insulating material: Cover filler and paper
9. Insert cover. insulation with Oilstop/Adhesive agent.
10. Energizing of cables:
Up to 1 kV immediately after casting
Deutsch
PVC-Kabel Zusatzinstruktionen
1. Aufstiege wegschneiden. Raum zwischen Giess-
form und Kabel lassen (ca. 1 - 2 mm). PE-, VPE-, EPR-Leiterisolierungen usw.
2. Kabelmanteleinführung: 11. Leiterisolierung aufrauhen, entfetten und reinigen.
• Ø < 20 mm: a = 2 x c
• Ø > 20 mm: a = 40 mm Papierbleikabel
3. Verbindungerstellen. 12. • Mit Armierung und Jute: Armierung 20 mm in
4. Kabelmäntel aufrauhen, entfetten und reinigen. Giessform einführen; Jute nicht einführen.
5. Spleissung zentrieren; Abstand zwischen Verbin- • Mit Kunststoffmantel: Mantel aufrauhen,
dern und Leitern sowie gegenüber den Form- entfetten und reinigen; 20 mm in Giessform
schalen mindestens 5 mm. einführen.
6. Giessform zusammenschnappen. 13. Bleimanteleinführung (a) analog Punkt 2.
7. Giessformenden mit PVC-Band abdichten. Bleimantel und Armierung unmittelbar vor dem
8. Giessharz gemäss separater Vorschrift mischen Schliessen der Giessform gründlich aufrauhen,
und einfüllen bis 3 mm unterhalb Dom-Oberkan- entfetten und reinigen.
te. 14. Kabelisoliermasse auf Leiter- und Gürtelisolierung
9. Deckel einschnappen. restlos entfernen.
10. Inbetriebnahme der Kabel: Bei dünnflüssiger Kabelisoliermasse: Zwickel und
Bis 1 kV sofort nach dem Vergiessen Papierisolierung mit Ölstoplack/Haftvermittler
bestreichen.
127874.p65 3
Français
Câbles en PCV Instructions complémentaires
1. Scier les gradins aux extrémités. Le diamètre de
l'ouverture doit dépasser celui du câble (env. 1 - Isolations de conducteur en PE, VPE, EPR etc.
2 mm). 11. Rendre rugueuses les isolations de câble, les
2. Introduction de la gaine du câble: dégraisser et les nettoyer.
• Ø < 20 mm: a = 2 x c
• Ø > 20 mm: a = 40 mm Câble au papier sous gaine de plomb
3. Etablir la liaison. 12. • Avec armure et jute: introduire l'armure au
4. Rendre rugueuses les gaines de câble, les moins 20 mm dans le moule; ne pas introduire
dégraisser et les nettoyer. le jute.
5. Centrer l'épissure; distance entre connecteurs • Avec gaine synthétique: rendre rugueuse la
entre eux ainsi que vers les moules au moins 5 gaine de câble, la dégraisser et la nettoyer;
mm. introduire 20 mm dans le moule.
6. Emboîter les deux moitiés de moule. 13. Introduire la gaine de plomb (a), selon point 2.
7. Etancher les extrémités du moule avec du ruban Rendre rugueuses la gaine de plomb et l'armure,
de PCV. les dégraisser et les nettoyer.
8. Mélanger la résine à couler selon la prescription 14. Enlever complètement la masse isolante sur
séparée et remplir jusqu'à 3 mm du bord su- l'isolation du conducteur et de la ceinture.
périeur de l'ouverture de remplissage. Dans le cas de masse fluide: enduire le bourrage
9. Rabattre le couvercle. et l'isolation de papier avec du vernis oléophobe/
10. Mise en marche des câbles: agent adhésif.
jusqu'à 1 kV, immédiatement après coulée.
Español
Cables en PVC Instrucciones adicionales
1. Cortar las entradas del molde. Dejar algo de
juego entre el molde y el cable (aprox. 1 - 2 Aislamientos de PE, VPE, EPR etc.
mm). 11. Hacer rugoso, desengrasar y limpiar el aisla-
2. Introducir la cubierta del cable: miento del conductor.
• Ø < 20 mm: a = 2 x c
• Ø > 20 mm: a = 40 mm Cables con el aislamiento de papel-plomo
3. Crear unión. 12. • Con armadura y yute: Introducir la armadura
4. Hacer rugosas, desengrasar y limpiar las cubier- 20 mm en el molde; no introducir el yute.
tas de cable. • Con cubierta sintética: Hacer rugosa, desen
5. Centraje del empalme: Distancia entre conecto- grasar y limpiar la cubierta; introducir como
res y conductores así como frente a las mitades mínimo 20 mm en el molde.
del molde, como minimo 5 mm. 13. Introducción de la cubierta de plomo (a) de
6. Unir atrapando el molde de fundición. modo análogo al punto 2. Cubierta de plomo y
7. Estanqueizar los extremos del molde de fundi- armadura: Hacer rugosas, desengrasar y limpiar
ción con cinta PVC. cuidadosamente antes de juntar las mitades del
8. Mezclar la resina colada según instrucciones por molde.
separado y rellenar hasta 3 mm por debajo del 14. Retirar completamente la masa en el aislamiento
canto superior de la cúpula. del conductor y cinturón.
9. Engatillar la tapa. Masa muy fluida: Cubrir la estopa y el aisla-
10. Puesta en marcha de los cables: miento de papel de barniz retiene el aceite/
Hasta 1 kV: Inmediatamente después del vertido. medio de adherencia.
127874.p65 4
Italiano
Cavo PVC Istruzioni supplementari
1. Troncare le parti terminali a gradini. Lasciare
uno spazio di circa 1 – 2 mm tra guscio e cavo. Isolamento dei conduttori PE, VPE, EPR ecc.
2. Introduzione della guaina del cavo: 11. Irruvidire, sgrassare e pulire l'isolamento dei con-
• Ø < 20 mm: a = 2 x c duttori.
• Ø > 20 mm: a = 40 mm
3. Eseguire la giunzione. Cavo isolato in carta sottopiombo
4. Irruvidire, sgrassare e pulire la guaina del cavo. 12. • Con armatura e iuta: introdurre l'armatura per
5. Centrare la giunzione. Distanza tra serrafili e 20 mm all'interno del guscio; non introdurre
conduttori tra loro e rispetto al: almeno 5 mm. la iuta.
6. Congiungere a scato le due metà del guscio. • Con guaina in plastica: irruvidire, sgrassare e
7. Sigillare con nastro in PVC le estremità del gu- pulire la guaina; introdurre per 20 mm nel
scio. guscio.
8. Mescolare la resina seguendo le istruzioni sepa- 13. Introduzione della guaina di piombo (a) analo-
rate e versarla all'interno fino a 3 mm al di sotto gamente al punto 2. Immediatamente prima del-
del bordo dell'apertura superiore. la chiusura del guscio irruvidire, sgrassare e puli-
9. Inserire il coperchio. re a fondo la guaina in piombo e l'armatura.
10. Messa in servizio dei cavi: 14. Togliere completamente la massa d'isolante del
fino a 1 kV subito dopo la colata cavo dall'isolamento dei conduttori e del nastro.
In caso di massa isolante fluida: cospargere gli
interstizi e l'isolamento in carta con frena-olio/
agente adesivo.
Nederlands
PVC kabel Extra instrukties
1. Ringen wegsnijden. Ruimte tussen gietvorm en
kabel laten (ca. 1 – 2 mm). XLPE, VPE, PE, EPR aderisolaties enz.
2. In te voeren kabellengte: 11. Aderisolaties opruwen, vetvrij maken en reini-
• Ø < 20 mm: a = 2 x c gen.
• Ø > 20 mm: a = 40 mm
3. Verbinding brengen. Papierloodkabel
4. Kabelmantel opruwen, ontvetten en reinigen. 12. • Met armering en jute: armering 20 mm in
5. Splits centreren; afstand tussen verbindingsstuk- gietvorm invoeren; jute niet invoeren.
ken en kernen alsmede ten opzichte van de giet- • Met kunststof mantel: mantel opruwen, ont-
vormhelften tenminste 5 mm. vetten en reinigen; 20 mm in gietvorm invoe-
7. Einden van de gietvorm met PVC-tape afdichten. ren.
8. Giethars volgens apart voorschrift mengen en in- 13. Loodmantelinvoering (a) zoals punt 2.
gieten tot 3 mm onder de bovenkant van de koe- Loodmantel en armering onmiddellijk voor het
pel. sluiten van de gietvorm zeer grondig opruwen,
9. Deksel inklikken. ontvetten en reinigen.
10. Onder spanning zetten van de kabels: 14. Kabelisolatiemassa op kernen gordelisolatie vol-
Tot 1 kV meteen na het gieten. ledig verwijderen.
Bij dunvloeibare kabelisolatiemassa: boog en
papierisolatie met oliestoplak/kleefmiddel insme-
ren.
127874.p65 5
Svenska
PVC-Kabel Tillägginstruktioner
1. Såga av stegen. Låt ett avståbd (på ca 1 – 2
mm) stå kvar mellan gjutformen och kabeln. Ledarisolering av PE, PEX, EPR osv.
2. Införing av kabelmanteln i formen: 11. Rugga upp, avfetta och rengör ledarisoleringen.
• Ø < 20 mm: a = 2 x c
• Ø > 20 mm: a = 40 mm Pappersblykabel
3. Anslut. 12. • Med armering och jute: Skjut in armeringen
4. Rugga upp, avfetta och rengör kabelmanteln. 20 mm i gjutformen; juteväven skall ej skjutas
5. Centrera skarven; se till att avståndet mellan in.
skarvhylsor och ledare samt gjutformen är minst • Med plastmantel: Rugga upp, avfetta och
5 mm. rengör manteln; skjut in manteln 20 mm i
6. Snäpp ihop gjutformen. gjutformen.
7. Täta gjutformens ändor med PVC-tejp. 13. Blymantelinföring (a) analog till punkt 2.
8. Blanda gjuthartsen enligt separat instruktion och Blymanteln och armeringen skall noggrant
fyll formen upp till en nivå på 3 mm under kupo- ruggas up, avfetta och rengöras omedelbart
lens övre kant. innan gjutformen stängs.
9. Låt locket snäppa fast. 14. Avlägsna all kabelisoleringsmassa från ledarens
10. Driftstart: Koppla upp till 1 kV i kabeln genast och bältets isolering.
efter gjutningen. Vid tunnflytande kabelisoleringsmassa: Bestryk
utfyllnaden och pappersisoleringen med olje-
stopplack/primer.
Suomi
PVC-kaapeli Lisäohjeita
1. Leikkaa porrastetusti levenät moutinpäät pois
siten, että syntyvä aukko on hiukan kaapelin PE-, VPE, EPR-johdineristeet jms.
läpimittaa suurempi. Valumuotin ja kaapelin 11. Karhenna johdineristys, poista rasva ja pudhista.
välillä tulee olla tyhjää tilaa (1 – 2 mm).
2. Kaapelin vaipan sisäänvienti: Lyijypäällysteiset paperieristeiset kaapelit
• c < Ø 20 mm: a = 2 x c 12. • Panssarikaapeli, jossa juuttia: Vie armeeraus
• c > Ø 20 mm: a = 40 mm 20 mm:n pituudelta valumuotin sisään. Älä vie
3. Suorita liittäminen sisään juuttia.
4. Karhenna kaapelin vaipat, poista rasva ja • Muovivaippa: Karhenna vaippa, poista rasva
pudhista ne. ja puhdista, vie valumuotin sisään 20 mm:n
5. Keskitä jatkos; liitosholkkejen ja johdinten etäisyy- pituudelta.
den toisistaan sekä niiden etäisyyden valumuotti- 13. Lyijyvaipan sisäänvienti (a) kohdan 2 mukaisesti.
puoliskojen seinämiin tulee olla vähintäin 5 mm. Karhenna välittömästi ennen valumuotin puolisko-
6. Sulje valumuottipuoliskot napsauttamalla. jen sulkemista lyijyvaippa ja armeeraus, poista
7. Tiivistä muotinpäät PVC-teipillä. rasva ja pudhista perusteellisesti.
8. Sekoita valuhartsi erillisen ohjeen mukan ja täytä 14. Poista täydellisesti kaapelin eristysmassa johdin-
sillä kupu 3 mm:n päähän yläreunasta mitattuna. ja vyöeristykseltä.
9. Kiinnitä kansi. Jos kaapelin erstysmassa on juoksevaa, sivele
10. Jännitteen kytkentä kaapeleihin: filleri ja paperieristys öljysuojalakalla/liima-
1 kV:iin saakka välittömästi hartsin valamisen aineella.
jälkeen
127874.p65 6
Polska
Kabel z polichlorku winylu PVC Wskazówki dodatkowe
1. Odpi³owaæ schodki z korpusu mufy stosownie do
œrednicy kabla. Pozostawiæ nieco luzu miêdzy Przewody z izolacj¹ PE, VPE, EPR itd.
korpusem mufy i kablem (ok. 1 – 2 mm). 11. Przetrzeæ p³aszcz kabla tarnikiem, odt³uœciæ i oczyœ-
2. Wsun¹æ p³aszcz kabla do mufy na d³ugoœæ: ciæ.
– c < Ø 20 mm: a = 2 x c
– c > Ø 20 mm: a = 40 mm Kabel w os³onie o³owianej i izolacji papierowej
3. Kable po³¹czyæ. 12. – Z opancerzeniem i z jut¹. Opancerzenie nale¿y
4. Przetrzeæ p³aszcz kabla tarnikiem, odt³uœciæ i wsun¹æ do mufy na d³ugoœæ 20 mm. Juty jednak
oczyœciæ. nie nale¿y wsun¹æ do mufy.
5. Wycentrowaæ splot licy; odleg³oœæ pomiêdzy – Przewody z izolacj¹ z tworzyw sztucznych.
³¹cznikami i przedwodami, oraz p³aszczem powin- Przetrzeæ p³aszcz kabla tarnikiem, odt³uœciæ i
na wynosiæ conajmniej 5 mm. oczyœciæ, nastêpnie wsun¹æ do mufy na
6. Zatrzasn¹æ korpus mufy. g³êbokoœæ 20 mm.
7. Koñce korpusu mufy uszczelniæ przy pomocy 13. Wsuniêcie p³aszcza o³owianego (a) analogicznie z
taœmy PVC (z polichlorku winylu). punktem 2. Os³one o³owian¹ i opancerznie nale¿y
8. Wymieszaæ i wlaæ ¿ywicê zgodnie z postanowieniami bezpoœrednio przed zamkniêciem mufy przetrzeæ
oddzielnej instrukcji do poziomu 3 mm poni¿ej górnej starannie tarnikiem, odt³uœciæ i oczyœciæ.
krawêdzi sklepienia górnej po³owy mufy. 14. Izolacjê przedwodów, oraz izolacjê rdzeniow¹ usun¹æ
9. Za³o¿yæ pokrywê. ca³kowicie. Przy rzadkop³ynnej masie izolacyjnej
10. Obci¹¿anie elektryczne kabla: nale¿y wk³adkê i izolacjê papierow¹ nasmarowaæ
na napiêcie do 1 kV zaraz po zalaniu ¿ywic¹ preparatem odolejaj¹cym (zapewniaj¹cym przyczep-
noœæ).
Magyar
PVC-Kábel További utasítások
1. A formadarabok végén lévõ lépcsõs forma levágása.
A kábel és kiöntõforma térközt kell hagyni (kb. 1 – 2 PE-, térhálós PE-, EPR-érszigetelés stb.
mm) 11. Az érszigetelést felérdesíteni, zsírtalanítani és tisztítani.
2. Kábelköpeny bevezetés:
– c < Ø 20 mm: a = 2 x c Papír-ólomkábel
– c > Ø 20 mm: a = 40 mm 12. – Páncélozással és jutával: a páncélozást 20 mm
3. A mellékelt kötõelemekkel. hosszban a kiöntõformabá be kell vezetni, a jutát a
4. Kábelköpenyt felérdesíteni, zsírtalanítani és tisztítani. kiöntõformába bem szabad bevezetni.
5. Az összekötést központosítáni: a kötõelemek és az – Mûanyagköpennyel: Köpenyt felérdesíteni, zsír-
egymás alatti vezetõerek közötti távolság, ugyanúgy a talanítani és tisztítani, minimum 20 mm hosszban a
kiöntõformákhoz képest minimum 5 mm. kiöntõformába bevezetni.
6. A kiöntöforma összezárása (pattintása). 13. Ólomköpeny bevezetése (a) mint a 2-es pont szerint.
7. A kiöntöforma végeinek tömítése PVC szalaggal. Ólomköpenyt és páncélozást közvetlenül k kiöntõfor-
8. A kiöntõgyanta összekeverése és betöltése a külön ma lezárésa elétt alaposan felérdesíteni, zsírtalanítani
elõírás szerint a betöltõ nyílás felsõ szegélyétõl 3 mm- és tisztítani.
ig. 14. A kábelszigetelõ masszát az erekrõl és az övszigete-
9. Fedelet bepattintani. lésrõl maradéktalanul el kell távolítani.
10. A kábel üzembehelyezése: Hígfolyós kábelszigetelõ massza esetén: az éktömíté-
– 1 kV-ig: azonnal a kiöntés után seket és a papírszigetelést olajstopp-lakkal/tapadást
elõsegitõ szerrel be kell kenni.
127874.p65 7
Èesky
Kabel s PVC izolací Další instrukce
1. Odøíznout stupnì z koncù licí formy. Otvor musí být o pøibl. 1
– 2 mm vìtší ne• prùmìr kabelu. Izolace •il PE, VPE, EPR
2. Pláš• kabelu zavést do spojky v rozsahu: 11. Postup jako u kabelù s PVC izolací.
– c < Ø 20 mm: a = 2 x c
– c > Ø 20 mm: a = 40 mm Kabel s papírovou izolací a olovìným pláštìm
3. Provést propojení vodièù. 12. – S pancíøem a jutovým obalem: pancíø vsunout v
4. Plášt' kabelu oèistit, zdrsnit a odmastit. délce 20 mm do spojky, juta do spojky zasahovat nesmí.
5. Vytvarovat spojení •il, vzdálenost svorek a vodièù od licí formy – S pláštìm z plastu: plášt' zdrsnit, odmastit a
musí být nejménì 5 mm. vsunout 20 mm do spojky.
6. Obì poloviny licí formy pøilo•it k sobì. 13. Vsunutí olovìného pláštì (a) podle bodu 2.
7. Konce spojky utìsnit PVC páskou. Olovìný plášt' a pancíø tìsnì pøed uzavøením spojky zdrsni a
8. Podle návodu namíchat pryskyøici a nalít jí do spojky pøibl. 3 odmastit.
mm pod hranu plnícího otvoru. 14. Odstranit impregnaèní hmotu z vodièù i èástí pláštì zasahující
9. Nacvaknout zátku. do spojky.
10. Uvedení kabelu pod napìtí: V pøípadì stékavého impregnatu se papírová izolace i výplò
Do 1 kV ihned po zalití. mezi •ilami natøe oilstop lakem nebo jinak utìsní proti
pronikání oleje.
Latviski
Kabelis ar polivinilhlorîda izolâciju Papildinstrukcija
1. Nogriezt pakâpes atbilstoði izmçram. Atstât vietu starp
pildformu un kabeli (apmçram 1 - 2 mm). Vadi ar polietilçna tîklveida struktûras polietilçna,
2. Kabeïa apvalku ievadît pildformâ: etilçnpropilçna u.c. izolâciju
– c < Ø 20 mm: a = 2 x c 11. Vadu izolâciju padarît raupju, attaukot un notîrît.
– c > Ø 20 mm: a = 40 mm
3. Izveidot savienojumu. Kabelis ar papîra izolâciju svina apvalku
4. Kabeïa apvalku padarît raupju, attaukot un notîrît. 12. – Ar armçjumu un dþutu: apvalku armçjumu
5. Savienojumu centrçt: attâlumam starp savienotâjien un kabeïu ievada pildformâ 20 mm dziïumâ. Dþutu formâ neievadît.
dzîslâm, kâ arî lîdz formas malâm, jâbût vismaz 5 mm. – Ar plastmasas apvalku: apvalku padarît raupju,
6. Noslçgt pildformu. attaukot un notîrît. Ievadît pildformâ 20 mm
7. Formas galus noblîvçt ar polivinilhlorîda izolâcijas lenti. dziïumâ.
8. Lejamos sveíus sajaukt atbilstoði instrukcijai un iepildît formâ, 13. Svina apvalku ievada pildformâ (a) punktam 2.
lîdz piltuve piepildîta 3 mm no augðçjâs mâlas. Apvalku un armçjumu padarît raupju, attaukot un notîrît tieði
9. Noslçgt vâciòu. pirms formas noslçgðanas.
10. Kabeïu pieslçgðana pie sprieguma: 14. Pilnîgi notîrît no vadiem un jostveida izolâcijas izolçtâjmasu.
lîdz 1 kV – tûlît pçc pielpildîðanas Kabeïiem ar ðkidru izolçtâjmasu: pildîjuma un papîra izolâciju
noziezt ar eïïu aizturoðu/lipîgu laku.
Slovensko
PVC-Kabel Dodatne inštrukcije
1. Stopnièaste konce plastiènega kalupa odrezati. Odprtina
mora biti za malenkost veèja kot premer kabla (pribli•no 1- PE-, VPE-, EPR ...izolacije posameznih kabelskih •il
2mm) 11. Izolacije kabelskih •il oèistiti, razmastiti in obrusiti.
2. Vstavljanje kabelskega plašèa:
– c < Ø 20 mm: a = 2 x c Svinèeni kabli z papirno izolacijo •il
12. – Kabelsko armaturo ( brez Jute! ) vstaviti
– c > Ø 20 mm: a = min. 40 mm
najmanj 20 mm v plastièni kalup
3. vzpostaviti povezavo
– Kabelski plašè iz umetne mase: oèistiti,
4. Kabelske plašèe oèistiti, razmastiti in obrusiti
razmastiti, obrusiti in vstaviti najmanj 20 mm v
5. posamiène kabelske •ile centrirati: Razdalja med konektorji in
plastièni kalup.
vodniki med seboj in do plastiènega kalupa mora biti najmanj
13. Svinèeni plašè: svinèen plašè in armaturo oèistiti, razmastiti in
5 mm.
obrusiti tik pred sestavljanjem kalupa.
6. Sestaviti plastièni kalup (dva dela).
14) Izolirno maso vodnikove in distanène izolacije poplnoma
7. Plastièni kalup zatesniti z PVC trekom
odstraniti in razmastiti.
8. Vlivno maso premešati (posebno navodilo) in jo vliti v kalup -
Pri kablih z »GM« izolacijo: Všitek in papirno izolacijo namazati
3mm pod robom
z lakom, ki prepreèuje napredovanje olja.
9. Zapreti pokrov.
10. Uporabnost kabla
– do 1 kV: takoj po vlitju
127874.p65 8
Low Voltage Cast resin
Mittelspannung
M-Euroline
Uo/U (Um) 0.6/1 (1.2) kV
192956/0815/4/4

Tel. +49(0)7741/60 07 11 Tel. +41(0)56/618 12 34
Fax +49(0)7741/60 07 83 Fax +41(0)56/618 12 45
www.cellpack.com
e-mail: electrical.products@cellpack.com
192956/0815/4/4 Cellpack M-Euroline 1/4

Low Voltage Cast resin
Mittelspannung
MZ00 – MZ3
Uo/U (Um) 0.6/1 (1.2) kV
206143/1115/5/4
&

Tel. +49(0)7741/60 07 11 Tel. +41(0)56/618 12 34
Fax +49(0)7741/60 07 83 Fax +41(0)56/618 12 45
www.cellpack.com
e-mail: electrical.products@cellpack.com
206143/1115/5/4 Cellpack MZ00 – MZ3 1/4

206143/1115/5/4 Cellpack MZ00 – MZ3 2/4
206143/1115/5/4 Cellpack MZ00 – MZ3 3/4
206143/1115/5/4 Cellpack MZ00 – MZ3 4/4
Low Voltage CAST-RESIN
Y00 – Y6 V AK
U0/U(Um) 0,6/1(1,2) kV
Montageanleitung Montageanvisning
Working instruction Asennusohje
Instructions de montage Instrukcja montaŜu muf
Instrucciones de montaje Szerelési útmutató
Istruzioni di montaggio Návod k montáži
Montagevoorschrift Montāžas instrukcija
299006/1211/2/1

Tel. +49(0)7741/60 07 11 Tel. +41(0)56/618 18 18
Fax +49(0)7741/60 07 83 Fax +41(0)56/618 81 48
www.cellpack.com
E-mail : electrical.products@cellpack.com
299006/1211/2/1 1/2
1
Y00 – Y6 V AK
Ø = d + 2 mm
A = 2 x d (max. 50 mm) X = b + 5 mm
3
min. 3 Min.
> 1000ml min. 4 Min.
299006/1211/2/1 2/2
LOW VOLTAGE
JOINT
for
POLYMERIC MULTI-CORE
SCREENRD & UNSRCEENED
NON-ARMOURED CABLES
Voltage Class: < 1 kV
Installation Instructions No. GSLV01

Page 2 of 4
1 General Instructions
1.1 Torch and Shrinking Techniques
• Use a ”clean burning” torch, e.g. a propane torch which does not have any deposits of
conductive contamination.
• Adjust the torch to obtain a soft blue flame with a yellow tip. Pencil-like blue flame should be
avoided.
• Keep the torch aimed in the shrink direction to preheat the material.
• Tubing should be cut smoothly with a sharp knife not leaving jagged edges.
• Start shrinking the tubing and moulded parts at the position recommended in the instructions.
• Ensure that the tubing is shrunk smoothly all around before continuing along the core.
• Tubing should be smooth and wrinkle free with inner components clearly defined.
1.2 Tips for Cable Preparation

• Do not nick or cut the core insulation when removing jacket/sheath.
• Wipe with recommended solvent after abrading.
• Clean and solvent wipe carefully all parts before shrinking
• In cleaning insulation, always wipe from the connector towards the cutback.
2 Cable Preparation
Table 1
Cross-section a b l
2
(mm ) (mm) (mm)
6 - 25mm2 120 200 half length of
35-50mm2 160 350 the connector
70-150mm2 220 450 + 10%
185-300mm2 330 520
Overlap the cables to be joined by about 250mm. Mark the reference line
(the middle of the overlap)
Page 3 of 4
Connection of the two cables
2.1Cable
Remove the cable jacket, lead jacket and the insulation to the dimensions given in the above
drawing and table 1. The insulation must be free from any pollution. Before removing the
jacket abrade the surface of the lead from the measured cutback towards the cable jacket.
Slide the outer sleeve on one side of the cable.

• Slide one small insulation tubing over each core of the cable with the longer tail length.
Take care that the surface of the core insulation is not polluted.
• Cut back the cores to the right length (acc. to table 1) and remove the insulation (acc. to
the length of the connector). Now joint the conductors by crimping or any other method in
accordance with standard jointing practice. If necessary deburr the connector but protect
the cable during this process.
• Clean and solvent wipe the cable insulation, use an oil-free solvent or one recommended
by the cable manufacturer. Finally clean the crimped connector.
Page 4 of 4
3.1 Insulation
Position the black insulation tubing centred over the connector on all cores of the cable.
• Start shrinking in the middle of the tubes and work with a smooth brushing motion around
the sleeves toward one end. Afterwards shrink the other sides in place too.
3.2 Outer Sealing Tubing
Abrade the cable jacket on both ends of the joint for 100 mm
• Position the outer sealing tubing over the joint
• Start shrinking in the middle of the tube and work with a smooth brushing motion around
the sleeve toward one end.
• Joint is completed.
• Allow the joint to cool before applying any mechanical strain.
Assembly Instructions
For live end sleeves/pot ends
SEMH4-K..
U0/ (Um) 0,6/1 (1,2) kV
The shrink sleeve SEMH4-K consists of four small shrink caps
Insulation of the conductor cores (inner caps) and a large shrinking end cap as external protection
(Outer cap).
The inner sides of the shrinkable end caps are coated with thermoplastic adhesive.
The end sleeve is suitable for both and outdoor, underground and in cable ducts.
Type Kabel Type a mm
N(A)YY; N(A)Y2Y; N(A)YC(W)Y
mm²
SEMH4-K 6-35 4x 6 – 4x 35 40
SEMH4-K 35-150 4x 35 – 4x 150 70
SEMH4-K 185-300 4x 185 – 4x 300 90
A.) Cable preparation

1.) Prepare cable as per drawing.
For N (A) YC (W) Y cables, the concentric conductor must be cut back to the cladding edge
2.) Roughen outer jacket in the area of the end cap to be shrunk, then clean the conductor insulation
and outer sheath.
B.) Shrinking of the end sleeve
General information:
Use suitable heat sources such as gas burners or hot air blowers in order to achieve the temperature
necessary for the shrinkage of 120-140 ° C.,
Gas burners must be set to a soft flame.
Start shrinking end caps from the closed end with even heat distribution.
The shrinking process is finish when the hot melt sealant complete oozes out from the end.
C.) Installation procedure
1. Push small shrink-sleeves over the cores by hand, shrink them and allow them to cool.
2. Push the large shrink-fit cap onto the cable end and shrink it.
After cooling to approx. 30 ° C (hand warm), the end sleeve can be loaded mechanically.
D.) Components of the set
4 x inner caps
1 x outer cap
1 x cleaning cloth
1 x emery cloth
1 x mounting instructions
4 x Innenkappen
1 x Außenkappe
1 x Reinigungstuch
CELLPACK 1 xGmbH
Schmirgelleinen CELLPACK AG
1 x Montageanleitung
Tel. +49(0)7741/60 07 11 Tel. +41(0)56/618 12 34
Fax+49(0)7741/60 07 83 Fax+41(0)56/618 12 45
146921/1116/6/1
Low Voltage Heat-shrink
SMH 3/4/5
U0/U(Um) 0,6/1 ( 1,2 ) kV
Niederspannungs Schrumpf-Verbindungsmuffe
für unarmierte Kunststoffkabel und Leitungen
Low voltage heat-shrink straight-through joint

for unarmoured plastic insulated cables and conductors
Boîte de jonction thermorétractable bas tension

pour câble à isolant synthétique sans armure
Empalme de conexión termoretráctil para baja tensión

para cables con aislamiento sintético sin armadura
Przelotowa mufa termokurczliwa niskiego napięcia

do kabli nie opancerzonych o izolacji i powłoce z tworzyw sztucznych
CENELEC HD 623 (DIN VDE 0278, Teil 623)

Tel. +49(0)7741/60 07 11 Tel. +41(0)56/618 18 18
Fax +49(0)7741/60 07 83 Fax +41(0)56/618 81 48
www.cellpack.com
203741/1209/3/4 1/4
Vor Montagebeginn beachten:
• Prüfen, ob die Garnitur für die vorhandenen Kabel geeignet ist
• Material anhand der Packliste auf Vollständigkeit prüfen.
• Montageanleitung lesen
Die Montage darf nur durch eine fachkundige Person erfolgen.

Für Ausfälle und Folgeschäden aufgrund falscher Montage ist der Hersteller nicht haftbar.
General remarks

Avant le montage :
• Vérifier que l'accessoire correspond au type de câble utilisé.
• Vérifier la présence de tous les éléments du kit selon la liste de contenu.
• Lire l’instruction de montage.
Le montage ne doit être effectué que par une personne formée.

Nous ne sommes pas responsables pour les défaillances et les dommages indirects dus à un mauvais
montage.
Antes del empezar el montaje:

• Controlar si el kit es adecuado para los cables utilizados.
• Controlar que el material esté completo según la lista de componentes.
• Leer estas instrucciones de montaje.
El montaje sólo debe efectuarse por personal cvalificado.

El fabricante no se responsabiliza por fallos o daños debido al montaje equivocado.
Uwagi ogólne
• Sprawdź zakres mufy i przekrój kabla.
• Sprawdź zawartość zestawu zgodnie z wykazem elementów.
• Przeczytaj instrukcję montaŜu.
MontaŜ musi być wykonany przez wykwalifikowany personel.

Producent nie ponosi Ŝadnej odpowiedzialności za awarie będące skutkiem niepoprawnego montaŜu.
203741/1209/3/4 2/4
1)
2)
203741/1209/3/4 3/4
3)
4)
5)
6)
203741/1209/3/4 4/4
Low Voltage Heat-shrink
SMHC 1…
U0/U(Um) 0,6/1 ( 1,2 ) kV
Niederspannungs Schrumpf-Verbindungsmuffe
für Kunststoffkabel mit konzentrischem Leiter
Low voltage heat-shrink straight-through joint

for plastic insulated cables with concentric conductor
Boîte de jonction thermorétractable bas tension

pour câble à isolant synthétique avec conducteur concentrique
Empalme de conexión termoretráctil para baja tensión

para cables con aislamiento sintético y conductor concentrico
CENELEC HD 623 (DIN VDE 0278, Teil 623)

Tel. +49(0)7741/60 07 11 Tel. +41(0)56/618 18 18
Fax +49(0)7741/60 07 83 Fax +41(0)56/618 81 48
www.cellpack.com
SMHC 1… 203846/0805/1/5 1/1

Vor Montagebeginn beachten:
• Prüfen, ob die Garnitur für die vorhandenen Kabel geeignet ist
• Material anhand der Packliste auf Vollständigkeit prüfen.
• Montageanleitung lesen
Die Montage darf nur durch eine fachkundige Person erfolgen.

Für Ausfälle und Folgeschäden aufgrund falscher Montage ist der Hersteller nicht haftbar.
General remarks

Avant le montage :
• Vérifier que l'accessoire correspond au type de câble utilisé.
• Vérifier la présence de tous les éléments du kit selon la liste de contenu.
• Lire l’instruction de montage.
Le montage ne doit être effectué que par une personne formée.

Nous ne sommes pas responsables pour les défaillances et les dommages indirects dus à
un mauvais montage.
Antes del empezar el montaje:

• Controlar si el kit es adecuado para los cables utilizados.
• Controlar que el material esté completo según la lista de componentes.
• Leer estas instrucciones de montaje.
El montaje sólo debe efectuarse por personal cvalificado.

El fabricante no se responsabiliza por fallos o daños debido al montaje equivocado.
SMHC 1… 203846/0805/1/5 2/2

1)
2)
3)
SMHC 1… 203846/0805/1/5 3/3

4)
5)
6)
SMHC 1… 203846/0805/1/5 4/4

7)
8)
9)
SMHC 1… 203846/0805/1/5 5/5

10. Stock Availability
FEA
MR 71-2018
Leadtime
Leadtime to set up stock holdings Leadtime once stock in place
FEA # Description 3 Year Useage PLP Stock # PLP Cellpack Desc based on tender yearly quantites 5days ex works CIF SEA FREIGHT
I04705 LV SCOTCHCAST JOINT 16-35mm 36 CP124171 M13 S / 4X 16-4X35 50 days 5days Allow 4 weeks
I04704 LV SCOTCHCAST JOINT 35-70mm 11 CP124173 M14 S / 4X 35-4X70 50 days 5days Allow 4 weeks
I04693 LV RESIN KIT 4C 95-240mm 21 CP124176 M16 / 4X 95-4X185 50 days 5days Allow 4 weeks
I04695 LV RESIN KIT 4C 150-300mm 28 CP169406 M17 / 4X150-4X300 50 days 5days Allow 4 weeks
I04690A LV TERMINATION KIT I/D O/D 120-240mm 9 CP145449 SFEX4-95/240 50 days 5days Allow 4 weeks
I04672N 11kV STRAIGHT INLINE JOINT 3C XLPE 185-300mm 78 CP297260 CHMSV31-12kV150-300 50 days 5days Allow 4 weeks
I04672F 11kV TERMINATION KIT O/D 3C XLPE 95-240mm 115 CP146222 CHE-3F(A)12kV95-240 50 days 5days Allow 4 weeks
I04672D 11kV TERMINATION KIT I/D 3C XLPE 95-240mm 308 CP146217 CHE-3I(A)12kV95-240 50 days 5days Allow 4 weeks
I04672L 11kV TERMINATION KIT O/D 3C XLPE 120-300mm 23 CP146224 CHE-3F(A)12kV150-400 50 days 5days Allow 4 weeks
I04672M 11kV TERMINATION KIT I/D 3C XLPE 120-300mm 54 CP146218 CHE-3I(A)12kV150-400 50 days 5days Allow 4 weeks
I04675 11kV RIGHT ANGLE BUSHING SLEEVE XLPE 120-300mm 87 CP0-5009 CRB-2 12kV 120/300 50 days 5days Allow 4 weeks
I04676 11kV INLINE BUSHING SLEEVE XLPE 120-300mm 97 CP0-5011 CSB-1 12kV 95/300 50 days 5days Allow 4 weeks
I04685 11kV STRAIGHT JOINT 95-240mm 148 CP297442 CHMSV31-12KV95-240 50 days 5days Allow 4 weeks
I04706 11kV TRANSITION JOINT 16-95mm 180 CP197603 CHMPR31-17kV 25-95 50 days 5days Allow 4 weeks
I04709 11kV TRANSITION JOINT 95-240mm 204 CP197604 CHMPR31-17kV 95-300 50 days 5days Allow 4 weeks
I04710 11kV TRANSITION JOINT 3C XLPE 150-300mm 78 CP197604 CHMPR31-17kV 95-300 50 days 5days Allow 4 weeks
I04677A 11kV TRIFURACTING KIT 3C XLPE FOR ABB SAFELINK S/G 95-240mm 119 CP0-5150 TRIKIT-24KV95/400 50 days 5days Allow 4 weeks
I04677 11kV TRIFURACTING KIT 3C XLPE FOR ABB SAFELINK S/G 185-300mm 49 CP0-5150 TRIKIT-24KV95/400 50 days 5days Allow 4 weeks
11. Environmental Considerations
REACH Information
January 2016
Dear customer
You have requested information relating to REACH conformity of Cellpack products.
The Chemicals Regulation (EC) No 1907/2006 concerning the registration, evaluation and
st
authorisation of chemicals (REACH) entered into force on 1 June 2007. It defines requirements on
substances as such, substances in mixtures and also certain substances in articles.
For products requiring a safety data sheet SDS they are provided via download on our web based
product catalogue under
https://ep-webcatalog.cellpack.com/
Please consider that products as tapes, gel joints, cable ties and heat shrink products – comply with
1
the REACH definition of articles and thus safety data sheets according to REACH Art. 31 are not
mandatory.
The REACH requirements on articles are triggered by the presence of substances of very high
2
concern (SVHC). The criteria for SVHC are defined in REACH Art. 57 and include CMR substances ,
3
PBT/vPvB substances and substances of similar concern. The list of identified SVHC is published as
4
the “candidate list” according to Art. 59(1) on the ECHA website and is regularly updated. If an SVHC
is present in an article in concentrations above 0.1 wt-% producers, importers and other suppliers of
the article have to provide respective information necessary to ensure safe use of the article to the
recipients and, as a minimum, the name of the substance (REACH Art. 33).
As a producer and supplier of articles Cellpack GmbH is aware of the requirements on substances in
articles according to REACH. We are monitoring the development of the candidate list and keep
information about the presence/absence of SVHC from our suppliers up to date. Based on the current
candidate list only products according to table 1 (attached) contain SVHCs in levels above 0.1 wt-%.
Furthermore we will forward any relevant information on SVHC contained in articles as soon as we
become aware of it.
For further questions please contact reach@cellpack.com
Kind Regards
Cellpack GmbH
1
REACH Article 3(3)): article: means an object which during production is given a special shape, surface or
design which determines its function to a greater degree than does its chemical composition;
2
CMR: carcinogenic, mutagenic or reproduction toxic substances cat. 1A and 1B (acc. To CLP-Regulation)
3
PBT: persistent, bioaccumulative and toxic substance, vPvB: very persistent and very bioaccumulative
substances
4
http://echa.europa.eu/chem_data/authorisation_process/candidate_list_table_en.asp
Table 1
Products and articles containing SVHC > 0.1 wt-%
as mentioned in the ECHA candidate list
th
status: update of December 17 , 2015.
Pos. Product SVHC- Substance CAS-Nr EC-Nr Content

(wt-%)
– – – – – –
Handling of these products within the intended use does not require specific safety measures.
14. Training
Training Agenda
MV Cable Accessories
PLP Electropar Ltd 27/02/2017

I: Training Protocol
1.1
EPLP only train in the installation of Cellpack products. We are not training persons
to become Cable Jointers.
Each person will receive a “Certificate of Achievement” in the product that they
have been trained in. This needs to be indicated to the trainees.
1.2
Under no circumstances is product installation training to be carried out on an actual
installation.
1.3
Customers will purchase all materials for the products they wish to be trained in.
Customers will supply the Cable to be trained on.
Customers need to supply a suitable indoor area for training.
EPLP will supply our product training service free of charge unless otherwise stated.
The cost of accommodation and travel expense will be evaluated on each training
situation. This will be decided by the Technical Manager.
1.4
Generally training will be in two formats “Presentation and Hands on”. The training
might involve just one format or both.
1.5
All formal product training needs to be approved by the Technical Manager.

2: Training Formats
2.1 Presentation
The following presentations are part of the training package.
These will be presented in the order listed below.
# Who are EPLP & Cellpack?
# Cellpack Cable Accessories Range.
# Cable Construction.
# Field Control
# Contact Technique Shear bolt / compression.
Note: It’s the trainer’s discretion on what presentations are delivered for the training
being conducted, additional presentations regarding other EPLP products for
example S&C Switchgear will be incorporated should there be a requirement.
# Who is PLP Electropar ?

The background of PLP Electropar Highlighting the Technical capabilities.
# Cable Construction.
To assist the trainees understand basic cable construction.
# Field Control
To help the trainees understand the requirements of cable accessories and their
function.
# Cellpack MV Cable Accessories.

Step through each Cellpack product and ensure the trainees understand the
Technical concept and technology.
# Contact Technique Shear bolt / compression.

Give an insight to the technology and installation concepts of both mechanical and
compression styles of Electrical connections.

2.2 Cellpack Product
Explanation of the Cellpack Hybrid System through various Product Samples.
# Screened Elbows 250amp & 630amp plus 1250amp 11 to 33kV.

# Cold applied Terminations and Joints
# Heat shrink Terminations and Joints
# The future in Jointing COMPAX fully integrated Inline Joint
2.3 Hands On
The Hands on training is as indicated below.
# Trainees need to be divided into groups of two no more than three.

# Each trainee will be given an installation instruction on each product they
will be training in.
# Each group will prepare the cables and install the product under the trainer.
# EPLP will not provide tooling unless requested to demonstrate its own
brands, and the correct use of.
Note: Ensure all safety processes are followed at the facility were training is
taking place.

Cable Jointers Course.
Definition of Terms:
Joint:-A Joint or Splice is the connection of one length of a power cable to another (Also
called a Straight - Through Joint) these can be single Phase to single Phase, Three Phase to
three Single Phase, PaperLead (PILC) to Paper Lead (PILC) or Paperlead to XLPE a Transition
Joint.
A Joint is required to rebuild / replace insulation layers of a Cable, exclude air and moisture,
re-instate Phase and earth continuity and mechanical armouring of a cable (where
applicable)and control of Electrical stress Medium / High Voltage cables only.
Termination:-A Termination is the connection of a Power Cable to some other device

or equipment. Example: Terminations into Switchgear, Transformers and Pole Top
(Overhead Lines), UGOH (Underground Overhead).
A termination is needed to control Electrical stress (if any), keeping out air and moisture,
provide non-tracking termination to earth on Medium to High Voltage cables.
Armour:-A metallic covering around the cable for mechanical protection.

Types are: Wire, Tape, Corrugated Copper / Aluminium and interlocked.
Cable Bending Radius:-A limit on how much a Cable may be bent (Set) during
installation on equipment without causing possible damage which is often impossible to
detect by testing after installation of a termination or Joint with failures taking days, weeks
or sometimes months to appear.
The following are bending radii for various cable types,
(PILC)Paper Insulated Single core = 18 x Cable O.D

(PILC) Paper Insulated Three core = 15 x Cable O.D
PVC Single and Three Core = 12 x Cable O.D
HDPE Single and Three Core =15 x Cable O.D
These are setting measurements with pulling measurements usually being larger,
sometimes 28 x Cable O.D
If you have any doubt, check the Cable manufactures cable drum diameter and take your
bending radius from that.
(2)
Conductor:- Material which allows the conduction of Electricity, either Copper or
Aluminium. The word is also used in the context of single or three conductor (or cores) to
describe the cable. Abbreviations are: single core for single conductor and three core for
three conductor.
Compact Stranding:-A round or sector conductor having all layers stranded in the
same direction and rolled to a ideal shape. This type of conductor is smooth on the surface
and contains practically no voids.
Concentric Stranding:- A conductor consisting of a central wire or core

surrounded by one or more layers of helically laid wires. Each layer after the first has six
more wires than the preceding layer. Each layer is applied in a direction opposite to that
layer under it.
Continuous Current:- The amount of current that can flow through a conductive
device (the conductor) on a steady continuous basis without exceeding stipulated
conductors temperatures due to conductors have some resistance. This resistance results in
heat generation.
Conductor Temp:-As discussed in Continuous Current, all conductors heat up
during Current flow. The insulation systems are designed to withstand and operate for given
temperatures.
Typical Values are:-
Cable Operating Emergency Overload Fault Conditions
XLPE 90˚C 130˚C 250˚C
EPR 90˚C 130˚C 200˚C
PILC 70˚C 110˚C 200˚C
(3)
Copper Tape Screened:-A copper tape wrapped around the Cable insulation as
part of the cable shielding system. Commonly found in XLPE cables, but also used with PILC
screened cables.
Copper Tape Screens
On Paper cables with taped screens, stress void filler should be applied in the same direction
(turn) as the last paper layer or metal foil.
Copper Wire Screened:- Wires laid around the outer semi-conductive layer of
the cable cores of XLPE cables. This is also referred to as the Drain Wire.
Screen wires
(4)
Insulation Shield System:-The outer shielding which is comprised of two conductive

components Semi-conductive layer (semi-con) under a metallic layer are the most common shield
varieties.
Metallic Screen:- The metallic shield(Screen) is the current carrying component

that allows the insulation shield (screen) system to perform the functions as shown
above. This is the layer where various cable types differ most. Therefore, most cables
are named after their metallic shield (e.g. ribbon shielded, drain wire shielded,
Unshielded®,etc.)Shield type (cable identification) thus becomes important information
to know when selecting devices for splicing and terminating.
Equipotential Lines:- The lines of equal voltage in the installation located between
a High Voltage conductor and ground. These lines run perpendicular to the flux lines.
(5)
Creepage Distance:- The distance from High Voltage to ground as measured along
the surface of an insulator. To put this simply, it is the distance from the live part (lug) to
the screen (Earth). Creepage distances are important as it stops the termination form
flashing over. To increase this distance is easy, by adding sheds to a termination (e.g.:
Outdoors).
Flashover:- When Voltage jumps across and insulator causing an external arc. An
example is a lighting strike causing an arc to jump over the surface of a termination to
ground.
Leakage Current:- No insulation is perfect. Leakage currents do exist and this is a

current that flows from the conductor to ground through insulation and cable accessories.
Corona:- This is the destroyer of medium voltage underground cables. This

phenomenon known as Corona is when the conductor exceeds the dielectric strength of air,
with the air will continuously ionising, (become conductive). This discharge is a source of
radio interference, audible noise and power loss. In joints or splices and terminations, the
smallest air gap or sharp point can cause this phenomenon, and it can destroy cables very
quickly. It simply is,high levels of uncontrolled stress in cables especially underground XLPE-
EPR cables.
When stand near an extra high voltage tower or under their conductors, sometimes you can
hear buzzing or crackling. This is the air ionising around the conductor, creating Corona. You
hear it more when there is moisture in the atmosphere with the ionised air discharging.
Corona does emit a purple light but cannot be seen with the human eye.
Another way of hearing Corona is using your AM radio. As stated it does affect radio signals
interfering with Analogue signals, and when using an AM radio under high voltage lines, the
Corona interferes with the signal, due to the way band of the signal. It does not happen on
FM.
Corona when present medium voltage cables, reacts with the dielectric breaking it down
and emitting Ozone gas. This can be easily identified in substations, as it gives off a sweet
smell and there will be signs of white powder residue on the cables.
Corona discharge
White residue
PILC (Paper Insulated Lead Covering) Paper lead will only suffer from this phenomenon if
the papers are damaged, are too close or simply has no grease left in papers (dry).
To prevent Corona happening in cables, a high standard of cable preparation is required,
and will be discussed next.
(6)
Cable Preparation
Removal of Semiconductor Screen:- For XLPE or EPR (Ethylene
Propylene Rubber) semiconductor, use a round file to cut radially. By using a PVC tape
build up, form a straight edge through the semiconductor layer until the indication of
the XLPE/EPR (dielectric) installation layer becomes visible. Chainsaw files are
recommended. Take caution to ensure that the cable is filed to the dimensions as per
the instructions given in the cable accessories kit by the manufacturer.
XLPE/EPR Dielectric
There are 2 styles of Semi conductive layers, easy strip or fully bonded. These will be discussed later.
Easy strip semicon cables, use a round file to cut radially through the core screen until the
dielectric just becomes visible. Use a scoring tool as recommended to do longitudinal stripping.
To prevent cuts in the cable dielectric, never use a knife.
Semi conductive screened cables requiring either a Both Universal (easy strip) or
Bonded semiconductor are on an arrangement of cables. Easy strip is usually on cables
from 3.3-33kV and fully bonded on cables 33-500KV. Take caution to ensure that the
cable is striped to the dimensions as per the instructions given in the cable accessories
kit by the manufacturer and the style of the cable makeup, ie easy stri or fully bonded
semi-icon.
Universal Stripper (left) and Bonded Stripper (rig

(7)
An example of poor workman ship. It is important to correctly prepare cables
ready for teminating or jointint or splicing.
Poor cable preparation will destroy the joints and create issues for the cables.
The below picture of poor cable preparation, which lead to the failure of the joint
Jiggered semi conductive area Cut marks in dielectric

(8)
Uncontrolled electrical field at the end of a cable

At the end of medium voltage cables where the insulation screen is removed, the
equipotential lines are very close indicating high electric stresses. This stress is high
enough to ionise the air at the cable surface causing discharges. The temperature and
by-products of this ionisation will, over a period of time, degrade the insulation surface.
In addition, the stress at the screen end is dso high that even the smallest notch, ie
(Knife mark or score) would cause a breakdown.
Percentage of
The voltage
Uncontrolled Electrical Field at Screen End

When the electrical field strength is too high, the insulating medium, in this case air, breaks
down. The critical value for air is approximately 2.5kV/mm, at approximately 70% humidity
Corona discharge, the
Breaking down of air

(9)
PowerJoint terminations include stress control tape and tubing’s, which form a carefully
controlled volume of resistivity and permittivity smoothing out the high stress areas.
The electrical field strength at the end of the screen cut is reduced to a level well below
the upper limit for long term operation.
This stress control is longitudinal capacitive stress control. Due to the slimness of this
type of stress control, it can be used on a variety of cable types, including paper cables,
and accommodates variations of cable dimensions.
The stress control is made up of capacitors and resistors. As shown below, in the
picture, the capacitors charge and need to discharge thus, having the importance of the
semi conductive screen. If the stress control tube does not see an earth potential, it
simply does not work and you will have an uncontrolled stress problem, which will lead
of the destruction and failure of the cable and the joint.
(10)
As discussed above, there are two main forms of stress control, Longitudinal and Geometric.
Geometric is the building up of insulation around the break between the semi conductive
layer and Dieletric.
Geometric stresscontrol by Stresscone.

• FEM Design for optimium stress control.
• Increased thinkness of insulation where the stress is high.
• Conductive layer with overlap of the insulation screen of the cable. The cone
transfer the stress to the edge of the ”cone ”.
• The EPDM rubber stresscone will create a pressure in the interface towards the
cable.
Refractivee field control.
The stress control material is a mix of zink oxide and rubber. It works like a filter where
some of the electric stress is passing through the material.
The system is used for MV Terminations only.

(11)
Live Front:- A piece of Electrical apparatus which has exposed High Voltage
components unscreened when access is possible, (Medium / High Voltage Heat shrink
terminations are Live front) DO NOT TOUCH WHEN ENERGISED
Dead-Front:- This refers to a piece of Electrical equipment such as a pad mount

transformer or metal enclosed which has an access door or lid, and if opened or removed
has no exposed to uninsulated High Voltage termination points. The use of Elbow
connectors allows exposure to switchgear, deeming it Dead-front construction.
It should be noted that for transformers this applies to the primary (High Voltage side only)
and does not apply to the Low Voltage side.
Screened Elbows:- Elbow connecters are a specific form of cable termination used
to provide the connection to standard Transformer and Switchgear bushings and are
extensively used on polymeric cables at voltages of 11, 22, 33 and 42kV.
Since the early 1980’s the use of metal enclosed SF6 (Gas) insulated medium voltage
switchgear has shown a steady increase, with this internal phase spacing’s that have come
with this compact design do not allow the use of traditional air spaced uninsulated Live
front terminations.
Pre-moulded products have an advantage of being factory made and tested. These Elbows
also have the added advantage of being able to be installed quickly. As screened Elbow
forms an interface fit on the cable, this in turn fits into the Elbow housing which provides
the installation, stress-control and semi-conductive outer covering making this style of
termination independent of ambient conditions, maintenance free and even submersible.
This also encasing the whole termination in an earthed (screened) touch safe housing.
The cable conductor is connected into the connecter by use of torque screws and this in
turn is connected to the bushing of the equipment by either a pin contact or by bolted
connection, the bolted method allows for the paralleling of more than one cable onto a
single bushing or phase.
250 Amp Elbow 630 Amp Elbow

(12)
Sizes and current ratings
As terminations and Joints or splices, there are many sizes, and this is comment for Elbows.
Below is a quick guide for DIN Elbows which are mainly sold in Australia. The A and C are
the most common, and the elbow range goes to a F style at 1200amps.
Field Control in a Screened Elbow:- Below is a cut away view and stress
control of the outer layer of an Elbow.
All elbows have a semi conductive layer on the outside. They classified as touch safe, but
are really designed for any rodents, snakes and if people brush against the Elbow, whilst
live. Due to the term, touch safe, they must not be touched whilst in operation (LIVE),
precautions must be used. As stated above, due to the Elbow having an earth potential on
the outer skin, the Elbows and be placed close together without any Corona discharge, as
long as the Elbow has been installed to the manufactures instructions.
There are two main styles of Elbows, EPDM and Silicone
EPDM= the outer layer is a shell of semi conductive material forming a Faradays cage
These Elbows have a good mechanical strength and last approx. 40 years of service
Silicone= the outer layer is a sprayed covering of semi conductive material, forming a
Faradays cage.
These Elbows are easy to put on and cheap but last approx. 10 years + service.
(13)
are an issue for XLPE cables. PILC and EPR

do not suffer from this Phenomenon, as they do not have Polyethylene in their
construction. The causes of these trees are varied, but it is mainly caused through the
manufacturing processes and impurities in the Dielectric. With the growth of Water
trees, the can also grow electrical trees which become conductive.
Bow tie water trees are always found in the body of the primary insulation, and by
themselves will not cause the cable to fail.
They normally propagate from either a micro-void, or an inclusion in the insulation.
These trees appear at points of highest mechanical stress with the cable.
Vented water trees grow into the insulation from either the conductor or insulation
screens. They usually propagate from an irregularity at the screen/insulation interface.
Although initially dielectric having these trees will bridge across both screens and they
rapidly become conductive with the cable failing. The bridging effect can be caused by
one vented tree, two vented trees meeting, or two trees bridging through a bow tie t
(14)
After installation of termination and joints, the cable must be tested. There are some
test which can be done on, like Mega (Insulation) test, VLF ( Very Low Frequency)
HIPOT, PD ETC.
Insulation test HD 620.S1:1996
DC testing 15 min > 2U0 - Not recommended to be performed on XLPE
cable. DC hi pot testing on XLPE can cause space charges in the primary
insulation which will lead to accelerated ageing and treeing in XLPE cables.
AC at 45 to 65Hz for either at Um or U0 up to 24 h
Recommended for XLPE
VLF 0.1 hz at 3U0 1h need more time for detection of any potential weak
points – 500 times less charge.
Insulation test acc to IEC 60502-2

AC test at U0 for 24h
DC test 15 U0 for 15 minutes is under consideration
Sheath Testing
In order to detect damages or weak points on PVC/PE cable jackets, sheath
testing is carried out at the cable by applying a voltage (mostly negative DC) to
the armour or concentric neutral in accordance with several specifications.
Specifications which are common in the industry are;
IEC 229 (up to 10kV DC)
AS 1429 (3.5kV AC
VDE 0298 (5kV DC)
Overall we suggest the most “common practice of applying 1 to 5kV DC” This
voltage is sufficient. Higher voltages will only increase the danger of damaging
the over-sheath.
Additional Tests to Consider;

• Polarisation Index
• Step Voltage
• Conductor & Screen Resistance (continuity)
• Phasing
• HV DC
• TDR (Time Domain Reflectometry)
• VLF HV AC
• Tan Delta
• Partial Discharge
Projected Lifetimes
• Paper Insulated Cables 80 years
• First generation XLPE (60’s/70’s) 20 years
• Second generation XLPE (80’s) 30+ years
• Third generation XLPE (90’s/00’s) 40 years
NOTE : Uo = Voltage between Phase and earth ( 11KV Uo = 6.35KV)

(15)
High Voltage Reticulation.
CABLE CLASSIFICATION
Impregnated Paper:- There are two different kinds of compound used for the
impregnation of paper insulated cables: Non-draining compound (MIND Oil resin compound
(MI)
MIND:- Mass impregnated Non-draining.
MI:- Mineral Insulated.
PILC:- Paper Insulated Lead Covered.
XLPE:- Crosslinked Polyethylene.
PVC:- Polyvinyl Chloride.
PIAS:- Paper Insulated Aluminium Sheaths.
HDPE:- High Density Polyethylene.

Semi-con:- Extruded Conductive Screen (XLPE only) two types:- Bonded & strippable.
Belt Papers:- Are the double carbon papers (PILC cables) laid up over a Belting of
paper tapes over the cable cores on a Paper Lead cable.
(16)
When crimping connections it is absolutely necessary to use only those dies, crimping
tools and the corresponding lugs and ferrules recommended by the crimp
manufacturer. On cable lugs the insulation cutback should be the internal length of the
tubing plus 5 mm to allow for expansion. Start crimping at the top and proceed down
the tube towards the bottom end of the lug.
Cold flow:- Aluminium exhibits a property known as "cold flow" where the
aluminium will tend to flow when compressed. Copper is much more forgiving.
Unlike copper, aluminium has a tendency to cold-flow under pressure, so screw
clamped connections may get loose over time. This can be mitigated by using
spring-loaded connectors that apply constant pressure, applying high pressure cold
joints in splices and termination fittings, and torque the bolted connection. Also unlike
copper, aluminium forms an insulating oxide layer on the surface. This is sometimes
addressed by coating aluminium wires with an antioxidant paste
at joints, or by applying a mechanical termination designed to break through the oxide layer
during installation.
The same procedure is required for ferrules: here you start in the middle and work on
alternate sides towards the ends. To ensure uniform length on 3-core cables, complete the
first indents on each core before finishing each ferrule. Use a file to remove any rough edges
which may result from the crimping.
For connectors using more than one shear bolt per entry side, tighten them alternately
and shear them off starting with outer bolts.
Note: When a cordless impact wrench is in use, the tightening intervals should be in the
range of 2 seconds.
(17)
Cross-over:- It is not always possible to achieve the desirable setting of cable cores in
a transformer or switchgear. To enable to correct phasing crossing the cores is necessary,
this is carried out in the screened area od a XLPE cable or PILC screened cable, for PILC
cables that are unscreened this requires a conductive layer to be placed on the cable cores
before the stress-control is installed.
(18)
Fault:- A system short – circuit. Various types are Line (or Phase) to ground, Phase
(Line),three Phase etc. Fault currents are equivalent to short – circuit currents.
Ground:- The physical earth itself, or also a conductor which has a low resistance
connection to ground.
Hi-pot:- In the strict sense, High Potential. Slang for a DC withstand test, a common
field test not recommended for XLPE cables, DC hi pot testing on XLPE can cause space
charges in the primary insulation which will lead to accelerated ageing and treeing in
XLPE cables. This test as can be very destructive too the cable.
BIL
Voltage Ph/Ph Ph/Gr
(kV)
6.6kV 60 104mm 90mm
11kV 95* 185mm 160mm
22kV 145** 325mm 280mm
33kV 200*** 440mm 380mm
* 75KV accepted in indoor applications ASNZ4805 Table 13

** 125kV accepted in indoor applications ASNZ4805 Table 13
*** 170kV accepted in indoor applications ASNZ4805 Table 13
(19)
BUSHINGS FOR SCREENED ELBOWS

(20)
KEY PERSONNEL – CV TEMPLATE
PERSONAL DETAILS
Name Grant Smith Title Mr
Company name PLP Electropar Limited
Residence Auckland, New Zealand
Nationality New Zealand
Employment Employee
Status
English Individual is capable of fluent and clear communication in English.
Language Skills
Yes
RELEVANT QUALIFICATIONS
Academic
Qualifications
Professional ABB Factory Certified HV / EHV <175kV Instructor /Jointer
Qualifications
Raychem <72kV/ CellPack <42kV/ Elastimold <72kV Certified Instructor / Installer
ESITO Registered Assessor
PROFESSIONAL EXPERTISE AND EXPERIENCE
Profession Electrical Industry, covering all facets of Underground Cable installations
Years Relevant 40
Professional
Experience
Relevant  From 1977 to 1992 I worked at Hutt Valley Power & Gas Board carrying out installations
Employment covering all voltages from 1kV to 33kV oil/gas/solid & XLPE.
History  From 1992 to 1997 I worked as a Raychem Technical Service Engineer then following this from
1997 to 2008 as a Technical Marketing Manager promoting Huber+Suhner as well as
Elastimold / Euromold and Elcon Megarad cable accessories again providing product training
and carrying out installations throughout New Zealand and the Pacific Islands. Before leaving
New Zealand in 2008 I was a member of the ESITO Cable Jointing organizing
Committee for the first of the Cable Jointers Competition in conjunction with the Lineman’s
Competition and was also an ESITO Registered Assessor regarding Cable Jointer assessment to
the Unit Standards.
 In 2008 I Joined ABB Australia being involved with the product support and Cable Jointer
training and Certification for Medium Voltage through to Extra High Voltage installations and
also worked as a Project Engineer in Western Australia in the Pilbara Region overseeing the
installation of Medium and High Voltage cabling and terminations / Joints to 132kV. I then
returned to the Power Products High Voltage Division of ABB in 2012 focussing solely
on the technical support and training of High Voltage and Extra High Voltage Cable Jointers
Australia wide.
 In June 2014, I moved to the position of Technical Manager for Legend Power providing
Technical support for the Power Joint Accessories range within Australia and New Zealand.
 In October 2016 I returned home to New Zealand and Jointed Electropar PLP as a Snr Technical
Manager Designing installation instructions to customer requirements plus also providing
technical support for customers, regarding cable installation, and Organizing Cable Jointer
Training, both onsite and in class room, Jointer assessment to E.S.T.O requirements for the
CellPack Cable Accessories range covering 1 to 42kV covering ANZ and the Pacific Islands.
 I have carried out installations <175kV and am experienced on the installation of all Major
Manufacturers of cable accessories. BICC, ABB Kabeldon, NKT, Raychem, 3M, SűDKABEL,
Pfisterer, Elastimold, Euromold and CellPack with installations throughout New Zealand the
Pacific Islands and Australia.
Country New Zealand, Australia, Samoa, Fiji, Tonga, Sweden / Finland, Solamon Islands
Experience
15. APPENDIX TECHNICAL DETAILS
15.1 Technical Details – 11kV
Terminations (Indoor & Outdoor)
15.0 Appendix
Response
Item No.104672F 104672F CHESK-3F (A) 12kV 95-240
Cellpack
Carl-Zeiss-Stra Be20
79761 Waldshut Tiengen
Germany
Country of Manufacturers Germany
Type Test Certificate No. 1328.0054.1.129

Specified Value /
Requirement
Type Offered Heat / Premoulded Heat Shrink / Hybrid
Rated Voltage kV 12kV

15min at 2.5 Uo (23kV)
5 min. at 4.5 U0 No breakdown or
5 minute dry A.C. Voltage Withstand 5min at 4.5 Uo (39kV)
(27kV) flashover
(Outdoor Only) A.C. Voltage No breakdown or
1 min at 4 U0 (24kV) 1min at 4 Uo (35kV)
withstand wet flashover
15 minute dry D.C. Voltage No breakdown or
Withstand flashover
Partial Discharge – maximum 1.73 U0 (10kV) 10 pC max. 2.5 Uo (23kV)
No breakdown or
Impulse Level 95kV 95kV
flashover
Mechanical /
Type of Lug Mechanical
Compression
Lug Manufacturer Cellpack
Lug Manufacturer’s part number CSK-95-240

(Compression Lug Only) Across
mm N/A
Lug Conductor diameter range mm 95-240mm²
Tail Lengths mm 800mm
Color of housing / Sheds Red
Diameter over cable insulation range mm 18-30mm

Detailed Instructions to suit type and
Yes / No Yes
voltage included in kits
Specified Value /
Requirement
(Indoor Only) Terminal insulation

available to suit all switchgear listed
in Table 6.2 and cable sizes listed in Yes / No N/A
Table 6.1, plus compatible with
cable termination components
Terminal insulation removable and

Yes / No No
reusable for testing of switchgear
Pack Size 200H x 250W x 360L

Pack Mass kg 2kg
Shelf Life Years No Shelf life
Labour estimate to complete
hours 2 hours
termination
Name of Tenderer: PLP Electropar
Signature of Tenderer: Kamlesh Prasad - Engineering Manager
Date: 22/03/2018
15.0 Appendix
Response
Item No.104672D CHESK-31 (A) 12kV 95-240
Cellpack
Germany

Specified Value /
Requirement
Type Offered Heat / Premoulded Heat Shrink Hybrid

(27kV) flashover
1 min at 4 U0 (24kV) N.A
Withstand flashover
No breakdown or
flashover
Mechanical /
Compression

mm N/A

Yes / No Yes
Specified Value /
Requirement

in Table 6.2 and cable sizes listed in Yes / No Yes

Yes / No No

Pack Mass kg 2kg
hours 2 hours
termination
Date: 22/03/2018
15.0 Appendix
Response
Item No. 104672L CHESK-3F (A) 12kV 240-400
Cellpack
Germany

Specified Value /
Requirement
Type Offered Heat / Premoulded Heat Shrink / Hybrid

(27kV) flashover
Withstand flashover
No breakdown or
flashover
Mechanical /
Compression

mm N/A
Diameter over cable insulation range mm

Yes / No Yes
Specified Value /
Requirement

in Table 6.2 and cable sizes listed in Yes / No N/A

Yes / No No

Pack Mass kg 1.5kg
hours 2 hours
termination
Date: 22/03/2018
15.0 Appendix
Response
Item No.104672M CHESK-31 (A) 12kV 240-400
Cellpack
Germany

Specified Value /
Requirement

(27kV) flashover
1 min at 4 U0 (24kV) N/A
Withstand flashover
No breakdown or
flashover
Mechanical /
Compression

mm N/A

Yes / No Yes
Specified Value /
Requirement


Yes / No No

Pack Mass kg 1.5kg
hours 2 hours
termination
Date: 22/03/2018
15.0 Appendix
Response
Item No.104675 0-5009-CRB2
Cellpack
Germany
Type Test Certificate No. PB-10-058

Specified Value /
Requirement
Type Offered Heat / Premoulded Heat Shrink

5 minute dry A.C. Voltage Withstand N/A
(27kV) flashover
Withstand flashover
Partial Discharge – maximum 1.73 U0 (10kV) 10 pC max. 1min at 2 Uo (0,3pC) (25kV)
No breakdown or
flashover
Mechanical /
Type of Lug N/A
Compression
Lug Manufacturer N/A
Lug Manufacturer’s part number N/A

mm N/A
Lug Conductor diameter range mm N/A
Tail Lengths mm N/A
Diameter over cable insulation range mm 120-300mm²

Yes / No Yes
Specified Value /
Requirement


Yes / No No

Pack Mass kg 2kg
hours ½ hour
termination
Date: 22/03/2018
15.0 Appendix
Response
Item No. 104676 0-5011-CSB1
Cellpack
Germany
Type Test Certificate No. PB-10-058

Specified Value /
Requirement

5 minute dry A.C. Voltage Withstand N/A
(27kV) flashover
Withstand flashover
Partial Discharge – maximum 1.73 U0 (10kV) 10 pC max. 1min at 2 Uo (25kV) (0,3pC)
No breakdown or
flashover
Mechanical /
Type of Lug N/A
Compression
Lug Manufacturer N/A
Lug Manufacturer’s part number N/A

mm N/A
Lug Conductor diameter range mm N/A
Tail Lengths mm N/A
Diameter over cable insulation range mm 16-300mm²

Yes / No Yes
Specified Value /
Requirement


Yes / No No

Pack Mass kg 1.42kg
hours ½ hour
termination
Date: 22/03/2018
15.0 Appendix
Response
Item No. 104677A CHESK-31 (A) 12K 95-240 Tri3000
Cellpack
Germany

Specified Value /
Requirement
Heat Shrink Hybrid Trifercation
termination
(27kV) flashover
Withstand flashover
No breakdown or
flashover
Mechanical /
Compression
Lug Manufacturer’s part number CSK 95-240

mm N/A
Color of housing / Sheds Red/Black

Yes / No Yes
Specified Value /
Requirement


Yes / No No

Pack Mass kg 3.5kg
hours 2½ hours
termination
Date: 22/03/2018
15.0 Appendix
Response
Item No. 104677 CHESK-31 (A) 12K 240-400 Tri3000
Cellpack
Germany

Specified Value /
Requirement
Heat Shrink Hybrid Trifercation
Termination
(27kV) flashover
Withstand flashover
No breakdown or
flashover
Mechanical /
Compression
Lug Manufacturer’s part number CSK 240-400

mm N/A
Color of housing / Sheds Red/Black

Yes / No Yes
Specified Value /
Requirement


Yes / No No

Pack Mass kg 3.5kg
hours 2½ hours
termination
Date: 22/03/2018
15.2 Technical Details - 11kV Joints
Response
Item No. 104672N CHMSV3-1 12kV 95-240
Cellpack
Germany
Specified Value /
Requirement



Withstand flashover
Partial Discharge – maximum 1.73 U0 (10kV) 10 pC max. 2.25 Uo (19.6kV)
No breakdown or
flashover
Mechanical /
Type of Connector Mechanical
Compression
Connector Manufacturer Cellpack
Connector Manufacturer’s part

CSV-LHS 95-240
number
Only) Across Flat Distance of mm
the Die
Connector Conductor diameter
mm 95-300mm²
range
Creepage Distance mm N/A
Color of housing / Sheds Black
Diameter over cable insulation

mm 18-30mm
range
Overall Length mm 900mm

Specified Value /
Requirement
Required Pit Length mm 2000mm
Detailed Instructions to suit type

and voltage included in Yes / No Yes
kits
Pack Mass kg 3.82kg
Shelf Life Years No Shelf Life
Labour estimate to
hours 3 hours
Date: 22/03/2018
Response
Item No. 104685 CHMSV3-1 12kV 95-240
Cellpack
Germany
Specified Value /
Requirement



Withstand flashover
No breakdown or
flashover
Mechanical /
Compression

CSV-LHS 95-240
number
the Die
mm 95-240mm²
range

mm 18-30mm
range

Specified Value /
Requirement

kits
Pack Mass kg 3.82kg
Labour estimate to
hours 3 hours
Date: 22/03/2018
Response
Item No. 104706 CHMPRSV3-1 17kV 25-95
Cellpack
Germany
Specified Value /
Requirement

4 hour at 3.0 Uo (26kV)


Withstand flashover
No breakdown or
flashover
Mechanical /
Compression

CSV-LHS 16-95
number
the Die
mm 16-95mm²
range

mm 13-25mm
range

Specified Value /
Requirement

kits
Pack Mass kg 4kg
Labour estimate to
hours 3½ hours
Date: 22/03/2018
Response
Cellpack
Germany
Specified Value /
Requirement



Withstand flashover
No breakdown or
flashover
Mechanical /
Compression

CSV-LHS 95-240
number
the Die
mm 95-240mm²
range

mm 18-30mm
range

Specified Value /
Requirement

kits
Pack Mass kg 4kg
Labour estimate to
hours 4 hours
Date: 22/03/2018
Response
Cellpack
Germany
Specified Value /
Requirement



Withstand flashover
No breakdown or
flashover
Mechanical /
Compression

CSV-LHS 240-400
number
the Die
mm 240-400mm²
range

mm 23 to 36mm
range

Specified Value /
Requirement

kits
Pack Mass kg 4kg
Labour estimate to
hours 4 hours
Date: 22/03/2018
15.3 Technical Details - LV
Terminations
Response
Item No.104690A SEH4 120-240

Cellpack
Germany
Country of Manufacturers Gremany
Type Test Certificate No. 04.07.22.176-1

Specified Value /
Requirement

5 minute dry A.C. Voltage No breakdown or
5 min. at 3.5kV 1 min at 4kV
Withstand flashover
Insulation Resistance MΩ 1000 MΩ >50 MΩ
Mechanical /
Compression
Connector Manufacturer CellPack

CSK 95-240
number
Only) Across Flat Distance of mm N/A
the Die
mm 95 - 240mm²
range
Creepage Distance mm 500mm

mm 45 - 70mm
range
type and voltage included in Yes / No Yes
kits
Pack Mass kg 2kg

hours 1½ Hours
termination
Date: 22/03/2018
15.4 Technical Details - LV Joints
Response
Item No.104705 M2.5 -16-35
Cellpack
Germany

Specified Value /
Requirement
Type Offered Heat / Premoulded Resin
Rated Voltage kV 1.2kV

Withstand flashover
Insulation Resistance MΩ 1000 MΩ 750 MΩ
Mechanical /
Type of Connector Machanical
Compression
CSV-T 6-50
number
the Die
Connector Conductor
mm 95-240mm²
diameter range
Color of housing / Sheds Clear

mm 37mm
range

kits
Pack Mass kg 1½kg
Shelf Life Years 40 Months

hours 1½ Hours
termination
Date: 22/03/2018
Response
Item No.104704 M4 -35-70
Cellpack
Germany

Specified Value /
Requirement

Withstand flashover
Mechanical /
Compression
CSV-T 16-95
number
the Die
Connector Conductor
mm 16 - 95mm²
diameter range

mm 52mm
range

kits
Pack Mass kg 1½kg

hours 2 Hours
termination
Date: 22/03/2018
Response
Item No.104693 M6 -95-240
Cellpack
Germany

Specified Value /
Requirement

Withstand flashover
Mechanical /
Compression
CSV-T 95-240
number
the Die
Connector Conductor
mm 95-240mm²
diameter range

mm 80mm
range

kits
Pack Mass kg 3kg

hours 2 Hours
termination
Date: 22/03/2018
Response
Item No.104695 M8 -150-300
Cellpack
Germany

Specified Value /
Requirement

Withstand flashover
Mechanical /
Compression
CSV-T 95-300
number
the Die
Connector Conductor
mm 95-300mm²
diameter range

mm 90mm
range

kits
Pack Mass kg 3kg

hours 2 Hours
termination
Date: 22/03/2018

MR 71-2018 Tender Document Master 23 March 2018

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

MR 71-2018 Tender Document Master 23 March 2018

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Clause

Particulars – 11kV & LV – MR 71-2018

0 FEA cover letter 28th March 2018 and Tender document

1.1 Major Clients and Project Details

4 Incoterms and Pricing

4.1 Commercial Tenets

4.2 Pricing Schedule

4.3 Financial Stability

6 Quality systems – CellPack and PLP Electropar

7 Performance and Testing

7.1 Joint and Termination Performance Requirement

7.1.1 Electrical Performance 11kV

7.1.2 Test Certificates and Reports 11kV & LV

7.2 Type Tests 11kV & LV

9.1 General Jointing Instructions 11kV & LV

9.1 General Terminating Instructions 11kV

14.1 Bio and Experience of Grant Smith

15 Appendix - Technical Details

15.1 Technical Details – 11kV Terminations (Indoor & Outdoor)

15.2 Technical Details – 11kV Joints

15.3 Technical Details – LV Terminations

15.4 Technical Details – LV Joints

Mr. Tuvitu Delairewa

Reference: Tender MR 71/2018

Electropar Limited, a Preformed Line Products company

Tender Name: Preferred Supplier of

Cable Accessories, Terminations and Jointing

Materials for Underground Cables with Nominal

System Voltage Up to 11kV

1. Central/Eastern based in the capital, Suva

Purpose and description of the Tender

Tender Term – [3 Year]

The supplier should be a manufacturer, authorized distributor or reseller of the products.

Other information to be provided by the Bidder as part of the proposal is:

Business address for correspondence:

Contact name of the Authorised Person:

6. Other value added services.

1. Size of stock holding and ability to meet the required quantity.

The evaluation will be based on the Technical and financial compliance

10. Nominated Agent - Respondents shall state if it is their intention, if

11. Product Description and quantity.

12. Specifications – Refer to separate sheet for technical specification of

13. Product Warranty Period – The bidders to provide warranty period

14. Tender Evaluation

For further information contact The Secretary Tender Committee, by e-mail

Tender – MR 71/2018 – Preferred Supplier for Supply of

The Secretary Tender Committee

Fiji Electricity Authority

 will not be considered.

 Lowest bid will not necessarily be accepted as successful bid

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR CABLE

FIJI ELECTRICITY AUTHORITY

Rev no. Notes Prepared By Reviewed By Date of Issue

Next Scheduled Revision

Date of Next Revision Notes Revision By Revision Approved By

No. Stock Code Item Description

2.2 Applicable Laws

Installation : Installed directly buried in fine grain bedding material,

Ambient Ground Temperature : Not exceeding 35ᵒC

Annual average ambient temperature : 22oC

Maximum ambient temperature : 40oC

Maximum relative humidity : 85%

Environmental conditions : Tropical Climate with populated atmosphere